Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
M a n , m a c h i n e a n d e nv i r o n m e n t i n
perfect harmony
are designed to drive the industries of tomorrow. Backed by Mitsubishi leadership in all-digital
technology, MELSERVO has become one of the most globally respected names in factory automation.
And now with the safety, ease of use, and energy-efficient design of the new MELSERVO-J4 series
man, machine and environment can at last work together in perfect harmony.
Responding to expanding applications such as semiconductor and LCD manufacturing, machine tools, robots, and food processing machines,
Electrics other product lines such as Motion controllers, servo system networks as well as displays and programmable controllers. MELSERVO-J4
SOFTWA RE
GOT2000/GOT1000 series
C ON T R OL L E R
Programmable controllers
R32MTCPU
R16MTCPU
N ET W O R K
S ERV O A M PL IF I E R
LD77MS16
RD77MS16/RD77MS8 LD77MS4
RD77MS4/RD77MS2 LD77MS2
Q170MSCPU
Q170MSCPU-S1
MR-J4W2-B
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
MR-MC211
MR-J4-B-RJ010
MR-J4-A
General-purpose interface
compatible servo amplifier
+MR-J3-T10
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
C Controller
Interface Module
MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B
MELSEC-QS/WS series
MELSEC-Q series
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B-RJ010
+MR-J3-T10
MR-J4-A(-RJ)
*1
SE RVO M OTO R
Small capacity,
low inertia
Small capacity,
ultra-low inertia
Medium capacity,
medium inertia
Capacity: 50 to 750 W
Capacity: 50 to 750 W
Capacity: 0.5 to 7 kW
HG-KR series
Medium/large
capacity,
low inertia
HG-JR series
Capacity: 0.5 to 55 kW
HG-MR series
HG-SR series
Medium capacity,
ultra-low inertia
Medium capacity,
flat type
Capacity: 1 to 5 kW
Capacity: 0.75 to 5 kW
HG-RR series
HG-UR series
Core type
LM-H3 series
Rating: 70 to 960 N
LM-K2 series
*1. For the combination, refer to Combinations of 1-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motor on pp. 1-3 to 1-5, and Combinations of Multi-Axis
Servo Amplifier and Servo Motors on p. 1-6.
SOL U T IO N
needs
MELSOFT GX
Works3
MELSOFT MT
Works2
MELSOFT MR
Configurator2
p. 5
p. 8
p. 8
p. 10
p. 13
MELSEC-F series
Positioning module
p. 18
p. 21
p. 23
CC-Link IE
Field Network
Simple Motion module
QD77GF16
LD75P1/2/4
LD75D1/2/4
p. 26
p. 27
FX2N-10PG
Heritage
LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
Molded-case circuit breaker
Magnetic contactor
WS-V
MS-T
Core type
(natural/liquid cooling)
Replacement
p. 30
Basic Functions
Servo Amplifiers/Compatible Servo Motors
Rotary Servo Motors
Linear Servo Motors
Direct Drive Motors
Controllers
Solution
FA Products
Production/Development System
SSCNET Partner Association
Global Support System
p. 33
p. 35
p. 37
p. 39
p. 41
p. 43
p. 47
p. 49
p. 53
p. 54
p. 55
p. 57
LM-F series
Coreless type
LM-U2 series
Rating: 50 to 800 N
Product Specifications
TM-RFM series
Rating: 2 to 240 Nm
Servo Amplifiers
Rotary Servo Motors
Linear Servo Motors
Direct Drive Motors
Options/Peripheral Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
p. 1-1
p. 2-1
p. 3-1
p. 4-1
p. 5-1
p. 6-1
p. 7-1
p. 8-1
4
: Not compatible
LM-U2
LM-K2
LM-F
LM-H3
HG-UR
HG-RR
HG-JR
HG-SR
HG-MR
HG-KR
Positioning function
Speed
Torque
Position
RS-422 multi-drop
(Note 1, 4)
Pulse train
1-phase
100 V AC
Rated output
[kW]
Analog voltage
Power
supply
specifications
SSCNET III/H
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
Command interface
CC-Link IE Field
(Note 6)
Servo amplifier
: Compatible
(Note 5)
(Note 2)
1 3-phase
axis 200 V AC
3-phase
400 V AC
2 3-phase
axes 200 V AC
3 3-phase
axes 200 V AC
0.2, 0.4
MR-J4W2-B
CC-Link IE Field
Network interface
with Motion
General-purpose
interface
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B-RJ010
+MR-J3-T10
3-phase
200 V AC
3-phase
400 V AC
1-phase
100 V AC
1
axis
MR-J4-A(-RJ)
1 3-phase
axis 200 V AC
3-phase
400 V AC
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
Notes: 1. The listed are the rated output of the servo amplifier. For the compatible servo motor capacities, refer to "Combinations of 1-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motor" on
pp. 1-3 to 1-5, and "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6.
2. MR-J4-B/A servo amplifier is compatible with two-wire type serial linear encoder. For four-wire type serial and pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output
type) linear encoders, Use MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ servo amplifier.
3. Positioning function is available only with MR-J4-A-RJ.
4. 30 kW or lager is drive unit. One unit of converter unit is required for each drive unit.
5. MR-J4-B/A servo amplifier is compatible with two-wire type and four-wire type serial linear encoders. For pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type)
linear encoder, use MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ servo amplifier.
6. Some functions are available only with the servo amplifier with specific versions. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for detail.
LM-H3 series
LM-F series
Core type
Coreless type
5
Features
Application
examples
Semiconductor mounting
systems
Wafer cleaning systems
LCD assembly machines
Material handlings
Compact size.
The integrated liquid-cooling system doubles
the continuous thrust.
Press feeders
NC machine tools
Material handlings
Natural
cooling
Semiconductor mounting
systems
Wafer cleaning systems
LCD assembly machines
Natural
cooling
9 types
70, 120, 240, 360,
480, 720, 960
Natural
cooling
2.0
8 types
300, 600, 900, 1200,
1800, 2400, 3000
Natural
cooling
2.0
8 types
600, 1200, 1800,
2400, 3600, 4800,
6000
Liquid
cooling
2.0
7 types
120, 240, 360, 720,
1200, 1440, 2400
2.0
9 types
50, 75, 100, 150,
225, 400, 600, 800
LM-U2 series
: For 400 V.
Cooling
method
3.0
LM-K2 series
Note: 1.
Maximum thrust
[N]
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
: Available
: Not available
Rated output
[kW]
(Note 1)
With
electromagnetic
brake
(B)
With
reducer
(G1)
(Note 2)
With
IP rating Replaceable
reducer
(Note 3)
series
(G5, G7)
Features
Application
examples
(Note 2)
IP65
HF-KP
series
Low inertia
Perfect for general
industrial machines.
Belt drives
Robots
Mounters
Sewing machines
X-Y tables
Food processing machines
Semiconductor
manufacturing equipment
Knitting and embroidery machines
IP65
HF-MP
series
Ultra-low inertia
Well suited for
high-throughput
operations.
Inserters
Mounters
IP67
HF-SP
series
Medium inertia
This series is
available with two
rated speeds.
HG-KR series
Small capacity
Medium capacity
3000
(6000)
5 types
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.75
3000
(6000)
5 types
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.75
1000
(1500)
6 types
0.5, 0.85, 1.2, 2.0,
3.0, 4.2
2000
(3000)
14 types
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5,
5.0, 7.0
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5,
5.0, 7.0
3000
6000: 0.5 to
5 kW
5000: 7, 9 kW
18 types
0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0, 7.0, 9.0
0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0, 7.0, 9.0
IP67
IP67/
IP44
HG-MR series
HG-SR series
HG-JR series
Medium/large capacity
1500
3000: 7 to
15 kW
2500: 22 to
55 kW
1000
2000: 6 to
12 kW
1500: 15 to
37 kW
14 types
7.0, 11, 15, 22, 30, 37
7.0, 11, 15, 22, 30,
37, 45, 55
(Note 5)
16 types
6.0, 8.0, 12, 15, 20, 25,
30, 37
6.0, 8.0, 12, 15,
20, 25, 30, 37
IP67
(Note 4)
IP67/
IP44
HF-JP
series
HF-JP
HA-LP
series
Low inertia
Well suited for
high-throughput and
high-acceleration/
deceleration
operations.
Injection molding
machines
Press machines
HA-LP
series
capacity,
Medium capacity Medium
flat type
(Note 5)
(Note 4)
IP65
HC-RP
series
Ultra-low inertia
Well suited for
high-throughput
operations.
IP65
HC-UP
series
Flat type
The flat design makes
this unit well suited for
situations where the
installation space is
limited.
HG-RR series
HG-UR series
3000
(4500)
5 types
1.0, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0
2000
3000: 0.75 to
2 kW
2500: 3.5, 5 kW
5 types
0.75, 1.5, 2.0,
3.5, 5.0
Ultra-high-throughput
material handling systems
Robots
Food processing machines
Notes: 1.
: For 400 V.
2. G1 for general industrial machines. G5 and G7 for high precision applications.
3. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through
portion. For geared servo motor, IP rating of the reducer portion is equivalent to IP44.
4. For HG-JR1500 r/min series, 15 kW or smaller is rated IP67, and 22 kW or larger is rated IP44. For HG-JR 1000 r/min series, 12 kW or smaller is rated IP67, and
15 kW or lager is rated IP44.
5. The servo motor with electromagnetic brake is not available for HG-JR 1500 r/min series 22 kW or larger, and 1000 r/min series 15 kW or larger.
20
Rated
speed
[r/min]
Maximum
speed
[r/min]
Rated
torque
[Nm]
Maximum
torque
[Nm]
IP
rating
(Note 1)
200
500
3 types
2, 4, 6
6, 12, 18
IP42
18, 36, 54
IP42
180
47
200
500
3 types
6, 12, 18
230
62
200
500
3 types
12, 48, 72
36, 144,
216
IP42
330
104
100
200
3 types
40, 120,
240
120, 360,
720
IP42
Features
Application
examples
Semiconductor
manufacturing devices
Liquid crystal
manufacturing devices
Machine tools
Note: 1. Connectors and gap between rotor and stator are excluded.
Machine
M achine
Industry leading level 2.5 kHz speed frequency response, with servo amplifiers,
servo motors, and optical networks linked in symphonic productivity
I n d u s t r y -leading Ba sic Performa nce
Industryleading
levels
[MR-J3]
Model-based control
Command
Servo motor
Position control
Settling time
Command
Speed control
Current control
Settling time
Torque
Droop pulses
In-position
Industryleading
levels
16 times
[Resolution comparison
with the prior model]
16 times
4000000pulse encoder
MR-J4 series
22 bits = 4,194,304 pulses/rev
MR-J3 series
18 bits = 262,144 pulses/rev
: Actual operation
Before
Speed
Settling
time
After
Speed
: Command
Speed
Enhanced
functions
Time
Time
Exactly matched.
High-speed
positioning.
Settling
time
Time
Operation is unstable.
One-touch
tuning
Three-inertia
system
Patent
pending
Without vibration
suppression control
Advanced vibration
suppression control
Enhanced
functions
Advanced vibration
suppression control II
Droop pulses
Vibration in
a machine
Torque
Speed command
Two types of
the vibrations are
suppressed at
the same time.
Application examples
[Pick and place robots]
Robust Filter
Patent
pending
NEW
Achieving both high responsivity and stability was difficult with the conventional control in high-inertia systems with belts and gears
such as printing and packaging machines. Now, this function enables the high responsivity and the stability at the same time
without adjustment. The robust filter gradually reduces the fluctuation of torque in a wide frequency range and achieves more
stability as compared to the prior model.
[Robust filter]
Gain
Conventional
low-pass filter
Conventional control
Application examples
[Printing machines]
Speed command
[Packaging machines]
Droop pulses
Torque
Robust filter
Frequency
Vibrating
Stable
Wider applicable
frequency range
Enhanced
functions
[MR-J3]
[MR-J4]
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
Filter
10
4500 [Hz]
100
Before
NEW
Validate the
lost motion
compensation
function.
After
Application example
[X-Y table]
NEW
Conventional control
Speed
Speed
Time
Droop
pulses
Time
Droop
pulses
Time
Droop
pulses
Time
Speed
acceleration/deceleration.
Feed forward
Time
Time
M achine
RnMTCPU
Q17nDSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
QD77MS
LD77MS
Patent
pending
NEW
Position/speed control switches to torque control smoothly without stopping or changing the speed or the torque rapidly. Load to
the machine is reduced, and high-quality molding is achieved for an application where control is switched from position to torque
such as Tightening & Press-fit control or insertion of a work, and cap or screw tightening.
* Available in MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B.
SSCNET III/H compatible
Motion controller
MR-J4-B
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
Position
feedback
Position
feedback
Control mode
command
Motor current
Tightening &
Press-fit control
Servo motor
Application examples
[Press-fit machines]
Workpiece
Position/speed
control
Torque
control
RnMTCPU
Q17nDSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
QD77MS
LD77MS
NEW
For MR-J4-B servo amplifier*, the master-slave operation function transmits a master axis torque to slave axes using driver
communication, and the torque as a command drives slave axes by torque control. Since torque data is transmitted from the
master axis to slave axes via SSCNET III/H, additional wiring is not required.
* This function is available with MR-J4-B servo amplifier with software version A8 or later.
SSCNET III/H compatible
Motion controller
Master axis
Position
control or
speed control
MR-J4-B
Command
Slave axis
Application examples
Torque
control
MR-J4-B
Command
[Press machines]
RnMTCPU
Q17nDSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
QD77MS
LD77MS
NEW
Command
Synchronous
encoder data
Synchronous
encoder
Rotary Knife
MR-J4-B-RJ
10
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
Standard
equipment
Servo
amplifier
Load-side
encoder signal
Accurately controls
load-side position.
Linear encoder
Servo motor
CN 6
C
N
40
CN 1
CNP 1
C
N
3
MR-CR55K4
SER: XXXXXXXXX
L+
L-
L-
L1
MR-J4-22KB
L2
L3
Controller
P2
L11
L21
P1
MR-CR55K4 + MR-J4-DU55KB4
MR-J4-A
11
MR-J4-DU55K4
SER: XXXXXXXXX
L+
AWG14
MR-J4-10B1
C
N
40
A
CHARGE
M achine
NEW
Positioning operation with point table, program, and indexer (turret) methods became capable by built-in positioning function in
MR-J4-A-RJ*1, allowing to configure positioning system without controller such as Positioning module. Command interface is selectable
from DI/O and RS-422 serial communication (maximum 32 axes). The positioning data can be set from MR Configurator2*2 easily.
MR-J4-A-RJ
Easy setting of
positioning data from
MR Configurator2.
Personal computer
*1. Use MR-J4-A-RJ servo amplifiers with software version B3 or later when using the positioning function.
*2. Be sure to update your MR Configurator2 to the latest version.
Setting position data (target position), servo motor speed, and acceleration/deceleration time constants in point table is as easy as
setting a parameter. Up to 255 points are settable for the point table. The positioning operation is performed with a start signal after
selecting the point table No.
Operation
Position
data
1000
2000
200
2000
1600
100
255
3000
3000
100
Dwell
Sub
function
M code
200
100
100
99
Speed
2000
1600
Point table No. 1
Position address
1000
2000
Start signal
Program method *
Create positioning programs with dedicated commands. The positioning operation is performed with a start signal after selecting the
program No. The program method enables more complex positioning operation than the point table method. Maximum of 256 programs
are settable. (The total number of steps of program: 640)
Repeats (2) and (3)
Acceleration
Program example
Speed
3000
(20 ms)
Deceleration
time constant
(20 ms)
Program No. 1
SPN (3000)
STC (20)
MOV (1000)
TIM (100)
FOR (3)
MOVI (100)
TIM (100)
NEXT
STOP
(1)
(2)
(3)
Dwell
(100 ms)
Position address
Dwell
(100 ms)
1000
1100
Dwell
(100 ms)
1200
Dwell
(100 ms)
1300
Start signal
Program No.
MR-J4-A-RJ
and motor sides and equally divided stations, the travel distance will
be calculated automatically. The positioning operation is performed
with a start signal after selecting the station position No.
Station No. 7
Station No. 6
* Fully closed loop control mode and linear servo motor control mode are not
available with the indexer (turret) method.
Station No. 5
also available.
Station No. 0
Station No. 1
Station No. 2
Station No. 3
Station No. 4
12
Industryleading
levels
3 times faster
SSCNET III/H
MR-J4
SSCNET III
MR-J3
100
50
150
Industryleading
levels
Position command
SSCNET III
No Transmission Collision
Communication cycle
0.444 ms
Time
SSCNET III/H
Position command
Guards
against noise.
Noise
0.222 ms
13
Communication cycle
Time
Guards
against noise.
Noise
Guards
against noise.
Noise
M achine
speed and response of 150 Mbps full-duplex baud rate SSCNET III/H optical networking
Specifications
Maximum number of stations:
4 stations
Maximum I/O points per system
Input points 256 bytes
Output points 256 bytes
Maximum I/O points per station
Input points 64 bytes
Output points 64 bytes
Enhanced
performance
MR-J4-B
MR-J4-B
MR-J4-B
MR-J4-B
MR Configurator2
MR-J4-B
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J3-B
MR-J4-B*
MR-J3-B
MR-J4-B*
14
All-rounder Network
USB/
Ethernet
MR-J4-B-RJ010 * MR-J4-B-RJ010 *
MR-J3-T10
MR-J3-T10
MR-J4-B-RJ010 *
MR-J3-T10
Up to 16 Servo amplifiers
can be synchronized.
Up to 104 devices
Inverter
FR-A800 +
FR-A8NCE
Remote
I/O
Head
module
Rotary servo
motor
Rotary servo
motor
Analog
module
Rotary servo
motor
HMI
Bridge
module
High-speed counter
module
Line topology
QD77GF16
QD77GF16
Star topology
Line topology
Line topology
Line topology
Line topology
HMI
15
Remote I/O
Remote I/O
Inverter
HMI
Inverter
M achine
Seamless communication between upper-level information systems and lower-level field systems
FA I n t eg r a t e d Network for Optima l FA Environme nt
Computer
level network
Low
Ethernet
Information communication
Seamless
data
communication
Controller
level network
Distributed control
I/O control
Safety control
Motion control
Small
High
Programmable controller
engineering software
Computer level
(production management/
data system)
LAN (Ethernet)
GOT
(HMI)
Personal computer
interface board
MELSEC iQ-R
Series
MODE
RUN
Controller level
(control system)
ERR
USER
BAT
BOOT
MODE
RUN
PULL
ERR
USER
BAT
BOOT
PULL
PULL
USB
PULL
USB
MELSEC-Q
Series
MELSEC iQ-R
Series
Seamless data
coordination
MELSEC-Q
Series
MELSEC iQ-R
Series
Motion CPU
module/
Simple Motion
module
Industrial-use
switching hub
Industrial-use
switching hub
Field level
(device system)
Ethernet
adapter
Analog
Remote
I/O module I/O module
Inverter
GOT
(HMI)
Servo
amplifier
Personal computer
interface board
MELSEC-L
Series
PULL
PULL
USB
MELSEC-Q
Series
safety
programmable
controller
Remote I/O
module Servo Servo
amplifier amplifier
Ethernet
24V
0V
DP
DN
LG
DA
DB
DG
SLD
FG
Vision
sensor
CC-Link Remote
MELSEC-F
GOT Wireless LAN
CC-Link/LT I/O module Series
(HMI) adapter
Bridge module
(access point)
CC-LinkAnyWire CC-Link IE
FieldAnyWire
DB A20
ASLINK
Bridge module
Bridge module
Safety
Safety
Remote
remote I/O module
remote
I/O module
I/O module
AnyWire DB A20
S3D
1D-
L
2X1
Servo
amplifier
Servo
amplifier
C
ALT27XB-02G-P
ADDRESS
I/O module
No.
Sensor
Robot
Warning
light
Emergency
stop switch
AnyWire
16
Man
Ma n
[Shut-off by STO]
Molded-case
circuit breaker (MCCB)
Shut-off
Safety
relay circuit
Molded-case
circuit breaker (MCCB)
SS1 signal
Servo
amplifier
Stops
motor
Servo motor
Servo
amplifier
Servo motor
Stops
motor
Contents
Category 3, PL d, SIL 2
*1. Safety equipment (MR-J3-D05, safety programmable controller MELSEC QS/WS series, etc.) is required.
*2. For MR-J4 series servo amplifier, magnetic contactors are not required to meet the STO requirements. However this figure has a magnetic contactor installed to prevent the
short circuit of servo amplifier or electric shock.
Contents
Q173DSXY
Q17nDSCPU
Programmable
controller side
Safety signal
(Input)
(Input)
Category 3, PL d, SIL 2
Light curtain
Safety switch
Power shut-off
(STO cable)
Servo motor
Servo motor
18
NEW
The safety level will be increased by inputting signals directly to the functional safety unit, and the wiring will be reduced by
inputting the safety signals through SSCNET III/H.
Contents
Q173DSXY
Q17nDSCPU
Programmable
controller side
Safety signal
(Input)
(Input)
Light curtain
Safety switch
Servo motor
Servo motor
Less
wiring
Category 3, PL d, SIL 2
*1. The safety function has obtained the approval of Certification Body by the
combination of Q17nDSCPU, Q173DSXY and QnUD(E)(H)CPU.
Power shut-off
(STO cable)
Reduced wiring with a combination of functional safety unit and Motion controller
MR-D30
MR-J4-B-RJ
MR-D30
Q173DSXY
Q17nDSCPU
Safety signal
Programmable
controller side
Safety
signal
(Input)
(Input)
Light curtain
Safety switch
Servo motor
Servo motor
QD77MS
MR-D30
MR-J4-B-RJ
Safety controller
Contents
WS0-CPU0,
WS0-CPU1,
etc.
Category 4, PL e, SIL 3
19
Category 3, PL d, SIL 2
(Input)
Safety signal
Safety switch
(Input)
Safety signal
Light curtain
Ma n
NEW
: Supported (SIL 3)
Speed
Stop category 0
Speed
(Uncontrolled stop)
Time
: Supported (SIL 2)
: Unsupported
Speed
Time
Safe stop 1
(SS1)
Speed
Speed
SS1 signal
(Normally closed)
Speed
V
(Controlled stop)
Time
Time
SS1
Safe stop 2
(SS2)
Responding to the input signal
from external equipment, the motor
starts to decelerate. After the set
delay time for motor stop is
passed, the SOS function starts.
This function corresponds to the
Stop category 2 of IEC/EN
60204-1.
Speed
V
Stop category 2
Speed
Time
SS2 signal
(Normally closed)
Time
SS2
Speed
Position
S1
S2
V
SOS signal
V: Speed
Vmax: User specified speed limit value
S1, S2: Specified stop position
Position
curve
Time
20
Enhanced
functions
Speed
Instantaneous
power failure
detected
Instantaneous
power failure
Reduce the possibility of
undervoltage alarm
at acceleration.
Vibration
detected
Suppresses vibration
by readjusting the machine
resonance suppression filter.
Motor current
Time
Patent
pending
Enhanced
functions
Servo data such as motor current and position command before and after the alarm occurrence are stored in non-volatile
memory of the servo amplifier. Reading the servo data on MELSOFT MR Configurator2 helps you analyze the cause of the
alarm.
Check the waveform ((analog 16 bits 7 channels + digital 8 channels) 256 points) and the monitor values of 16 alarms in the
alarm history.
Data are stored
in non-volatile
memory at alarm
occurrence.
21
Waveform display
Ma n
Patent
pending
NEW
This function detects changes of machine parts (ball screw, guide, bearing, belt, etc.) by analyzing machine friction, load moment
of inertia, unbalanced torque, and changes in vibration component from the data inside the servo amplifier, supporting timely
maintenance of the driving parts.
Machine information
is displayed and
monitored.
Servo amplifier
Personal
computer
Vibration estimated
value is displayed
Encoder
Servo motor
Ball screw
Three-digit Alarm
In MR-J4 series, servo alarms are displayed in three
digits.
22
MR Configurator2
(SW1DNC-MRC2-E)
Tuning, monitor display, diagnosis, reading/writing parameters, and test operations are easily
performed on a personal computer.
This startup support tool achieves a stable machine system, optimum control, and short
setup time.
Easy use
with cables.
Easy connection
for multiple axes
Reconnecting
cables is not
required.
MR Configurator2
MR-J4-B
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
Monitor Function
Set without
manuals.
23
Display details of
relevant parameters
in a docking window.
Ma n
Servo Adjustme nt
NEW
Tuning Function
Adjust control gain finely on the [Tuning] window manually for
further performance after the one-touch tuning.
Pursue higher
performance
with manual
setting.
Easy adjustment
Click
Display
adjustment
results.
Adjust gains
finely.
Adjustment
completed
Graph Function
Enhanced
functions
Display
adjustment
results.
Measure
mechanical
characteristics
Maintenance
indication of replacement
time for servo amplifier
Support
the preventive
maintenance
of the servo
amplifier.
NEW
Prevent
machine failure
with advanced
preventive
maintenance
beforehand.
24
The
Environment
The new MR-J4 series:
an evolution in eco-friendly design
that's winning acclaim worldwide.
The MR-J4 series was designed with the environment
T h e E nv i r o n m e n t
Designed to cut waste and save on space, wiring, and energy use
M u l t i - a x i s S e r vo A mplifie r in Ha rmony with Eco-frie ndly Society
MR-J4W3-B
[Installation space: structure example of installing two units of each 100W, 200W, 400W, and 750W]
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B 3 units
(3-axis type)
85
168 mm
100 W 2
200 W 1
200 W 1
400 W 2
750 W 2
Installation space
reduced by
30%
Industry's
smallest*
MR-J4W2-B
MCCB
50%
85
60
168 mm
100 W
2
200 W
2
400 W
2
750 W
2
Installation space
reduced by
26%
MR-J4-B
Controller
Reduced
wiring by
(2-axis type)
MC
Controller
60
750 W
750 W
[Number of wirings]
[Number of wirings]
of )
SSCNET III/H
3 ( number
units
of )
Main circuit power supply 3 ( number
units
of )
Control circuit power supply 3 ( number
units
of )
Magnetic contactor connection 3 ( number
units
of )
Magnetic contactor control 3 ( number
units
of )
Encoder
3 ( number
axes
of )
Motor power input 3 ( number
axes
Total
21
SSCNET III/H
Main circuit power supply
Control circuit power supply
Magnetic contactor connection
Magnetic contactor control
Encoder
Motor power input
Total
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
11
26
Regenerative energy
A-axis motor
Deceleration
[Reusable energy]
B-axis motor
C-axis motor
MR-J4W3
21 J
30 J
200 W
400 W
MR-J3
9J
11 J
Time
Time
Time
* In the multi-axis servo amplifier, the amount of temporarily stored regenerative energy can be increased by using a capacitor bank. (Available in the future) Contact your local sales office for more details.
Calculation data
Servo amplifier
Calculates power consumption
in the servo amplifier.
Personal computer
* The diagram shows an example of using
MR-J4-B/MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B servo
amplifier. For MR-J4-A servo amplifier, this
function is available by connecting the
servo amplifier directly to the personal
computer.
Servo motor
Driving power
energy
M
Regenerative
energy
[Servo amplifier]
Efficiency is increased
by the use of a new
power module.
[Servo motor]
Motor efficiency is
increased by optimized
design of magnetic
circuit.
27
Reduced loss
Reduced machine
operation time
T h e E nv i r o n m e n t
Power factor
improving
AC reactor
ACL
FR-CV series
power regeneration
common converter
FR-A800
FR-A800
MR-J4
MR-J4
MR-J4
Tension detector
Winding axis
Tension detector
Feed-out axis
Servo motor
Printer
Reduced by 25%
LM-H2
Space saving
For LM-H3, widths of the motor coil and the magnet are
reduced by 10% from the prior model. Increased thrust to
current ratio results in using the servo amplifier in smaller
capacity, contributing to more compact machine (the
reduction of materials).
[LM-H2 series]
Narrower
by 10%
[LM-H3 series]
LM-H3
Contribution to Resource-saving
The new environment-friendly HG
rotary servo motor series uses 30%
less permanent magnet than the
prior HF series due to the optimized
design of magnetic circuit. The total
mass is also reduced.
Environment-friendly
servo motor
* For HG-KR43.
28
Heritage
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
*1. Mounting dimensions are smaller for 200 V 5 kW, 400 V 3.5 kW, 200 V/400 V
11 kW, and 200 V/400 V 15 kW servo amplifiers.
*2. For replacing HA-LP series to HG-JR series, contact your local sales office for
more detail.
*3. HG-JR series of 11 kW to 55 kW uses a different encoder cable from HF-JP
series.
Same mounting
dimensions with
MR-J3
Same mounting
dimensions of
servo motor
Encoder cable
MR-J4-B
MR-J4-A
Servo motor
* When the SSCNET III compatible products are in the system, the communication
speed is 50 Mbps, and the function and the performance are equivalent to those
of MR-J3.
* Some functions may not be available in the J3 compatibility mode. Refer to
relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
MR-J3_-B
MR-J4_-B
Equipped with J3
compatibility mode
Robust filter
SEMI-F47 function
Parameter conversion
Parameters are
converted by
selecting the
parameter file of the
prior model servo
amplifier.
*1. Be sure to update your MT Works2 and MR Configurator2 to the latest version.
CN 6
C
N
40
CN 1
CNP 1
C
N
40
A
CHARGE
C
N
3
MR-CR55K4
SER: XXXXXXXXX
MR-J4-DU55K4
SER: XXXXXXXXX
L+
L+
L-
LAWG14
*1. For the product lines, refer to "MELSERVO-J4 Product Lines" on p.5 in this
catalog.
L1
MR-J4-10B
L2
L3
P2
L11
L21
P1
MR-CR55K4 + MR-J4-DU55KB4
30
MR-J2S-A
MR-J4-A
MR-J2S-B
MR-J4-B
MR-J2S-CP
MR-J2S-CL
MR-J4-A-RJ
Parameters are automatically converted by changing MR-J2S-B to MR-J4-B with MELSOFT MT Works2*1.
Parameters of MR-J2S-A are converted to those of MR-J4-A, and parameters of MR-J2S-CP and MR-J2S-CL are converted to
those of MR-J4-A-RJ, using the parameter converter function of MR Configurator2*1.
*1. Be sure to update your MT Works2 and MR Configurator2 to the latest version.
MR-J4-B-RJ020
MR-J4-T20
* The function and performance are equivalent to those of MR-J2S-B. (J2S compatibility mode)
* Refer to "New Product Release of Conversion Unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B" and
"MR-J4-_B_-RJ020 MR-J4-T20 Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for details.
HG series
Renewal tool
MR-J4-B-RJ020
MR-J4-T20
Renewal tool
MR-J4-A
Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.
31
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
We provide support for the renewal with the following materials from the catalog of renewal introduction, the handbook with
detailed information to the instruction manual for the renewal tool to use the existing connections.
General-Purpose AC Servo MELSERVO-J4
Conversion Unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B Compatible Servo Amplifier: MR-J4-B-RJ020
Conversion Unit for SSCNET of MR-J2S-B: MR-J4-T20
March 2014
MELSERVO-J2-Super
Transition Guide catalog
L(NA)03091
Transition from
MELSERVO-J2-Super/J2M Series to
J4 Series Handbook
L(NA)03093
32
Control switching
Feed forward
33
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Dynamic brake
Alarm history
Close mounting
* When the servo amplifiers are closely mounted, the operation environment condition
is different.
Te s t o p e r a t i o n
34
Servo amplifier
Product lines
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-B
SSCNET III/H compatible, CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion compatible, and general-purpose
interface compatible products are available.
Model
MR-J4-B(-RJ)*1
Power supply
Rotary
Linear*3
Direct drive
1-phase 100 V AC
3-phase 200 V AC
*4
*4
3-phase 400 V AC
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B-RJ010 +
MR-J3-T10
3-phase 200 V AC
3-phase 400 V AC
1-phase 100 V AC
MR-J4-A(-RJ)*1
3-phase 200 V AC
3-phase 400 V AC
Command interface
SSCNET/H
*1. MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ servo amplifier is compatible with two-wire and four-wire type serial, and pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type) linear encoders.
*2. MR-J4-B/A servo amplifier is compatible only with two-wire type serial linear encoder. For four-wire type serial and pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type) linear encoders, use MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ.
*3. MR-J4-B/A servo amplifier is compatible only with two-wire type and four-wire type serial linear encoders. For pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type) linear encoder, use MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ.
*4. Available only in some models.
35
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B-RJ010
+MR-J3-T10
MR-J4-A(-RJ)
The general-purpose interface
compatible servo amplifier
enables position control by
pulse train command and
speed/torque control by analog
voltage command.
The maximum command pulse
frequency is 4 Mpulses/s.
Capacity
0.1 kW to 0.4 kW
0.1 kW to 37 kW
0.6 kW to 55 kW
0.2 kW to 1 kW
0.2 kW to 0.4 kW
0.1 kW to 22 kW
0.6 kW to 22 kW
0.1 kW to 0.4 kW
0.1 kW to 37 kW
0.6 kW to 55 kW
0.1 kW
1 kW
10 kW
100 kW
36
HG
Rotary servo motor
Series
HG-KR/HG-MR Series
Comparison with motors with max. speed of 4500 r/min
Time
Torque Nm
Shorter positioning
time
6000
37
[High torque]
[High speed]
Speed r/min
For HG-KR43
Maximum
torque
350%
2
1
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Speed r/min
HG-SR Series
HG-JR Series
HG-RR Series
HG-UR Series
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Product Lines
Wide range of series and capacities are available.
HG-KR series Low inertia
200 V AC
50 to 750 W
50 to 750 W
Low inertia
200 V AC
0.5 to 7 kW
400 V AC
0.5 to 7 kW
200 V AC
0.5 to 37 kW
400 V AC
0.5 to 55 kW
1 to 5 kW
200 V AC
0.75 to 5 kW
0.1 kW
1 kW
10 kW
100 kW
Protected from
water and dust.
In direction
of load side
In opposite
direction of
load side
1/4
(As compared to
the prior series.)
* For 400 W
Application Examples
For various applications of every kinds of machine.
Semiconductor/LCD/photovoltaic
manufacturing systems
Mounters/bonders
X-Y tables
Robots
Loaders/unloaders, feeders
and sliders
Press machines
38
LM
Linear servo motor
Series
Sophisticated Performance
Maximum speed: 3 m/s (LM-H3 series)
Maximum thrust range: 150 N to 18000 N
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Product Lines
Four series are available depending on applications.
Thrust
Core type (natural/liquid cooling)
LM-F series
Press feeders
Material
handlings
NC machine
tools
LCD assembly
systems
Coreless type
LM-U2 series
LM-K2 series
Screen printing
systems
Scanning exposure
systems
Core type
LM-H3 series
Semiconductor
mounting
systems
Feed speed-oriented
Positioning-oriented
Application Examples
Optimum for a direct acting system which requires a high speed and high accuracy. Easily achieve a tandem configuration or
multi-head configuration.
Tandem configuration
Multi-head configuration
40
TM RFM
Direct drive motor
Series
Sophisticated Performance
High performance due to the latest technologies
The motor has an inner rotor with hollow shaft that allows
cables and pipes to pass through.
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Product Lines
12 models with 4 different diameters are available.
Series
Motor outer
diameter
130 mm
TM-RFM
Rated torque
Maximum torque
6 to 18 Nm
6 to 18 Nm
180 mm
18 to 54 Nm
12 to 72 Nm
230 mm
36 to 216 Nm
40 to 240 Nm
330 mm
1 Nm
10 Nm
120 to 720 Nm
100 Nm
1000 Nm
Application Examples
Suitable for low speed and high torque applications.
Index table for machine tools
LCD/semiconductor spin-type
cleaning systems
Material handling/
loader part
Polish part
C a p a c i t y S e l e c t i o n S o f t w a r e M R Z J W 3 - M O T S Z111 E
Select the most suitable servo amplifier, servo motor, and regenerative option for your machine just by setting machine
specifications and operation pattern. Select the operation pattern from either position control mode or speed control mode. The
capacity selection software is available for free download. Contact your local sales office for more details.
Horizontal ball screws, vertical ball screws, rack and pinions, roll
feeds, rotating tables, carts, elevators, conveyors, linear servo,
other devices
Prints entered specifications, operating pattern, calculation
process, graph of selection process feed speed and torque, and
sizing results.
Calculation result
Operation pattern
42
Motion controller
MELSEC-Q series
R32MTCPU
R16MTCPU
Q170MSCPU
Q170MSCPU-S1
authentication
Using Motion SFC programs, the Motion CPU separately operates controls from the PLC CPU. Thus CPU loads are
distributed, achieving advanced Motion control.
Various advanced Motion controls, such as advanced synchronous control, cam control, position follow-up, and tandem
operation can be performed.
COGNEX vision system can be directly connected to the controller with Ethernet.
PLC CPU
Motion CPU
Motion SFC program
Sequence program
Axis 2
10: Transfer
Start program
No. specification
H3E1
RST
K10
M0
[K10 : Real]
1 INC-2 (Vector speed)
Axis
1
Movement amount 10000 PLS
Axis
2
Movement amount 20000 PLS
Vector speed
30000 PLS/s
20000
Servo motor
start
SSCNET III/H
10000
[G101]
!M2001 * !M2002 //Start accept flag turn off check
[G200]
SET M12000 // Axis1 starts synchronous control
SET M12001 // Axis2 starts synchronous control
M10880 * M10881 // Executing synchronous control
[K201 : Command generation axis]
1 VF
Axis
1
Speed
10000 PLS/s
10000
Command
generation
axis start
Axis 1
(Main shaft
gear)
(Main shaft
gear)
(Command
generation axis)
(Command
generation axis)
(Clutch)
(Clutch)
Output axis
module
END
Output axis
module
(Cam)
(Cam)
Positioning
control
Sub function
43
Q170MSCPU-S1
Up to 32 axes
Operation
cycle
Programming
language
Control
mode
R16MTCPU
Superior
Equivalent
Others
Q170MSCPU
Up to 16 axes
0.222 ms or more
0.222 ms or more
Q06UDH or equivalent
0.222 ms or more
Q03UD or equivalent
Motion SFC
Position control
Speed control
Torque control
Circular interpolation
Trajectory control
Helical interpolation
Synchronous control
Cam control
Forced stop
Mark detection
ROM operation
M-code output
Error history
Cam auto-generation
High-speed reading
Safety observation
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
MELSEC-Q series
QD77GF16
RD77MS16
RD77MS8
RD77MS4
RD77MS2
MELSEC-L series
SSCNET III/H compatible
Simple Motion module
LD77MS16
LD77MS4
LD77MS2
The positioning functions are used in the same manner as those of the Positioning module.
Linear interpolation control and other controls can be achieved easily just by writing positioning data to the buffer memory with
sequence programs.
Positioning/advanced synchronous/cam controls are performed with simple parameter setting and a start from a sequence program.
Supports GX Works3/GX Works2 as an engineering software.
PLC CPU
Sequence program
DX10 DX11
MOVP K1
BUSY BUSY
U0\
G4300
SET Y10
Program start
M1
DX12
No. Operation pattern Control system Axis to be interpolated Acceleration time No. Deceleration time No. Positioning address
RST M0
Command speed
1: CONT
0: 1000
0: 1000
100000.0 m
20000.00 mm/min
0: END
0: 1000
0: 1000
-100000.0 m
10000.00 mm/min
Command speed
200000.0 m
0.00 mm/min
-200000.0 m
0.00 mm/min
SSCNET III/H
Axis 2
200,000
100,000
Axis 1
100,000
MOVP
H4
BUSY
U0\
G36320
Synchronous/
cam controls
Axis-3 synchronous
control start
(Main shaft
gear)
Speed
(Clutch)
Output axis
module
(Cam)
Number of
control axes
RD77MS16
RD77MS8
RD77MS4
RD77MS2
LD77MS16
LD77MS4
LD77MS2
QD77GF16
Up to 16 axes
Up to 8 axes
Up to 4 axes
Up to 2 axes
Up to 16 axes
Up to 4 axes
Up to 2 axes
Up to 16 axes
Operation
cycle
Programming
language
Control
mode
Positioning
control
0.444 ms
Position control
Speed control
Torque control
Circular interpolation
Trajectory control
0.888 ms
Cam control
Sub function
0.888 / 1.777 ms
Mark detection
Error history
44
Positioning Module
The Positioning module is an intelligent function module which performs positioning control easily by following the instructions of
PLC CPU. The Positioning module is compatible with the general-purpose pulse train as the command I/F and is used with
MR-J4-A.
Pulse train compatible
MELSEC iQ-R series
RD75P4, RD75D4
RD75P2, RD75D2
Pulse train compatible
MELSEC-L series
LD75P4, LD75D4
LD75P2, LD75D2
LD75P1, LD75D1
Pulse train compatible
MELSEC-Q series
QD70P8, QD70D8
QD70P4, QD70D4
Pulse train compatible
MELSEC-L series
L02SCPU, L02CPU
L02CPU-P, L06CPU
L26CPU, L26CPU-BT
L26CPU-PBT
Pulse train compatible
MELSEC-F series
FX 2N-20GM
FX 2N-10GM
FX 3UC-32MT-LT
FX 3UC-32MT-LT-2
45
Controls up to 2 axes
Supports S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Equipped with various functions as standard, such as positioning,
high-speed counter, pulse catch, interrupt input, and general
input/output functions
Controls up to 3 axes
Programmable controller equipped with the built-in positioning
function
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
MR-MC211
Q173SCCF
MR-J4-B
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B
MR-J4-B
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J4-B
USB
USB
MR-J4W2-B
Linear
servo motor
Rotary
servo motor
Direct
drive motor
Rotary
servo motor
Direct
drive motor
Linear
servo motor
Rotary
servo motor
Direct
drive motor
Rotary
servo motor
Direct
drive motor
MR-MC210: Up to 20 axes
MR-MC211: Up to 32 axes
Up to 20 axes
Related Catalogs
C Controller/Personal Computer Embedded Type Servo System Controller
Programmable Controllers
MELSEC-L series
Safety Warning
To ensure proper use of the products listed in this catalog,
please be sure to read the instruction manual prior to use.
Tel : +1-847-478-2100
Fax : +1-847-478-2253
Brazil
Tel : +55-11-4689-3000
Fax : +55-11-4689-3016
Tel : +49-2102-486-0
Fax : +49-2102-486-1120
Germany
Simple!
Tel/Fax
UK
Tel : +44-1707-28-8780
Fax : +44-1707-27-8695
Italy
Tel : +39-039-60531
Fax : +39-039-6053-312
Spain
France
Tel : +33-1-55-68-55-68
Fax : +33-1-55-68-57-57
Tel : +420-251-551-470
Fax : +420-251-551-471
Poland
Tel : +48-12-630-47-00
Fax : +48-12-630-47-01
Russia
Tel : +7-812-633-3497
Fax : +7-812-633-3499
South Africa
ADROIT TECHNOLOGIES
20 Waterford Office Park, 189 Witkoppen Road, ZA-Fourways, South Africa
Tel : +27-11-658-8100
Fax : +27-11-658-8101
China
Tel : +86-21-2322-3030
Fax : +86-21-2322-3000
Taiwan
Tel : +886-2-2299-2499
Fax : +886-2-2299-2509
Korea
Tel : +82-2-3660-9510
Fax : +82-2-3664-8372/8335
Singapore
Tel : +65-6473-2308
Fax : +65-6476-7439
Thailand
Tel : +66-2906-3238
Fax : +66-2906-3239
Indonesia
India
Tel : +91-20-2710-2000
Fax : +91-20-2710-2100
Australia
Tel : +61-2-9684-7777
Fax : +61-2-9684-7245
Position Board
L(NA)03097-A 1401 Printed in Japan (MDOC)
Programmable Controllers
MELSEC-L series catalog
L(NA)08159E
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLERS
MELSEC FX catalog
HIME-B213
C Controller/Personal Computer
Embedded Type Servo System
Controller catalog
L(NA)03097
46
01
Solution
02
Solution
03
Rotary Knife
Synchronous Control
Shorter tact time without increasing shock to a machine
Cam Control
Creating a safety system
01
Solution
02
Motion Alignment(X-Y- )
01
Solution
02
Solution
03
Gantry Application
01
Solution
02
Solution
03
Tandem Configuration
01
Solution
02
Solution
47
03
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Press-fit Machine
01
Solution
02
01
Solution
02
Shut-off Function
Ensuring safe speed for manned assembly line
01
Solution
02
Solution
03
01
Solution
02
01
Solution
02
SOLUTIONS
For your all production needs
48
To succeed in highly competitive markets, its important to build automation systems that ensure high productivity and consistent product quality. The
MELSEC iQ-R Series has been developed from the ground up based on common problems faced by customers and rationalizing them into seven key
areas: Productivity, Engineering, Maintenance, Quality, Connectivity, Security and Compatibility. Mitsubishi Electric is taking a three-point approach to
solving these problems: Reduce TCO*, increasing Reliability and Reuse of existing assets.
As a bridge to the next generation in automation, the MELSEC iQ-R Series is a driving force behind revolutionary progress in the future of manufacturing.
Reduce TCO
Productivity
Engineering
Maintenance
Connectivity
Reuse
Compatibility
49
Reliability
Security
Quality
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
All models
Parameter
adjustment
Can connect
32
axes of
up to
Mitsubishi
general-purpose
AC servos with a
total extension of
30m.
FA transparent function
Backup/restoration function
USB
Replace CPU
CF card,
etc.
Restore
PULL
Motion
program,
etc.
50
Unparalleled Performance.
Uncompromising Quality.
INVERTER
Model
FR-A 800
Unparalleled Performance.
Uncompromising Quality.
Channeling inherited techniques to deliver
the ultimate in inverter technology.
FR-A800 series
Introducing our high-value, next-generation inverter delivering outstanding drive performance in any environment,
and a wealth of functionality covering startup to maintenance.
We offer a comprehensive line-up in response to the challenges of globalization.
01
LEADING
DRIVE PERFORMANCE
03
EASY SETUP
&
EASY TO USE
05
SYSTEM SUPPORT
Excellent Drive
Performance
Easy Setup
&
Easy to use
System Support
51
02
04
ECO-FRIENDLY
FACTORIES
06
ENVIRONMENTAL
ADAPTABILITY
Eco Factory
Environmental
Adaptability
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Robot
Up to 8 additional axes
(Up to 3 groups)
Additional
axis
User
machine
User
machine
Up to
2 axes
Up to 3
axes
Up to 3
axes
Machine 1
Machine 2
Machine 3
Additional axis
Simultaneous control
Intelligence solution
By utilizing the force sensor to adjust the power, automation of the procedures with high difficulty is now achieved.
Force sensor
Collision avoidance
Coordinated control
Product lines
RV-F series
RV-2F
RV-4F
RV-4FL
RV-7F
RV-7FL
RV-7FLL
RV-13F
RV-13FL
RV-20F
RH-F series
RH-3FH
RH-6FH
RH-12FH
RH-20FH
52
53
Development system
FA Development Center
e&eco-F@ctory implementation
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Exceeded
3,500,000
nodes in
FY2013!
2,500,000
(No. of nodes)
2,000,000
1,500,000
1,000,000
500,000
02
Main membership
benefits
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
controller network
10
11
12
13 (Fiscal year)
Ethernet
Controller
Servo amplifier
Servo
motor
Servo amplifier
Inverter
Linear
servo motor
Induction
motor
Stepping
motor driver
Stepping
motor
Access to the latest trends and information on motion network SSCNET and Mitsubishi Electric FA businesses
Participation in partner meetings in Japan and overseas Expanding business opportunities Introduction of member
products and SSCNET compatible products to various tools and media Free of registration fees and annual dues.
Members of The SSCNET Partner Association (in alphabetical order)
NIPPON THOMPSON
CO., LTD.
THK CO.,LTD.
IAI Corporation
NSD Corporation
54
Global FA Center
Ratingen, Germany
Germany FA Center/
Europe Development Center
Krakowska, Poland
Pune/Gurgaon/Bangalore/
Chennai/Ahmadabad, India
India FA Center
Bangkok, Thailand
Thailand FA Center
Hatfield, U.K.
UK FA Center
Istanbul, Turkey
Turkey FA Center
Changshu, China
Beijing FA Center
Shenyang
Tianjin, China
Beijing
Tianjin FA Center
Xiangyang
55
Dalian
Mitsubishi Electric
Automation Manufacturing
(Changshu) Co., Ltd.
Shanghai, China
Shanghai FA Center
Shanghai
Wuhan
Chongqing
Guangzhou FA Center
Tianjin
Qingdao
Chengdu
Guangzhou, China
Changchun
Fuzhou
Taipei
Taichung
Hong Kong
Guangzhou
Shenzhen
M a n M a c h i n e E nv i r o n m e nt
Global FA Center
Production Facility
Seoul, Korea
Korea FA Center
Development Center
Nagoya, Japan
Nagoya Works
Mexico FA Center
Brazil FA Center
Singapore
ASEAN FA Center
Bekasi, Indonesia
Indonesia FA Center
56
Servo amplifier
European EC directive
EN 61800-5-1
EMC directive
EN 61800-3
Machinery directive
RoHS directive
UL standard
UL 508C
CSA standard
N/A
Compliant
* MR-D30 has obtained the functional safety certification by TV SD.
EN 60034-1
EMC directive
EN 60034-1
Machinery directive
RoHS directive
Compliant
UL standard
UL 1004-1 / UL 1004-6
CSA standard
N/A
N/A
EMC directive
Machinery directive
RoHS directive
Compliant
UL standard
UL-1004-6
CSA standard
N/A
N/A
EN 60034-1
EMC directive
EN 60034-1
Machinery directive
RoHS directive
Compliant
UL standard
CSA standard
57
N/A
N/A
Model Designation...........................................................................................................1-1
Combinations of 1-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motor...............................................1-3
Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motors.......................................1-6
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ
Connections with Peripheral Equipment.........................................................................1-7
Specifications..................................................................................................................1-8
MR-CR Converter Unit Specifications...........................................................................1-14
Standard Wiring Diagram Example...............................................................................1-15
STO I/O Signal Connector (CN8) Connection Example................................................1-16
Main/Control Circuit Power Supply Connection Example.............................................1-17
Servo Motor Connection Example (For MR-J4-B(-RJ010)/MR-J4-A)...........................1-20
Encoder Connection Specifications...............................................................................1-29
Servo Motor Connection Example (For MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-A-RJ)..............................1-30
Dimensions....................................................................................................................1-36
MR-CR Dimensions.......................................................................................................1-42
Panel Cut Dimensions for Converter Unit and Drive unit..............................................1-42
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B
Connections with Peripheral Equipment.......................................................................1-43
Specifications................................................................................................................1-44
Standard Wiring Diagram Example...............................................................................1-48
Servo Motor Connection Example.................................................................................1-50
Dimensions....................................................................................................................1-56
MR-J4-B-RJ010
Connections with Peripheral Equipment.......................................................................1-58
Specifications................................................................................................................1-59
CC-Link IE Field Network Interface Unit........................................................................1-63
Standard Wiring Diagram Example...............................................................................1-64
Dimensions....................................................................................................................1-65
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ
Connections with Peripheral Equipment.......................................................................1-70
Specifications................................................................................................................1-71
Standard Wiring Diagram Example...............................................................................1-79
Positioning Function......................................................................................................1-82
Dimensions....................................................................................................................1-93
B
A
Servo Amplifiers
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-10B
Mitsubishi
generalpurpose AC
servo amplifier
MELSERVO-J4
Series
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Symbol
None
Symbol
B
A
Interface
SSCNET /H (Note 7)
General-purpose
Symbol
10
20
40
60
70
100
200
350
500
700
11K
15K
22K
Symbol
Power supply
1-phase 100 V AC
3-phase 400 V AC
3-phase 200 V AC or
None 1-phase 200 V AC
(Note 3)
(Note 8)
(Note 4)
Special specification
Standard
Fully closed loop control four-wire type/
load-side encoder A/B/Z-phase
RJ
input compatible/
Functional safety unit compatible (Note 11)/
Positioning mode compatible (Note 12)
CC-Link IE Field Network interface
RJ010
with Motion (Note 5)
ED
WB
MR-J4W2-22BMitsubishi
generalpurpose AC
servo amplifier
MELSERVO-J4
Series
Symbol
B
Symbol
Symbol
W2
W3
Number of axes
2 axes
3 axes
22
44
77
1010
222
444
Interface
SSCNET III/H
Symbol
Special specification
None
Standard
ED Without a dynamic brake (Note 1)
EG
DC power input type (Note 10)
Notes: 1. Dynamic brake which is built in 7 kW or smaller servo amplifiers is removed. When using the servo amplifier without a dynamic brake, the servo motor does not stop
immediately at alarm occurrence or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system.
When the following servo motors are used, an electronic dynamic brake may operate at alarm occurrence.
HG-KR053, HG-KR13, HG-KR23, HG-KR43, HG-MR053, HG-MR13, HG-MR23, HG-MR43, HG-SR51, and HG-SR52
Disable the electronic dynamic brake by setting the following parameter to "_ _ _ 2."
For MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-B-RJ010: [Pr. PF06]
For MR-J4W_-B: Disable the electronic dynamic brake for all axes with [Pr. PF06]
For MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ: [Pr. PF09]
In addition, when [Pr. PA04] is set to "2 _ _ _" (initial value), the servo motor may be decelerated to a stop forcibly at alarm occurrence. The forced stop deceleration
function will be disabled by setting [Pr. PA04] to "0 _ _ _."
2. A-axis, B-axis, and C-axis indicate names of axes of the multi-axis servo amplifier. The C-axis is available for the 3-axis servo amplifier.
3. Servo amplifiers of 0.75 kW or smaller are available for 1-phase 200 V AC.
4. Servo amplifiers of 0.6 kW, and 1 kW or larger are available for 3-phase 400 V AC.
5. CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion is available only with MR-J4-_B-RJ010. CC-Link IE Field Network interface unit (MR-J3-T10) is required.
6. Available in 11 kW to 22 kW servo amplifier. A regenerative resistor (standard accessory) is not enclosed.
7. MR-J4-_B-RJ010 has CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion.
8. Servo amplifiers of 0.4 kW or smaller are available.
9. MR-J4-_B_-LL is available. Contact your local sales office for the pressure control compatible servo amplifiers.
10. Contact your local sales office for the DC power input type servo amplifier.
11. MR-D30 functional safety unit is compatible with MR-J4-B-RJ servo amplifiers. When using MR-D30, use MR-J4-B-RJ servo amplifier with software version B3 or later.
MR-D30 will be compatible with MR-J4-B-RU/MR-J4-B-RZ/MR-J4-B-KJ servo amplifiers in the future.
12. The positioning mode is available with MR-J4-A-RJ servo amplifiers. Use MR-J4-A-RJ servo amplifiers with software version B3 or later.
1-1
B-RJ
A-RJ
Symbol
Power supply
None 3-phase 200 V AC (Note 1)
4
3-phase 400 V AC
Interface
SSCNET/H
General-purpose
Symbol
30K
37K
45K
55K
Symbol
None
4
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
3-phase 400 V AC
Symbol
55K
LL
Symbol
B
A
RJ (Note 2)
Special specification
Standard
Fully closed loop control
four-wire type/load-side encoder
A/B/Z-phase input compatible/
Positioning mode compatible (Note 3)
Pressure control type (Note 5)
Mitsubishi
generalpurpose AC
servo amplifier
MELSERVO-J4
Series
Symbol
None
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-DU30KB
MR-CR55K
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-2
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
A-RJ
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ (200 V)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-10B(-RJ)
MR-J4-10A(-RJ)
MR-J4-20B(-RJ)
MR-J4-20A(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ)
MR-J4-40A(-RJ)
HG-KR43
HG-MR43
MR-J4-60B(-RJ)
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
HG-SR51, 52
HG-JR53
MR-J4-70B(-RJ)
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
HG-KR73
HG-MR73
HG-JR73
HG-UR72
MR-J4-100B(-RJ)
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
HG-SR81, 102
HG-JR53 (Note 2), 103
MR-J4-200B(-RJ)
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ)
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
HG-SR301, 352
HG-JR153 (Note 2), 203 (Note 2), 353
HG-RR203
HG-UR202
MR-J4-500B(-RJ)
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
HG-SR421, 502
HG-JR353 (Note 2), 503
HG-RR353, 503
HG-UR352, 502
MR-J4-700B(-RJ)
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KA(-RJ)
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
-
TM-RFM002C20
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM040J10
TM-RFM018E20
HG-SR702
HG-JR503 (Note 2), 703, 601, 701M
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0
HG-JR15K1, 15K1M
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0
TM-RFM048G20
TM-RFM072G20
TM-RFM120J10
TM-RFM240J10
Notes: 1. Models of the linear servo motor primary side are listed in this page. For compatible models of the secondary side, refer to "Combinations of Linear Servo Motor and
Servo Amplifier" under section 3 Linear Servo Motor in this catalog.
2. The maximum torque can be increased from 300% to 400% of the rated torque with this combination.
MR-J4-DU_B/MR-J4-DU_B-RJ/MR-J4-DU_A/MR-J4-DU_A-RJ (200 V)
Drive unit
MR-J4-DU30KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU30KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU37KB(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU37KA(-RJ)
1-3
B-RJ
A-RJ
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
HG-KR43
HG-MR43
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
TM-RFM002C20
Rotary Servo Motors
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-10B1(-RJ)
MR-J4-10A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-20B1(-RJ)
MR-J4-20A1(-RJ)
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-B1/MR-J4-B1-RJ/MR-J4-A1/MR-J4-A1-RJ (100 V)
TM-RFM004C20
MR-J4-B4/MR-J4-B4-RJ/MR-J4-A4/MR-J4-A4-RJ (400 V)
MR-J4-200B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-200A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-700A4(-RJ)
HG-JR15K14, 15K1M4
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
MR-J4-11KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KA4(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KA4(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KA4(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-350A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-500A4(-RJ)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-60B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-60A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-100B4(-RJ)
MR-J4-100A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU_B4/MR-J4-DU_B4-RJ/MR-J4-DU_A4/MR-J4-DU_A4-RJ (400 V)
Rotary servo motor
HG-JR30K14
HG-JR30K1M4
HG-JR37K14
HG-JR37K1M4
HG-JR45K1M4
HG-JR55K1M4
LVS/Wires
Drive unit
MR-J4-DU30KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU30KA4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU37KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU37KA4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU45KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU45KA4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU55KB4(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU55KA4(-RJ)
Notes: 1. Models of the linear servo motor primary side are listed in this page. For compatible models of the secondary side, refer to "Combinations of Linear Servo Motor and
Servo Amplifier" under section 3 Linear Servo Motor in this catalog.
2. The maximum torque can be increased from 300% to 400% of the rated torque with this combination.
Product List
Cautions
1-4
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-350B-RJ010
MR-J4-500B-RJ010
MR-J4-700B-RJ010
MR-J4-11KB-RJ010
MR-J4-15KB-RJ010
MR-J4-22KB-RJ010
MR-J4-B4-RJ010 (400 V)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-60B4-RJ010
MR-J4-100B4-RJ010
MR-J4-200B4-RJ010
MR-J4-350B4-RJ010
MR-J4-500B4-RJ010
MR-J4-700B4-RJ010
MR-J4-11KB4-RJ010
MR-J4-15KB4-RJ010
MR-J4-22KB4-RJ010
Notes: 1. The maximum torque can be increased from 300% to 400% of the rated torque with this combination.
1-5
B-RJ010
WB
Any combination of the servo motors with different series and capacities is possible as long as the servo motors are compatible with the
servo amplifier.
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2-22B
MR-J4W2-1010B
HG-KR43, 73
HG-MR43, 73
HG-SR51, 81, 52, 102
HG-JR53 (Note 2), 73, 103
HG-UR72
TM-RFM002C20
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM040J10
MR-J4W2-77B
HG-KR43, 73
HG-MR43, 73
HG-SR51, 52
HG-JR53, 73
HG-UR72
TM-RFM002C20
MR-J4W2-44B
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM018E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM040J10
MR-J4W3-B
Any combination of the servo motors with different series and capacities is possible as long as the servo motors are compatible with the
servo amplifier.
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W3-222B
MR-J4W3-444B
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4W2-B
TM-RFM002C20
TM-RFM004C20
Product List
Notes: 1. Models of the linear servo motor primary side are listed in this page. For compatible models of the secondary side, refer to "Combinations of Linear Servo Motor and
Servo Amplifier" under section 3 Linear Servo Motor in this catalog.
2. The maximum torque can be increased from 300% to 400% of the rated torque with this combination.
Cautions
1-6
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ as described below. Connectors, cables, options, and other
necessary equipment are available so that users can set up the servo amplifier easily and start using it right away.
Display (Note 2)
Servo amplifier
status and alarm
number are
displayed.
Regenerative option
(optional)
Charge lamp
LD77MS
Battery
(The picture is as of
HG-KR053.)
Notes: 1. The connection with the peripheral equipment is an example for MR-J4-350B/MR-J4-350B-RJ or smaller servo amplifiers. Refer to "MR-J4-_B_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier
Instruction Manual" for the actual connections.
2. This picture shows when the display cover is open.
1-7
0.2
0.3
3.0
5.0
9.0
1-phase 85 V AC
to 132 V AC
1-phase 100 V AC to
120 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
0.4
1-phase 85 V AC
to 132 V AC
5% maximum
30
45
30
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.3 A (including CN8 connector signals))
Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
10
10
10
20
20
100
100
130
170
Built-in (Note 4)
10
10
Built-in (Note 4)
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-8
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Rated current
[A]
Permissible voltage
fluctuation
Permissible frequency
fluctuation
Power consumption
[W]
Interface power supply
Control method
Built-in regenerative
[W]
resistor (Note 2, 3)
Tolerable
regenerative External regenerative
power
resistor (standard
[W]
accessory) (Note 2, 3, 11, 12)
Dynamic brake
SSCNET III/H command
communication cycle (Note 10)
Communication function
Encoder output pulse
Analog monitor
MR-J4-B(1)
Fully closed loop
control
MR-J4-B(1)-RJ
Control
circuit
power
supply
input
Voltage/frequency
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 10B 20B 40B 60B 70B 100B 200B 350B 500B 700B 11KB 15KB 22KB
Rated voltage
3-phase 170 V AC
Output
Rated current
[A] 1.1 1.5 2.8 3.2 5.8 6.0 11.0 17.0 28.0 37.0 68.0 87.0 126.0
3-phase or 1-phase 200 V AC
Voltage/frequency (Note 1)
3-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Main
3.2
Rated current (Note 15)
[A] 0.9 1.5 2.6 (Note 8) 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0 21.7 28.9 46.0 64.0 95.0
circuit
power
Permissible voltage
3-phase or 1-phase 170 V AC
supply
3-phase 170 V AC to 264 V AC
fluctuation
to 264 V AC
input
Permissible frequency
5% maximum
fluctuation
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor and a direct drive motor; and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo
amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load
to mass ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. When the servo amplifiers are closely mounted, keep the ambient temperature within 0 C to 45 C, or use them with 75% or less of the effective load ratio.
7. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
8. The rated current is 2.9 A when the servo amplifier is used with UL or CSA compliant servo motor.
9. Fully closed loop control is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A3 or later.
10. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
11. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
12. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
13. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
14. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version A8 or later.
15. This value is applicable for 750 W or smaller servo amplifiers in 200 V class when a 3-phase power supply is used.
16. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version B4 or later.
1-9
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Product List
Functional safety
Standards certified by CB
Response performance
Test pulse input (STO) (Note 2)
Safety
Mean time to dangerous
performance failure (MTTFd)
Diagnostic coverage (DC)
Probability of dangerous
Failure per Hour (PFH)
Compliance to standards
Structure (IP rating)
Close mounting
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance
Mass
[kg]
174
204
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit (Note 5)
1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
0.3
Protective functions
DU37KB
MR-CR55K (Note 5)
3-phase 170 V AC
Servo function
DU30KB
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Cautions
1-10
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-B4
MR-J4-B4-RJ
Protective functions
Functional safety
Standards certified by CB
Response performance
Test pulse input (STO) (Note 6)
Safety
Mean time to dangerous
performance failure (MTTFd)
Diagnostic coverage (DC)
Probability of dangerous
Failure per Hour (PFH)
Compliance to standards
Structure (IP rating)
Close mounting
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance
Mass
1-11
60B4
100B4
1.5
2.8
1.4
2.5
200B4
350B4
500B4
700B4
11KB4
3-phase 323 V AC
5.4
8.6
14.0
17.0
32.0
3-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
5.1
7.9
10.8
14.4
23.1
B-RJ
15KB4
22KB4
41.0
63.0
31.8
47.6
0.1
15
100
100
Built-in (Note 4)
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Rotary Servo Motors
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor, and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with
the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load
to mass ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
7. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
8. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
9. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
10. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls in
free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
11. The servo amplifier built-in regenerative resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the servo motor is used within the rated speed and the
recommended load to motor inertia ratio. Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the rated speed or the
recommended ratio.
12. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version A8 or later.
13. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version B4 or later.
1-12
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
DU30KB4
DU37KB4
DU45KB4
DU55KB4
MR-CR55K4 (Note 5)
3-phase 323 V AC
87
102
131
143
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit (Note 5)
1-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
0.2
1-phase 323 V AC to 528 V AC
5% maximum
45
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.3 A (including CN8 connector signals))
Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
External option (Note 4)
0.222 ms, 0.444 ms, 0.888 ms
USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
Compatible (A/B/Z-phase pulse)
2 channels
Two-wire type communication method
Two-wire/four-wire type communication method
Advanced vibration suppression control II, adaptive filter II, robust filter, auto tuning, one-touch tuning,
tough drive function, drive recorder function, tightening & press-fit control, machine diagnosis function,
power monitoring function, master-slave operation function, scale measurement function,
J3 compatibility mode, super trace control, lost motion compensation
Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication, A/B/Z-phase differential input signal
Overcurrent shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder
error protection, undervoltage protection, instantaneous power failure protection, overspeed protection,
error excessive protection,
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 10-10 [1/h]
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
Force cooling, open (IP20) (Note 1)
Not possible
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation/storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
1000 m or less above sea level
5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
16
19
1-13
Mass
Vibration resistance
MR-CR55K
270 V DC to 324 V DC
215.9
3-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
191.3
MR-CR55K4
513V DC to 648 V DC
113.8
3-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
100.7
45
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.15 A)
55
1300 W (one unit of MR-RB139)
1300 W (one unit of MR-RB137-4)
3900 W (three units of MR-RB137)
3900 W (three units of MR-RB13V-4)
Regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal), regenerative error protection,
undervoltage protection, instantaneous power failure protection
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
Force cooling, open (IP20) (Note 2)
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation/storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
1000 m or less above sea level
[kg]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the rotary servo motor, is operated within the specified power
supply voltage and frequency.
2. Terminal blocks are excluded.
Altitude
A-RJ
Compliance to standards
Structure (IP rating)
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Ambience
Protective functions
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-14
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ
L1
L3
L2
Control circuit
power supply
CN3
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
DICOM
DOCOM
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
LG
5
3
8
18
6
16
7
17
11
MO1
LG
MO2
4
1
14
CN2
Encoder cable
CN2L
1
2
R16MTCPU
Q172DSCPU
QD77MS
MR-MC211
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
CN4
BAT
LG
CN1B
CN5
Personal computer
10 m or shorter
CN1A
R32MTCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
LD77MS
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
(Note 1)
Servo motor
CN2L connector is available only on
MR-J4-B-RJ servo amplifier. Refer to pp. 1-29
to 1-34 in this catalog for the connection.
Plate
SD
2 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
(Note 7)
Main circuit power supply
(Note 5)
Forced stop 2
20
EM2
2
DI1
Upper stroke limit (FLS)
DI2
12
(Note 4) Lower stroke limit (RLS)
DI3
19
Proximity dog (DOG)
3
DOCOM
10 m or shorter
10
DICOM
R
A
Malfunction
ALM
15
1
R
9
INP
A
In-position
2
R
13
MBR
A
Electromagnetic brake interlock
Controller
Power cable
L11
L21
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
(Note 3) (Note 3)
SW2
SW1
1
Setup software
MR Configurator2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
0
Be sure to attach a cap to CN1B
connector of the final axis.
Main circuit
power supply
B-RJ
Notes: 1. For details such as setting the controllers, refer to programming manual or user's manual for the controllers.
2. Connections for the second and following axes are omitted.
3. Up to 64 axes are set by using a combination of an axis selection rotary switch (SW1) and auxiliary axis number setting switches (SW2-3 and SW2-4). Note that the
number of the connectable axes depends on the controller specifications.
4. Devices can be assigned for DI1, DI2 and DI3 with controller setting. Refer to the controller instruction manuals for details on setting.
5. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
6. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
7. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
8. This standard wiring diagram is common for 200 V AC, 100 V AC and 400 V AC type servo amplifiers.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-15
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
STO1A
STO2A
STO cable
MR-D05UDL3M-B
6
7
8
4
5
3
TOFB1
TOFB2
TOFCOM
STO1
STO2
STOCOM
(Note 2)
Main circuit
power supply
(Note 3, 4) Forced stop 2
CN8
(Note 5)
EM2
DOCOM
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Servo amplifier
CN8
STO2
Door
(Note 1)
6
7
8
4
5
3
Open
(Note 2)
Main circuit
power supply
(Note 3, 4) Forced stop 2
LVS/Wires
24 V DC
(Note 1)
TOFB1
TOFB2
TOFCOM
STO1
STO2
STOCOM
(Note 5)
EM2
DOCOM
1-16
Cautions
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Product List
Notes: 1. When using the STO function, turn off STO1 and STO2 at the same time. Be sure to turn off STO1 and STO2 after the servo motor stops in servo-off state or after the
servo motor stops with deceleration by turning off EM2 (Forced stop 2).
2. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
3. If the controller does not have a forced stop function, install a forced stop 2 switch (normally closed contact).
4. Turn on EM2 (Forced stop 2) before starting the operation.
5. The connector and the pin numbers for each signal vary depending on the servo amplifier. Refer to the standard wiring diagram example for relevant servo amplifier in this
catalog for details.
Servo Amplifiers
SK
MC
MCCB
L1
blank
L2
Nblank
blank
Regenerative option
(Note 3)
P+
C
CNP1
A-RJ
Power factor
improving
(Note 2)
DC reactor
FR-HEL
Regenerative option
(Note 3)
Servo amplifier
MC
L1
L2
L3
Power factor
improving
DC reactor (Note 2)
FR-HEL
NP3
P4
P+
Regenerative option
(Note 3)
CNP2
CNP1
(Note 4)
CNP2
L11 Built-in
L21 regenerative
resistor
L11 Built-in
L21 regenerative
resistor
Servo amplifier
L1
L2
L3
NP3
P4
P+
C
CNP1
(Note 4)
CNP2
Power supply
3-phase 380 V AC
to 480 V AC
Off
Emergency
stop switch
(Note 6)
Step-down transformer
MC
(Note 5)
SK
MC
MCCB
SK
MC
On
MCCB
On
MC
MCCB
MC
Emergency
stop switch
Power supply
1-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
(Note 1)
(Note 5)
On
Off
Emergency
stop switch
MC
Off
Malfunction
RA1
Servo amplifier
(Note 5)
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
B-RJ010
MC
On
MC
Off
Emergency
stop switch
Malfunction
RA1
B-RJ
Malfunction
RA1
Power supply
1-phase 100 V AC
to 120 V AC
SK
MC
MC
(Note 5)
Servo amplifier
N-
L1
L2
L3
CNP1
P3
P4
(Note 4)
P+
C
CNP2
L11 Built-in
L21 regenerative
resistor
L11 Built-in
L21 regenerative
resistor
Notes: 1. For 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, connect the power supply to L1 and L3 terminals. Do not connect anything to L2. The connections are different from MR-J3 series
servo amplifiers. Be careful not to make a connection error when replacing MR-J3 with MR-J4.
2. Disconnect a short-circuit bar between P3 and P4 when using the power factor improving DC reactor.
3. Disconnect a short-circuit bar between P+ and D when connecting the regenerative option externally.
4. MR-J4 series servo amplifiers have P3 and P4 in the upstream of the inrush current suppression circuit. They are different from P1 and P2 (downstream of the inrush
current suppression circuit) of MR-J3 series servo amplifiers. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
5. When wires used for L11 and L21 are thinner than those for L1, L2, and L3, use a molded-case circuit breaker.
6. A step-down transformer is required if coil voltage of the magnetic contactor is in 200 V class.
7. To control main circuit power supply on/off by DC power supply, refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-17
On
L1
L2
L3
Power factor
improving
DC reactor (Note 1)
FR-HEL
TE1
N-
P3
P4
P+
(Note 3)
TE3
TE4
U
Built-in regenerative V
resistor
W
L11
L21
MCCB
On
SK
MC
MC
(Note 6)
Regenerative
option
(Note 2)
Power factor
improving (Note 1)
DC reactor
FR-HEL-(H)
TE2
Servo amplifier
L1
L2
L3
TE1
P+
U
V
W
Built-in
regenerative resistor
NP3
P4
L11
L21
TE3
(Note 3)
TE2
MCCB
On
SK
MC
MC
Servo amplifier
TE1-1
L1
L2
L3
U
V
W
TE1-2
P3
P4
P+
(Note 5)
LVS/Wires
(Note 6)
Power factor
improving
DC reactor (Note 1)
FR-HEL-(H)
Regenerative resistor
(standard accessory)
or regenerative option
(Note 4)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Emergency
stop switch
(Note 7)
Step-down transformer
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
or
3-phase 380 V AC
to 480 V AC
Off
MC
Malfunction
RA1
Regenerative option
(Note 8)
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
or
3-phase 380 V AC
to 480 V AC
Off
Emergency
stop switch
(Note 7)
Step-down transformer
MC
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
Malfunction
RA1
Servo amplifier
SK
MC
MCCB
(Note 6)
A-RJ
Emergency
stop switch
Off
B-RJ010
MC
Malfunction
RA1
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
C
N-
TE2
L11
L21
Product List
Cautions
Notes: 1. Disconnect a short-circuit bar between P3 and P4 when using the power factor improving DC reactor.
2. Disconnect the wires for the built-in regenerative resistor (P+ and C) when connecting the regenerative option externally.
3. MR-J4 series servo amplifiers have P3 and P4 in the upstream of the inrush current suppression circuit. They are different from P1 and P2 (downstream of the inrush
current suppression circuit) of MR-J3 series servo amplifiers. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
4. 11 kW or larger servo amplifiers do not have a built-in regenerative resistor.
5. MR-J4 series servo amplifiers have P3 and P4 in the upstream of the inrush current suppression circuit. They are different from P1 and P (downstream of the inrush
current suppression circuit) of MR-J3 series servo amplifiers. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
6. When wires used for L11 and L21 are thinner than those for L1, L2, and L3, use a molded-case circuit breaker.
7. A step-down transformer is required if the servo amplifier is in 400 V class, and coil voltage of the magnetic contactor is in 200 V class.
8. Disconnect a short-circuit bar between P+ and D when connecting the regenerative option externally.
9. To control main circuit power supply on/off by DC power supply, refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-18
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
A-RJ
MC
MCCB
Drive unit
TE1-1
TE2-2
L1
(Note 9)
L+
L+
L
L2
L3
TE3 CN40
(Note 7)
CN40A
L11
MR-J3CDL05M
cable
L21
MC1
MC2
Power factor improving
DC reactor
MR-DCL _(-4)
(Note 2)
CNP1
1
2
CN1
TE1-2
P1
P2
C
(Note 4)
DICOM
DOCOM
DICOM
ALM
EM1
DOCOM
CN8
24 V DC
R
A
2
CN3
P
G3
G4
Regenerative option
(Note 1)
G3
G4
Regenerative option
(Note 1)
G3
G4
Regenerative option
(Note 1)
Cooling fan
Cooling fan
Cooling fan
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
R
A
3
Drive unit
malfunction
RA1
Converter unit
malfunction
RA2
Optional
thermal
RA3
(Note 5)
Controller
forced stop
RA4
15
ALM
DICOM
DOCOM
20
EM2
24 V DC
SD
R
A
1
24 V DC
Main circuit
power supply
(Note 3)
TE3
L21
L11
Emergency
stop switch
Ready
on/off
MC
Step-down
transformer
DICOM
Plate
S_
(Note 4, 5)
10
SK
Notes: 1. This connection is applicable when MR-RB137 (for 200 V) or MR-RB13V-4 (for 400 V) is used. Note that three units of MR-RB137 or MR-RB13V-4 are required for each
converter unit. (Permissible regenerative power: 3900 W)
2. Disconnect a short-circuit bar between P1 and P2 when using the power factor improving DC reactor.
3. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the drive unit.
4. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
5. This connection is applicable for MR-J4-DU_B/MR-J4-DU_B4. For MR-J4-DU_A/MR-J4-DU_A4, refer to "MR-J4-DU_(-RJ) MR-CR-55K_ Instruction Manual."
6. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the drive unit when the STO function is not used.
7. When wires used for L11 and L21 are thinner than those for L1, L2, and L3, use a molded-case circuit breaker.
8. To control main circuit power supply on/off by DC power supply, refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
9. Terminal varies depending on the drive unit capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant drive unit in this catalog for details.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-19
B-RJ010
A
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B1
MR-J4-B-RJ010
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A1
Rotary servo motor
CNP3
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
CN2
B2
1
2
(Note 1)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 6)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
1
B1
RA
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 1)
(Note 6)
B2
1
2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
LVS/Wires
CN2
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
B
D
B1
RA
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(Note 4)
Product List
Notes: 1. The signals shown is applicable when using a two-wire type encoder cable. Four-wire type is also compatible.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Cautions
1-20
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ010
(Note 6)
Dynamic
brake
(optional)
TE1-1
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
Contact must be open by
an external emergency
stop switch.
CN2
B2
A
B
(Note 1)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 5)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
B
D
B1
RA
For HG-JR 1000 r/min series (15 kW or larger) and HG-JR 1500r/min series (22 kW or larger)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B4
MR-J4-B-RJ010/MR-J4-B4-RJ010
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A4
Drive unit
MR-J4-DU_B/MR-J4-DU_B4
MR-J4-DU_A/MR-J4-DU_A4
(Note 6)
Dynamic
brake
(optional)
(Note 8)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
CN2
(Note 1)
(Note 5)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
THM1
THM2
SD
Encoder
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR
4
MRR
9
BAT
5
THM1
6
THM2
Plate
SD
Cooling fan
A
B
C
BU
MCCB
BV
BW
(Note 7)
Notes: 1. The signals shown is applicable when using a two-wire type encoder cable. Four-wire type is also compatible.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
6. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual when wiring the dynamic brake.
7. Be sure to supply power to the cooling fan terminals. Refer to the cooling fan power supply described in the servo motor specifications in this catalog for the required
power.
8. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-21
B-RJ010
A
Servo Amplifiers
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
C
D
B1
RA
(Note 1)
(Note 6)
B2
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
CN2
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
(Note 4)
Notes: 1. The signals shown is applicable when using a two-wire type encoder cable. Four-wire type is also compatible.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity. A separate connector from the motor power
connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for HG-UR202B to HG-UR502B. The pin numbers vary depending on the servo motor capacity. Refer to the
dimensions of the relevant servo motor in this catalog for details.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-22
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B1
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A1
U
CNP3
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
CN2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
(Note 1, 9)
MOTOR
B2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
SCALE
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
1
P5
2
LG
(Note 7)
3
MR
MRR
4
9
BAT
Plate
SD
Junction cable for fully closed loop control
MR-J4FCCBL03M
1
2
3
4
Plate
4
1
B1
RA
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
Load-side encoder
(Note 8)
(Note 6)
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
CN2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
(Note 1, 9)
MOTOR
SCALE
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
B2
1
2
1
P5
LG
2
(Note 7)
3
MR
MRR
4
BAT
9
Plate
SD
Junction cable for fully closed loop control
MR-J4FCCBL03M
1
2
3
4
Plate
C
D
B1
RA
(Note 8)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
Load-side encoder
(Note 6)
Notes: 1. For fully closed loop control, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method. Four-wire type cannot be used.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
6. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
7. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
8. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
9. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B_ or MR-J4-A_ servo amplifier, be sure to connect MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable
fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set to CN2 connector.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-23
A
Servo Amplifiers
Dynamic
brake
(optional)
TE1-1
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
(Note 1, 9)
MOTOR
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 6)
SCALE
(Note 7)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Load-side encoder
(Note 5)
LVS/Wires
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1. For fully closed loop control, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method. Four-wire type cannot be used.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
7. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
8. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual when wiring the dynamic brake.
9. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B_/MR-J4-A_ servo amplifier, be sure to connect MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable
fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set to CN2 connector.
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
1
2
3
4
Plate
B2
CN2
C
D
B1
RA
Encoder
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
(Note 8)
Product List
Cautions
1-24
Servo Amplifiers
(Note 6)
Dynamic
brake
(optional)
(Note 9)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
CN2
(Note 1, 8)
MOTOR
1
2
3
4
9
5
6
Plate
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
THM1
THM2
SD
(Note 4)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
THM1
THM2
SD
Encoder
1
P5
2
LG
3
MR
MRR
4
MX
7
MXR
8
BAT
9
THM1
5
THM2
6
Plate
SD
Cooling fan
A
B
C
SCALE
1
2
3
4
Plate
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
(Note 5)
BU
MCCB
BV
BW
(Note 7)
Load-side encoder
(Note 3)
Notes: 1. For fully closed loop control, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method. Four-wire type cannot be
used.
2. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
3. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
4. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
5. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
6. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual when wiring the dynamic brake.
7. Be sure to supply power to the cooling fan terminals. Refer to the cooling fan power supply described in the servo motor specifications in this catalog for the required
power.
8. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B_/MR-J4-A_ servo amplifier, be sure to connect MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable
fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set to CN2 connector.
9. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-25
A
Servo Amplifiers
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 1, 9)
C
D
B1
RA
MOTOR
SCALE
(Note 8)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Load-side encoder
(Note 6)
LVS/Wires
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1. For fully closed loop control, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method. Four-wire type cannot be
used.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity. A separate connector from the motor power
connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for HG-UR202B to HG-UR502B. The pin numbers vary depending on the servo motor capacity.
Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo motor in this catalog for details.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
6. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
7. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
8. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
9. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B/MR-J4-A servo amplifier, be sure to connect MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable
fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set to CN2 connector.
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
B2
1
P5
LG
2
(Note 7)
3
MR
MRR
4
BAT
9
Plate
SD
Junction cable for fully closed loop control
MR-J4FCCBL03M
1
2
3
4
Plate
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
Encoder
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
CN2
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
Product List
Cautions
1-26
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B1/MR-J4-B4
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A1/MR-J4-A4
Linear servo motor
(Note 5)
U
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
CN2 (Note 8)
5
THM1
6
THM2
1
P5
2
LG
MR
3
MRR
4
MX
7
MXR
8
Plate
SD
Thermistor
G1
THM
THM1
5
6
THM2
Junction cable for linear servo motor (Note 3)
MR-J4THCBL03M
G2
SCALE
1
2
3
4
7
8
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
Linear encoder
(Note 6)
(Note 2)
2
1
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
LG
P5
MR
MRR
Case SD
2
1
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
2
1
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
0V
5V
SD/RQ
-SD/-RQ
FG
Vcc
GND
RQ DT
/RQ /DT
Plate
2
1
7
8
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MX
MXR
MR
MRR
SD
0V
5V
SD
/SD
RQ
/RQ
FG
Heidenhain
Linear encoder
(Note 9)
(Note 9)
Renishaw
Linear encoder
LG
P5
RQ
/RQ
FG
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
(Note 9)
(Note 9)
2
1
3
4
Plate
Mitutoyo Corporation
Linear scale
Notes: 1. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
2. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog.
3. MR-J4THCBL03M junction cable for linear servo motor is compatible with both two-wire and four-wire type linear encoders.
4. For the number of the wire pairs for LG and P5, refer to "Linear Encoder Instruction Manual."
5. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
6. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the linear encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
7. When fully closed loop control is configured with a rotary servo motor, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type
communication method. Four-wire type cannot be used.
8. When using a linear servo motor with MR-J4-B_/MR-J4-A_ servo amplifier, be sure to connect MR-J4THCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable fabricated using
MR-J3THMCN2 connector set to CN2 connector.
9. For the fully closed loop control, the signals of 3-pin and 4-pin are as follows:
3-pin: MX
4-pin: MXR
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-27
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 2)
9
10
7
8
5
THM1 6
THM2 11
Encoder
P5
LG
MR
MRR
FG
CN2
P5
1
LG
2
MR
3
MRR
4
Plate SD
5
THM1
6
THM2
Thermistor
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
Plate SD
5 THM1
6 THM2
CN4
BAT
LG
MR-BTAS01 (Note 1)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
9
10
7
8
2
5
FG
THM1 6
THM2 11
9
P5
10 LG
7
MR
8 MRR
2 BAT
1
VB
5
FG
6 THM1
11 THM2
Battery
MR-BAT6V1SET
(Note 2)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
VB
FG
9
10
7
8
2
1
5
THM1 6
THM2 11
Thermistor
Product List
1
2
(Note 2)
LVS/Wires
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
Absolute position
storage unit
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
CN2
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4-A(-RJ)
(Note 1)
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-28
Cautions
Notes: 1. Optional MR-BTAS01 absolute position storage unit and MR-BAT6V1SET battery are required for absolute position detection system. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier
Instruction Manual and "Direct Drive Motor Instruction Manual" for details.
2. Fabricate this encoder cable. Refer to "Direct Drive Motor Instruction Manual" for fabricating the encoder cable.
3. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
4. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
WB
A-RJ
When configuring a linear servo motor system or a fully closed loop control system, or when using the scale measurement
function, use the servo amplifier with the following software version.
Refer to the following tables for the encoder communication method compatible with each system and for the servo amplifier
connector to which a load-side encoder should be connected.
Operation mode
Linear servo
motor system
(Note 9)
Scale
measurement
function
External encoder
communication
method
Two-wire type
Four-wire type
A/B/Z-phase
differential output type
Two-wire type
Four-wire type
A/B/Z-phase
differential output type
CN2 (Note 1, 6)
CN2L (Note 8)
CN2 (Note 1)
CN2A (Note 1)
CN2B (Note 1)
CN2A (Note 1)
CN2B (Note 1)
CN2C (Note 1)
CN2L (Note 8)
CN2A
CN2
CN2
(Note 2, 3, 5)
CN2L
Four-wire type
A/B/Z-phase
differential output type
Two-wire type
CN2 (Note 1)
MR-J4W3-B
(Note 2, 4, 5)
(Note 2, 3, 6)
CN2L
CN2B
(Note 2, 4, 5)
CN2A
(Note 2, 4, 7)
CN2 (Note 2, 3, 7)
CN2L (Note 7)
CN2B
(Note 2, 4, 7)
1-29
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-B1-RJ
MR-J4-A-RJ/MR-J4-A1-RJ
CNP3
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
(Note 3)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 1, 9, 10)
(Note 7)
CN2L
1
2
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
(Note 1, 10)
Load-side encoder
(Note 8)
(Note 6)
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR2
4
MRR2
7
MX2
8
MXR2
Plate
SD
B2
CN2
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
3
1
B1
RA
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
CN2L
1
2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 7)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
(Note 1, 10)
(Note 8)
Load-side encoder
(Note 6)
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-30
Cautions
Notes: 1. The load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible with both two-wire and four-wire type communication methods.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
6. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
7. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
8. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
9. This wiring of the servo motor encoder is applicable for the two-wire type communication method.
10. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B_-RJ or MR-J4-A_-RJ servo amplifier, be sure to connect a servo motor encoder to CN2 connector and a
load-side encoder to CN2L connector. Do not use MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set.
Product List
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR2
4
MRR2
7
MX2
8
MXR2
Plate
SD
(Note 1, 9, 10)
B2
LVS/Wires
CN2
C
D
B1
RA
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
A-RJ
(Note 9)
Dynamic
brake
(optional)
TE1-1
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
Contact must be open by
an external emergency
stop switch.
CN2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
CN2L
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR2
4
MRR2
7
MX2
8
MXR2
Plate
SD
B2
A
B
(Note 1, 8, 10)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 6)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
B
D
B1
RA
(Note 1, 10)
(Note 7)
Load-side encoder
(Note 5)
Notes: 1. The load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible with both two-wire and four-wire type communication methods.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
7. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
8. This wiring of the servo motor encoder is applicable for the two-wire type communication method.
9. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual when wiring the dynamic brake.
10. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B_-RJ/MR-J4-A_-RJ servo amplifier, be sure to connect a servo motor encoder to CN2 connector and a
load-side encoder to CN2L connector. Do not use MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-31
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Dynamic
brake
(optional)
(Note 10)
(Note 7)
(Note 2)
CN2
(Note 1, 6, 9)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
THM1
THM2
SD
(Note 4)
Encoder
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR
4
MRR
9
BAT
5
THM1
6
THM2
Plate
SD
(Note 2)
A
B
CN2L
MCCB
BV
BW
(Note 1, 9)
(Note 5)
(Note 8)
Load-side encoder
(Note 3)
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1. The load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible with both two-wire and four-wire type communication methods.
2. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
3. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
4. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
5. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
6. This wiring of the servo motor encoder is applicable for the two-wire type communication method.
7. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual when wiring the dynamic brake.
8. Be sure to supply power to the cooling fan terminals. Refer to the cooling fan power supply described in the servo motor specifications in this catalog for the required
power.
9. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B_-RJ/MR-J4-A_-RJ servo amplifier, be sure to connect a servo motor encoder to CN2 connector and a
load-side encoder to CN2L connector. Do not use MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set.
10. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR2
4
MRR2
7
MX2
8
MXR2
Plate
SD
BU
Cooling fan
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Product List
Cautions
1-32
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ
A-RJ
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
CN2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
CN2L
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR2
4
MRR2
7
MX2
8
MXR2
Plate
SD
C
D
B1
RA
(Note 1, 9, 10)
(Note 7)
B2
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 5)
(Note 1, 10)
(Note 8)
Load-side encoder
(Note 6)
Notes: 1. The load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible with both two-wire and four-wire type communication methods.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity. A separate connector from the motor
power connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for HG-UR202B to HG-UR502B. The pin numbers vary depending on the servo motor capacity.
Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo motor in this catalog for details.
3. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
4. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
6. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the fully
closed loop control with a rotary encoder.
7. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
8. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
9. This wiring of the servo motor encoder is applicable for the two-wire type communication method.
10. When configuring a fully closed loop control system with MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-A-RJ servo amplifier, be sure to connect a servo motor encoder to CN2 connector and a loadside encoder to CN2L connector. Do not use MR-J4FCCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-33
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Linear Servo Motor System with MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-A-RJ (LM-H3, LM-F, LM-K2, LM-U2 Series)
Connecting a serial linear encoder
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B1/MR-J4-B4
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A1/MR-J4-A4
U
(Note 3)
U
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
Thermistor
G1
THM
THM1
5
6
THM2
Junction cable for linear servo motor (Note 7)
MR-J4THCBL03M
CN2 (Note 5)
5
THM1
6
THM2
1
P5
2
LG
MR
3
MRR
4
MX
7
MXR
8
Plate
SD
G2
SCALE
1
2
3
4
7
8
CN2L
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
(Note 4)
Linear encoder
(Note 2)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B1/MR-J4-B4
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A1/MR-J4-A4
(Note 3)
U
V
(Note 1)
W
E
(Note 1)
CN2 (Note 6)
CN2L (Note 6)
P5
LG
PA
PAR
PB
PBR
PZ
PZR
PSEL
SD
(Note 4)
Linear encoder
(Note 2)
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-34
Cautions
Notes: 1. Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for grounding.
2. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog.
3. Connector or terminal varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
4. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the linear encoder. Refer to "Linear Encoder Instruction Manual."
5. When configuring a linear servo system with MR-J4-B_-RJ/MR-J4-A_-RJ servo amplifier and a serial linear encoder, be sure to connect MR-J4THCBL03M junction cable
or a junction cable fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2 connector set to CN2 connector.
6. When configuring a linear servo system with MR-J4-B_-RJ/MR-J4-A_-RJ servo amplifier and an A/B/Z-phase differential output type linear encoder, be sure to connect a
thermistor to CN2 connector and the linear encoder to CN2L connector. Do not use MR-J4THCBL03M junction cable or a junction cable fabricated using MR-J3THMCN2
connector set.
7. MR-J4THCBL03M junction cable for linear servo motor is compatible with two-wire and four-wire type linear encoders.
Product List
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Plate
G2
LVS/Wires
Thermistor
G1
THM1
THM2
Servo Amplifiers
LG
P5
MR
MRR
Case SD
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
2
1
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
0V
5V
SD/RQ
-SD/-RQ
FG
Vcc
GND
RQ DT
/RQ /DT
Plate
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
1
7
8
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MX
MXR
MR
MRR
SD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Plate
P5
LG
PA
PAR
PB
PBR
PZ
PZR
PSEL
SD
0V
5V
SD
/SD
RQ
/RQ
FG
(Note 2)
5V
0V
A-phase
A-phase
B-phase
B-phase
Z-phase
Z-phase
FG
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
1
3
4
Plate
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
1
3
4
Plate
Renishaw
Linear encoder
LG
P5
RQ
/RQ
FG
A-RJ
Heidenhain
Linear encoder
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
2
1
3
4
Plate
Mitutoyo Corporation
Linear scale
B-RJ
Notes: 1. For the number of the wire pairs for LG and P5, refer to "Linear Encoder Instruction Manual."
2. If the encoder's current consumption exceeds 350 mA, supply power from an external source.
3. For CN2L connector, the signals of 3-pin, 4-pin, and 7-pin, and 8-pin are as follows:
3-pin: MR2
4-pin: MRR2
7-pin: MX2
8-pin: MXR2
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-35
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
40
6 mounting hole
135
Terminal arrangement
Terminal arrangement
L1
L1
P4
P+
C
CN1A
D
L11
L21
U
CN1B
CNP3
(Note 1)
P3
V
W
CN3
(Note 2)
CN8
CN1A
L2
CNP1
(Note 2)
161
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN8
156
N-
L3
CNP1
N-
N-
CN7
CN3
L3
P+
P+
L11
L21
L21
(69.3)
L11
CNP3
U
CNP3
(38.5)
[Unit: mm]
Approx. 80
40
170
Terminal arrangement
Terminal arrangement
L1
L1
MR-J4-60B, MR-J4-60B-RJ
N-
CNP2 P4
(Note 1) P+
CN1A
156
CN8
C
D
L11
L21
V
W
(Note 2)
CN3
(Note 2)
CN8
CN1A
CNP1
L2
CNP1
N-
P+
CNP2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
CNP3
6
(38.5)
C
CNP2
L11
L11
L21
L21
U
(69.3)
Screw size: M4
P+
(21)
NP4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
PE
L3
P3
CN1B
PE
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
CN1B
CNP3
(Note 1)
L2
CN7
CN3
L3
P3
161
L2
CN5
168
L1
CN9
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
U
CNP3
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-70B, MR-J4-70B-RJ
Approx. 80
60
185
Terminal arrangement
12
6 mounting hole
L1
Exhaust
6
L2
P+
C
D
L11
L21
CN1B
U
V
W
(Note 2)
CN8
(Note 2)
CN1A
161
156
P4
CN3
CNP1
12
P+
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
CNP2
D
L11
(21)
(38.5)
Screw size: M4
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(69.3)
L21
Intake
Cooling fan
U
CNP3
42
V
W
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. CN2L, CN7, and CN9 connectors are not available for MR-J4-B servo amplifier.
Cautions
NP4
PE
L3
P3
CN7
P3
CN1A
CNP3
(Note 1)
N-
CN8
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN3
L3
168
L2
PE
Product List
L1
CN5
CN9
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
LVS/Wires
MR-J4-100B, MR-J4-100B-RJ
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
C
CNP2
CNP2
(21)
P4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
PE
Screw size: M4
P3
CN1B
L2
168
L1
PE
L2
CN5
CN9
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
[Unit: mm]
1-36
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions
B-RJ
MR-J4-60B4, MR-J4-60B4-RJ
MR-J4-100B4, MR-J4-100B4-RJ
60
Approx. 80
12
6 mounting hole
195
Terminal arrangement
N-
P4
P+
C
D
CN1B
L11
L21
CN2CN2CN4
CNP3
(Note 1)
P3
CN1A
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN8
156
L3
U
V
(Note 2)
CN1A
CNP1
P4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
P+
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
C
CNP2
(38.5)
12
L3
CN1B
(21)
PE
PE
L2
P3
(Note 2)
CN8
168
L2
CN3
CN7
CN3
L1
L1
161
N-
CN5
CN9
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
D
L11
L21
(69.3)
42
U
CNP3
V
W
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-200B, MR-J4-200B-RJ
90
6 mounting hole
Approx. 80
195
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
L1
45
85
156
P4
(Note 2)
CNP1
78
C
CNP2
(21)
Screw size: M4
P+
(38.5)
NP4
6
PE
PE
L3
P3
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
CN2CN2CN4
CN8
CN1B
CN1B
P+
C
D
L11
L21
(Note 2)
CN1A
CN1A
CNP3
(Note 1)
P3
CN8
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN3
CN7
CN3
L3
161
L2
168
L1
N-
L2
CN9
CN5
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Intake
(69.3)
D
L11
L21
Cooling fan
6
CNP3
V
W
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-200B4, MR-J4-200B4-RJ
90
6 mounting hole
45
85
Approx. 80
195
N-
P4
CN1A
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN8
156
L3
P+
C
D
CN1B
L11
L21
CN2
CNP3
(Note 1)
CN2L CN4
(Note 2)
CN8
(Note 2)
CN1A
(38.5)
78
PE
L2
L3
P3
P4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
PE
6
CNP1
CN1B
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
P+
C
(21)
CN3
CN7
CN3
L2
P3
L1
161
168
NL1
CN5
CN9
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
CNP2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(69.3)
D
L11
Intake
Cooling fan
L21
U
CNP3
V
W
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. CN2L, CN7, and CN9 connectors are not available for MR-J4-B servo amplifier.
1-37
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-350B, MR-J4-350B-RJ
90
45
195
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
L1
Mounting hole
Approx. 80
85
V
W
CN2CN2CN4
156
(Note 2)
CN1A
L3
CNP1
N-
10
CN8
(R
P3
CN1B
13 hole
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
P+
P4
U
CNP3
C
CNP2
L11
L21
(21)
P+
C
D
L11
L21
(Note 2)
CN1B
CNP2
(Note 1)
P4
CN1A
CNP3
(Note 1)
CN8
P3
CN3
CN7
CN3
L3
161
L2
N-
L2
168
L1
CN9
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
CN5
PE
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(38.5)
78
PE
Intake
(69.3)
Cooling fan
MR-J4-350B4, MR-J4-350B4-RJ
2-6 mounting hole
105
93
200
Approx. 80
(28)
[Unit: mm]
7.5
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
NCN5
NL1
CN3
L2
250
P3
P4
P+
C
CN1B CN2
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN8 CN1A
235
L3
D
L11
L21
U
V
L1
CN5
CN3
CNP1
CN8
PE
L2
L3
CN1A
P3
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
P4
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
P+
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
CN2L CN4
CNP3
(Note 1)
Cooling fan
CNP1
(Note 1)
CNP2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
D
L11
Intake
PE
U
CNP3
V
W
(34)
(38.5)
7.5
L21
6
[Unit: mm]
LVS/Wires
MR-J4-500B, MR-J4-500B-RJ
(25)
6
105
93
Approx. 80
(28)
200
Terminal arrangement
Cooling fan
Exhaust
7.5
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
TE2
PE
L1
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN5
TE2
TE1
CN8
CN3
TE1
CN1B
TE3
TE4
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
L2
L3
N-
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
CN8
CN1A
CN4 CN2L CN2
CN1B
250
235
L11
L21
P3
TE3
P4
P+
Product List
CN3
CN5
CN5
7.5
Screw size: M4
C
Intake
PE
U
V
Cautions
(34) (38.5)
TE4
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. CN2L, CN7, and CN9 connectors are not available for MR-J4-B servo amplifier.
1-38
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions
B-RJ
MR-J4-500B4, MR-J4-500B4-RJ
Approx. 80
(28)
130
118
6
7.5
200
6
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN5
CN5
CN3
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN4 CN2L CN2
250
235
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
TE2
TE3
Terminal arrangement
TE1
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
TE2
L11 L21
PE
N- P3 P4
TE1
Built-in regenerative
resistor lead terminal
fixing screw
L1 L2 L3 P+
PE
(60)
(38.5)
7.5
Intake
TE3
[Unit: mm]
172
160
Approx. 80
(28)
7.5
200
6
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN5
CN3
CN1B
CN1A
CN8
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
300
285
CN1B
CN1A
CN8
CN3
CN5
CN5
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
TE3
Terminal arrangement
TE3
Intake
PE
Built-in regenerative
resistor lead terminal
fixing screw
N- P3 P4
TE2
TE2
TE1
L1 L2 L3 P+
L11 L21
PE
(101)
(38.5)
7.5
TE1
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CN2L, CN7, and CN9 connectors are not available for MR-J4-B servo amplifier.
1-39
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
196
10
12
260
10.5
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
380
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN3
CN3
TE2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Terminal arrangement
L1 L2 L3
TE1-1
Intake
TE1-2
188
224.2
237.4
P3 P4 P+
N-
TE2
L11 L21
(38.5)
10
CN5
CN5
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
CN5
400
Approx. 80
(28)
12
(139.5)
PE
12
12
236
Approx. 80
(28)
12
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
Cooling fan
Exhaust
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
TE1-1
TE1-2
PE
Intake
188.5
223.4
235.4
(38.5)
12
Terminal arrangement
TE1-1
L1 L2 L3
LVS/Wires
12
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN3
CN3
CN5
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
CN5
CN5
400
376
260
[Unit: mm]
TE1-2
P3 P4 P+
N-
TE2
L11 L21
(179)
PE
Notes: 1. CN2L, CN7, and CN9 connectors are not available for MR-J4-B servo amplifier.
Product List
[Unit: mm]
Cautions
1-40
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-DU_B/MR-J4-DU_B-RJ Dimensions
B-RJ
MR-J4-DU30KB, MR-J4-DU30KB-RJ
MR-J4-DU37KB, MR-J4-DU37KB-RJ
MR-J4-DU45KB4, MR-J4-DU45KB4-RJ
20
300
260
10
MR-J4-DU55KB4, MR-J4-DU55KB4-RJ
20
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
195
CN5 CN3
CN8 CN1A CN1B CN2
40
TE2-1
CN4
10
TE2-2
TE3
155
CN4
380
360
10
CN
CN5
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
CN3
CN A
40
100
200
180
Cooling fan
Exhaust
CN5
CN40A
(80)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
175.5
178.5
Exhaust
PE
TE1
Terminal arrangement
TE2-1
TE2-2
L+
L+
L-
LTE3
130.1
162.5
L11
L21
PE
TE1
U
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-DU30KB4, MR-J4-DU30KB4-RJ
MR-J4-DU37KB4, MR-J4-DU37KB4-RJ
240
120
60
10
10
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
Cooling fan
Exhaust
40
CN4
CN4
TE2
CN1BCN2
CN3
CN
CN8 CN1A
380
360
100
CN5
CN3
40
200
180
CN5
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
CN5
CN A
CN40A
2-6
mounting hole
(80)
195
60
TE3
155
10
Terminal arrangement
6
Exhaust
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
175.5
178.5
PE
TE1
TE2
TE3
L+
L11
L-
L21
PE
TE1
V
170.5
152.5
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CN2L, CN7, and CN9 connectors are not available for MR-J4-DU_B_ drive unit.
1-41
MR-CR Dimensions
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
CNP1
100
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
192
Cooling fan
Exhaust
CN6
CN40
CN3
380
360
TE2-1
TE2-2
TE3
10
155
175.5
178.5
Exhaust
2.3
TE1-1
PE
TE1-2
Terminal arrangement
TE2-1
PE
L+
TE2-2
L+
L-
CN1
200
180
20
98.6
300
260
195
20
10
MR-CR55K, MR-CR55K4
LTE3
162.5
130.3
L11
L21
PE
TE1-1
L1 L2 L3
TE1-2
PE
C P2 P1
Panel Cut Dimensions for Converter Unit and Drive Unit (Note 1)
300
9.5
2600.5
W1
(9.5) W5
W4
(20)
W20.5
W3
(W5)
(W3)
Hole
342
Hole
3600.5
Drive unit
380
3600.5
342
Converter unit
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
10
10
19
19
20
281
[Unit: mm]
(10)
(10)
(19)
(19)
LVS/Wires
4-M6 screw
4-A screw
Variable dimensions
W2
W3
W4
W5
300
260
20
281
9.5
M6
MR-J4-DU30KB4/A4, 37KB4/A4
240
120
60
222
M5
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. The panel cut dimensions for coverter unit and drive unit are applicable for MR-J4-DU_B_/MR-J4-DU_B_-RJ/MR-J4-DU_A_/MR-J4-DU_A_-RJ.
Product List
W1
Cautions
1-42
Servo Amplifiers
WB
Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J4W_-B as described below. Connectors, cables, options, and other necessary
equipment are available so that users can set up the servo amplifier easily and start using it right away.
Charge lamp
Display (Note 2)
Regenerative option
(optional)
Encoder cable
(optional)
Servo motor
power cable
(optional)
(Note 3)
LD77MS
Battery case
Battery
Notes: 1. The connection with the peripheral equipment is an example for MR-J4W2-22B. CNP3C and CN2C connectors are available for MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier. Refer to
"MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the actual connections of the multi-axis servo amplifier.
2. This picture shows when the display cover is open.
3. Connect the grounding terminal of the servo motor to
of CNP3A, CNP3B, and CNP3C. Connect the protective earth (PE) terminal (
) located on the lower front of
the servo amplifier to the cabinet protective earth (PE).
1-43
1.5
2.8
3-phase or 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC,
50 Hz/60 Hz
5.2
Voltage/frequency (Note 1)
Servo function
Protective functions
6.0
3-phase 200 V AC to
240 V AC, 50Hz/60 Hz
9.8
3-phase 170 V AC to
264 V AC
7.5
55
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.35 A (including CN8 connector signals))
Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
17
21
44
3.45
4.26
8.92
3.8
4.7
9.8
8.5
10.5
22.0
20
100
Built-in (Note 4)
0.222 ms, 0.444 ms, 0.888 ms
USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
Compatible (A/B-phase pulse)
None
Available (Note 12)
Advanced vibration suppression control II, adaptive filter II, robust filter, auto tuning, one-touch tuning,
tough drive function, drive recorder function, tightening & press-fit control, machine diagnosis function,
power monitoring function, scale measurement function (Note 14), J3 compatibility mode
Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal),
servo motor overheat protection, encoder error protection, regenerative error protection, undervoltage
protection, instantaneous power failure protection, overspeed protection, error excessive protection,
magnetic pole detection protection, linear servo control fault protection
LVS/Wires
5.8
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Dynamic brake
SSCNET III/H command communication cycle (Note 13)
Communication function
Encoder output pulse
Analog monitor
Fully closed loop control (Note 11)
1010B
(Note 2, 3)
2.9
77B
3-phase 170 V AC
Main
circuit
power
supply
input
22B
Servo Amplifiers
WB
Product List
Cautions
1-44
Servo Amplifiers
[kg]
WB
22B
44B
77B
1010B
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2) (Note 10)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 5 10-10 [1/h]
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
Natural cooling, open
Force cooling, open (IP20)
(IP20)
Possible
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation/storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
1000 m or less above sea level
5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor and a direct drive motor; and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo
amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to
mass ratio.
5. Reusable regenerative energy is equivalent to the energy generated under the following conditions.
For rotary servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the
rated speed to a stop.
For linear servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose mass is equivalent to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the maximum
speed to a stop.
For direct drive motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the
rated speed to a stop.
6. This value is the moment of inertia when the rotary servo motor decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When two axes are simultaneously decelerated, the
permissible charging amount is equivalent to the total moments of inertia of the two axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the moment of
inertia of each axis. The value also applies to the direct drive motor.
7. This value is the mass when the linear servo motor decelerates from maximum speed to a stop. Mass of primary side (coil) is included. When two axes are simultaneously
decelerated, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the total masses of the two axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the mass of
each axis.
8. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
9. Not compatible with pulse train interface (A/B/Z-phase differential output type).
10. STO is common for all axes.
11. The load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method.
12. Fully closed loop control is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A3 or later.
13. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
14. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version A8 or later.
15. This value is applicable when a 3-phase power supply is used.
1-45
Voltage/frequency (Note 1)
Protective functions
30
4.26
6.08
4.7
6.7
10.5
15.0
30
Built-in (Note 4)
0.222 ms (Note 11), 0.444 ms, 0.888 ms
LVS/Wires
Servo function
7.8
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Dynamic brake
SSCNET III/H command communication
cycle (Note 10)
Communication function
Encoder output pulse
Analog monitor
Fully closed loop control
2.8
(Note 2, 3)
4.3
444B
3-phase 170 V AC
Main
circuit
power
supply
input
222B
Servo Amplifiers
WB
Product List
Cautions
1-46
Servo Amplifiers
WB
222B
444B
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2) (Note 9)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz
Test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 5 10-10 [1/h]
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
Force cooling, open (IP20)
Possible
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation/storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
1000 m or less above sea level
5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
1.9
1.9
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor and a direct drive motor; and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo
amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load to
mass ratio.
5. Reusable regenerative energy is equivalent to the energy generated under the following conditions.
For rotary servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the
rated speed to a stop.
For linear servo motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose mass is equivalent to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the maximum
speed to a stop.
For direct drive motor: the energy that is generated when the machine, whose moment of inertia is equivalent to the permissible charging amount, decelerates from the
rated speed to a stop.
6. This value is the moment of inertia when the rotary servo motor decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. When three axes are simultaneously decelerated, the
permissible charging amount is equivalent to the total moments of inertia of the three axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the moment of
inertia of each axis. The value also applies to the direct drive motor.
7. This value is the mass when the linear servo motor decelerates from maximum speed to a stop. Mass of primary side (coil) is included. When three axes are
simultaneously decelerated, the permissible charging amount is equivalent to the total masses of the three axes. Otherwise, the permissible charging amount is equivalent
to the mass of each axis.
8. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
9. STO is common for all axes.
10. The command communication cycle depends on the controller specifications and the number of axes connected.
11. Servo amplifier with software version A3 or later is compatible with the command communication cycle of 0.222 ms. However, note that the following functions are not
available when 0.222 ms is used: auto tuning (real time, one-touch, and vibration suppression control), adaptive filter II, vibration tough drive, and power monitoring.
12. This value is applicable when a 3-phase power supply is used.
1-47
R
A
4
CALM
(Note 10)
MBR-A
MBR-B
11
24
12
25
DICOM
DOCOM
23
26
EM2
DI1-A
DI2-A
DI3-A
DI1-B
DI2-B
DI3-B
10
7
8
9
20
21
22
Personal computer
Setup software
MR Configurator2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
(Note 4)
SW2
QD77MS
1
MR-MC211
BAT
LG
(Note 6)
10 m or shorter
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
CN4
CN1B CN1A
R
A
3
1
2
(Note 11)
CN1B CN1A
R16MTCPU
Q172DSCPU
R
A
2
CN8
LVS/Wires
R32MTCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
LD77MS
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
R
A
1
Servo motor
3
16
4
17
5
18
6
19
14
Plate
CN1A
(Note 2)
10 m or shorter
LA-A
LAR-A
LB-A
LBR-A
LA-B
LAR-B
LB-B
LBR-B
LG
SD
Encoder cable
1A
2A
3A
1B Built-in
2B regenerative
resistor
3B
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
CN3
CN2A/CN2B
24 V DC power supply
for interface
P+
C
D
L11
L21
N-
Power cable
CNP2
1
2
3
CN5
(Note 7)
Controller
L1
L2
L3
Regenerative option
AND malfunction
(Note 5)
CNP1
MC
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
or
1-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
(Note 9)
MCCB
SK
MC
CN1B
On
Servo Amplifiers
Off
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2-B
(1st and 2nd axis)
MC
(Note 8)
AND malfunction
RA1
WB
1-48
Cautions
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Product List
Notes: 1. The forced stop signal is issued for two axes of the servo amplifier. For overall system, apply the emergency stop on the controller side.
2. For details such as setting the controllers, refer to programming manual or user's manual for the controllers.
3. Connections for the third and following axes are omitted.
4. Up to 64 axes can be set by using a combination of an axis selection rotary switch (SW1) and auxiliary axis number setting switches (SW2-5 and SW2-6). Note that the
number of the connectable axes depends on the controller specifications.
5. Devices can be assigned for DI1-A/B, DI2-A/B and DI3-A/B with controller setting. Refer to the controller instruction manuals for details on setting.
6. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
7. When not using a regenerative option, connect a short-circuit bar between P+ and D to use the built-in regenerative resistor. When using a regenerative option,
disconnect the short-circuit bar between P+ and D, and then connect the regenerative option to P+ and C.
8. Select either of the following functions for CALM (AND malfunction) with the controller.
1) The contact opens when an alarm occurs on one of the axes.
2) The contact opens when an alarm occurs on all axes.
9. For 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, connect the power supply to L1 and L3 terminals. Do not connect anything to L2. The connections are different from MR-J3W-B
series servo amplifiers. Be careful not to make a connection error when replacing MR-J3W-B with MR-J4W2-B. Refer to "MR-J4W2-B (2-axis, SSCNET III/H Interface)
Specifications" in this catalog for power supply specifications.
10. CINP (AND in-position) is assigned to this pin as default. Device for this pin can be changed by [Pr. PD08].
11. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
12. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
13. To control main circuit power supply on/off by DC power supply, refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
Servo Amplifiers
CNP1
MC
L1
L2
L3
CNP2
Regenerative option
(Note 7)
AND malfunction
Electromagnetic brake interlock for A-axis
Controller
(Note 2)
R32MTCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
LD77MS
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
R16MTCPU
Q172DSCPU
R
A
2
R
A
3
R
A
4
R
A
5
CN3
CN2A/CN2B/CN2C
Encoder cable
1A
2A
3A
1B Built-in
2B regenerative
resistor
3B
CALM
(Note 10)
MBR-A
MBR-B
MBR-C
11
24
12
25
13
DICOM
DOCOM
23
26
EM2
DI1-A
DI2-A
DI3-A
DI1-B
DI2-B
DI3-B
DI1-C
DI2-C
DI3-C
10
7
8
9
20
21
22
1
2
15
Servo motor
CN8
(Note 6)
1
2
10 m or shorter
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
CN4
BAT
LG
(Note 11)
Personal computer
CN1B
(Note 5)
R
A
1
P+
C
D
L11
L21
N-
1
2
3
Power cable
QD77MS
MR-MC211
Setup software
MR Configurator2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
MR-J3BUS_M,
MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B cable
MCCB
CN1A
Power supply
3-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
or
1-phase 200 V AC
to 240 V AC
(Note 9)
SK
MC
CN1B CN1A
On
CN5
Off
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W3-B
(1st, 2nd, and 3rd axis)
MC
(Note 8)
AND malfunction
RA1
WB
Notes: 1. The forced stop signal is issued for three axes of the servo amplifier. For overall system, apply the emergency stop on the controller side.
2. For details such as setting the controllers, refer to programming manual or user's manual for the controllers.
3. Connections for the fourth and following axes are omitted.
4. Up to 64 axes can be set by using a combination of an axis selection rotary switch (SW1) and auxiliary axis number setting switches (SW2-5 and SW2-6). Note that the
number of the connectable axes depends on the controller specifications.
5. Devices can be assigned for DI1-A/B/C, DI2-A/B/C and DI3-A/B/C with controller setting. Refer to the controller instruction manuals for details on setting.
6. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
7. When not using a regenerative option, connect a short-circuit bar between P+ and D to use the built-in regenerative resistor. When using a regenerative option,
disconnect the short-circuit bar between P+ and D, and then connect the regenerative option to P+ and C.
8. Select either of the following functions for CALM (AND malfunction) with the controller.
1) The contact opens when an alarm occurs on one of the axes.
2) The contact opens when an alarm occurs on all axes.
9. For 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, connect the power supply to L1 and L3 terminals. Do not connect anything to L2. Refer to "MR-J4W3-B (3-axis, SSCNET III/H Interface)
Specifications" in this catalog for power supply specifications.
10. CINP (AND in-position) is assigned to this pin as default. Device for this pin can be changed by [Pr. PD08].
11. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
12. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
13. To control main circuit power supply on/off by DC power supply, refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-49
WB
Servo Amplifiers
2B
1A
2A
CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C
U
U
V
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
RA
(Note 1)
B2
1
2
(Note 5)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 6)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
3
4
CN2A/CN2B/CN2C
1
B1
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
(Note 5)
1B
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
Contact must be open by
an external emergency
stop switch.
CN2A/CN2B
(Note 1)
(Note 6)
1
2
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
LVS/Wires
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
B2
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
B
C
D
B1
RA
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
2B
CNP3A/CNP3B
Product List
Notes: 1. The signals shown is applicable when using a two-wire type encoder cable. Four-wire type is also compatible.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding terminal of the servo motor to
of CNP3A, CNP3B, and CNP3C. Connect the protective earth (PE) terminal (
) located on the lower front of
the servo amplifier to the cabinet protective earth (PE).
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. CNP3C and CN2C connectors are available for MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Cautions
1-50
Servo Amplifiers
Servo Motor Connection Example (Rotary Servo Motor, Semi-Closed Loop Control System)
WB
CNP3A/CNP3B
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
Contact must be open by
an external emergency
stop switch.
CN2A/CN2B
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
(Note 1)
(Note 5)
B2
G
H
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
1
2
3
4
9
Plate
C
D
B1
RA
A
B
Notes: 1. The signals shown is applicable when using a two-wire type encoder cable. Four-wire type is also compatible.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding terminal of the servo motor to
of CNP3A and CNP3B. Connect the protective earth (PE) terminal (
) located on the lower front of the servo
amplifier to the cabinet protective earth (PE).
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-51
Servo Motor Connection Example (Rotary Servo Motor, Fully Closed Loop Control System)
WB
Servo Amplifiers
CNP3A/CNP3B
2B
2A
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
Contact must be open by
an external emergency
stop switch.
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
1
P5
2
LG
(Note 6)
3
MR
MRR
4
9
BAT
Plate
SD
Junction cable for fully closed loop control
MR-J4FCCBL03M
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Load-side encoder
(Note 7)
(Note 5)
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
SCALE
1
2
3
4
Plate
MOTOR
(Note 1)
B2
CN2A/CN2B
Encoder
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
B1
RA
3
4
1A
2B
1A
2A
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
(Note 1)
1
P5
2
LG
(Note 6)
3
MR
MRR
4
9
BAT
Plate
SD
Junction cable for fully closed loop control
MR-J4FCCBL03M
SCALE
(Note 7)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Load-side encoder
Product List
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
MOTOR
1
2
3
4
Plate
Encoder
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
B2
LVS/Wires
CN2A/CN2B
B
C
D
B1
RA
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
1B
CNP3A/CNP3B
(Note 5)
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-52
Cautions
Notes: 1. For fully closed loop control, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method. Four-wire type cannot be used.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding terminal of the servo motor to
of CNP3A, CNP3B, and CNP3C. Connect the protective earth (PE) terminal (
) located on the lower front of
the servo amplifier to the cabinet protective earth (PE).
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for
the fully closed loop control with rotary encoder.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
7. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
8. MR-J4W3-B is not compatible with fully closed loop control.
Servo Amplifiers
Servo Motor Connection Example (Rotary Servo Motor, Fully Closed Loop Control System)
WB
(Note 3)
CN2A/CN2B
24 V DC for the
electromagnetic
brake
(Note 4)
(Note 1)
D
B1
RA
MOTOR
SCALE
P5
LG
MX
MXR
SD
B2
G
H
1
P5
2
LG
(Note 6)
3
MR
MRR
4
9
BAT
Plate
SD
Junction cable for fully closed loop control
MR-J4FCCBL03M
1
2
3
4
Plate
(Note 7)
B
C
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
SD
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 2)
Encoder
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
BAT
SD
(Note 3)
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Plate
CNP3A/CNP3B
Load-side encoder
(Note 5)
Notes: 1. For fully closed loop control, the load-side encoder and the servo motor encoder are compatible only with two-wire type communication method. Four-wire type cannot be used.
2. This is for the servo motor with electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Connect the grounding terminal of the servo motor to
of CNP3A and CNP3B. Connect the protective earth (PE) terminal (
) located on the lower front of the servo
amplifier to the cabinet protective earth (PE).
4. Do not use the 24 V DC interface power supply for the electromagnetic brake. Provide a dedicated power supply to the electromagnetic brake.
5. For linear encoders, refer to "List of Linear Encoders" under section 3 Linear Servo Motors in this catalog. Refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for
the fully closed loop control with rotary encoder.
6. Encoder cable is available as an option. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when fabricating the cables.
7. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the load-side encoder. Refer to relevant Instruction Manual.
8. MR-J4W3-B is not compatible with fully closed loop control.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-53
WB
Servo Amplifiers
CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C (Note 5)
U
U
V
1A
2A
(Note 1)
2B
W
E
(Note 1)
CN2A/CN2B/CN2C (Note 5)
5
6
Thermistor
G1
THM
THM1
THM2
G2
5
THM1
THM2
6
P5
1
2
LG
3
MR
MRR
4
7
MX
MXR
8
SD
Plate
SCALE
1
2
3
4
7
8
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MX
MXR
(Note 6)
Linear encoder
(Note 2)
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
LG
P5
MR
MRR
Case SD
2
1
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
2
1
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
0V
5V
SD/RQ
-SD/-RQ
FG
Vcc
GND
RQ DT
/RQ /DT
Plate
2
1
7
8
3
4
Plate
LG
P5
MX
MXR
MR
MRR
SD
0V
5V
SD
/SD
RQ
/RQ
FG
LVS/Wires
2
1
3
4
Plate
(Note 8)
(Note 8)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(Note 8)
(Note 8)
Renishaw
Linear encoder
LG
P5
RQ
/RQ
FG
Heidenhain
Linear encoder
LG
P5
MR
MRR
SD
2
1
3
4
Plate
(Note 8)
(Note 8)
Mitutoyo Corporation
Linear scale
Cautions
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Product List
1-54
Servo Amplifiers
WB
CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C
2B
1A
2A
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
B
C
D
(Note 3)
CN2A/CN2B/CN2C (Note 4)
P5 9
LG 10
MR 7
MRR 8
FG 5
(Note 1)
THM1 6
THM2 11
Encoder
1
P5
2
LG
3
MR
4
MRR
Plate SD
5
THM1
THM2
6
Thermistor
CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C
U
2B
1A
2A
(Note 3)
CN2A/CN2B/
CN2C (Note 4)
CN4
BAT
LG
(Note 1)
A
B
C
Absolute position
storage unit
MR-BTAS01 (Note 2)
9
P5
LG 10
7
MR
MRR 8
BAT 2
5
FG
THM1 6
THM2 11
CN10
P5
9
10 LG
MR
7
8 MRR
2 BAT
VB
1
FG
5
6 THM1
11 THM2
(Note 1)
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
VB
FG
9
10
7
8
2
1
5
THM1 6
THM2 11
Encoder
P5
LG
MR
MRR
BAT
Plate SD
5
THM1
THM2
6
1
2
U
V
(Note 3)
1
2
3
4
9
(Note 4)
Thermistor
Notes: 1. Fabricate this encoder cable. Refer to "Direct Drive Motor Instruction Manual" for fabricating the encoder cable.
2. Optional MR-BTAS01 absolute position storage unit, MR-BT6VCASE battery case, and MR-BAT6V1 batteries are required for absolute position detection system. Refer to
relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual and "Direct Drive Motor Instruction Manual" for details.
3. Connect the grounding terminal of the servo motor to
of CNP3A, CNP3B, and CNP3C. Connect the protective earth (PE) terminal (
) located on the lower front of
the servo amplifier to the cabinet protective earth (PE).
4. CNP3C and CN2C connectors are available for MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-55
MR-J4W2-B Dimensions
WB
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4W2-22B
MR-J4W2-44B
Approx. 80
60
6 mounting hole
Cooling fan
6.2
Exhaust
(Only for MR-J4W2-44B)
CN5
Terminal arrangement
C
N
5
CNP1
CN3
L1
L2
C
N
3
L3
CN8
C
N
8
CNP3A
(Note 1)
CNP3B
(Note 1)
C
N
1
A
U
V
C
N
1
B
U
V
C
N
2
A
C
N
2
B
PE
CN1A
CN1B
168
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN2A
CN2B
P+
L11
L2
L21
L3
N-
CNP3A
W
CN4
CNP3B
C
N
4
CNP2
L1
CNP1
(Note 1)
156
195
Intake
PE
6
6
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4W2-77B
MR-J4W2-1010B
Approx. 80
85
6 mounting hole
Cooling fan
CN5
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
CNP1
C
N
5
CN3
L1
L2
CN8
CNP2
(Note 1)
C
N
8
CNP3A
(Note 1)
CNP3B
(Note 1)
C
N
1
A
U
V
C
N
1
B
U
V
C
N
2
A
C
N
2
B
PE
CN1A
CN1B
P+
L11
L2
L21
L3
N-
CN4
Intake
CNP3A
CN2A
CN2B
C
N
4
6.2
CNP3B
PE
73
LVS/Wires
CNP2
L1
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
C
N
3
L3
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
156
195
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2, CNP3A and CNP3B connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
Product List
[Unit: mm]
Cautions
1-56
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4W3-B Dimensions
WB
MR-J4W3-222B
MR-J4W3-444B
Approx. 80
85
Exhaust
Terminal arrangement
C
N
5
CNP2
(Note 1)
CNP1
CN3
L1
L2
C
N
3
L3
CN8
C
N
8
CNP3A
(Note 1)
CNP3B
(Note 1)
CNP3C
(Note 1)
PE
C
N
1
A
U
V
C
N
1
B
U
V
C
N
2
A
C
N
2
B
C
N
2
C
U
V
CN1A
CN1B
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
CN2A
CN2B
CN2C
CN4
P+
L11
L2
L21
L3
N-
CNP3A
W
Intake
6
6
CNP2
L1
C
N
4
156
195
Cooling fan
CN5
6 mounting hole
73
CNP3C
CNP3B
6.2
PE
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2, CNP3A, CNP3B and CNP3C connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
1-57
B-RJ010
B-RJ010
Display (Note 2)
Servo amplifier
status and alarm
number are
displayed.
Linear
Linear Servo
Servo Motors
Motors
Direct
Direct Drive
Drive Motors
Motors
Regenerative option
(optional)
Rotary
Rotary Servo
Servo Motors
Motors
Servo
Servo Amplifiers
Amplifiers
Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J4-B-RJ010 as described below. Connectors, cables, options, and other necessary
equipment are available so that users can set up the servo amplifier easily and start using it right away.
Charge lamp
Options/Peripheral
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Equipment
QD77GF
LVS/Wires
LVS/Wires
Battery
(Note 3)
Product
Product List
List
Servo motor
(The picture is as of
HG-KR053.)
1-58
Cautions
Cautions
Notes: 1. The connection with the peripheral equipment is an example for MR-J4-350B-RJ010 or smaller servo amplifiers. Refer to "MR-J4-_B_-RJ010 MR-J3-T10 Servo Amplifier
Instruction Manual" for the actual connections.
2. This picture shows when the display cover is open.
3. This connector is not for use. Be sure to attach a cap supplied with the servo amplifier.
4. Refer to "CC-Link IE Field Network Interface Unit" in this catalog for details on CC-Link IE Field Network Interface Unit (MR-J3-T10).
5. For specifications of the Ethernet cable, refer to "Ethernet cable specifications" on p. 5-31 in this catalog.
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-B-RJ010
B-RJ010
1-59
MR-J4-B-RJ010
B-RJ010
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the rotary servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply
voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. When the servo amplifiers are closely mounted, keep the ambient temperature within 0 C to 45 C, or use them with 75% or less of the effective load ratio.
7. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
8. The rated current is 2.9 A when the servo amplifier is used with UL or CSA compliant servo motor.
9. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
10. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
11. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
12. The value is applicable for the MR-J4-_B-RJ010 servo amplifier only.
13. This value is applicable for 750 W or smaller servo amplifiers in 200 V class when a 3-phase power supply is used.
Servo Amplifiers
1-60
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-B4-RJ010
B-RJ010
1-61
60B4
100B4
1.5
2.8
1.4
2.5
200B4
350B4
500B4
700B4
11KB4
3-phase 323 V AC
5.4
8.6
14.0
17.0
32.0
3-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
5.1
7.9
10.8
14.4
23.1
15KB4
22KB4
41.0
63.0
31.8
47.6
0.1
15
100
100
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Built-in (Note 4)
External option (Note 9)
USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
Compatible (A/B/Z-phase pulse)
2 channels
Not compatible
Advanced vibration suppression control II, adaptive filter II, robust filter, auto tuning, one-touch tuning,
tough drive function, drive recorder function, machine diagnosis function, power monitoring function
Not compatible
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal), servo
motor overheat protection, encoder error protection, regenerative error protection, undervoltage
protection, instantaneous power failure protection, overspeed protection, error excessive protection
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 5 10-10 [1/h]
MR-J4-B4-RJ010
B-RJ010
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the rotary servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply
voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_B_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load
to mass ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
7. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
8. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
9. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls in
free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
10. The servo amplifier built-in regenerative resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the servo motor is used within the rated speed and the
recommended load to motor inertia ratio. Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the rated speed or the
recommended ratio.
11. The value is applicable for the MR-J4-_B4-RJ010 servo amplifier only.
Servo Amplifiers
1-62
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ010
Specifications
Model
Item
[A]
[g]
Description
MR-J3-T10
5 V DC
(Control circuit power for the CC-Link IE Field Network interface unit is supplied from the servo
amplifier.)
0.8
CC-Link IE Field Network
2 ports (CN10A and CN10B connectors)
Natural cooling, open (IP00)
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation/storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
1000 m or less above sea level
5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
150
Dimensions
103
28
98
20
94
PUSH
MR-J3-T10
RUN
ERR.
D LINK
SD
RD
161
1-63
97
24.5
PUSH
CN10B
CN10A
CN10A
CN10B
114.5
L.ERR
[Unit: mm]
B-RJ010
Main circuit
power supply
L1
L3
L2
Control circuit
power supply
CN3
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
5
3
8
18
6
16
7
17
11
MO1
LG
MO2
4
1
14
Encoder cable
CN2L
CN8
CN1A
1
2
CN4
BAT
LG
CN1B
CN5
Personal computer
CN7
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
CC-Link IE Field
Network interface unit
MR-J3-T10
CN10B
Data line filter
80 mm or shorter ZCAT1730-0730 (TDK)
LVS/Wires
CN10A
CC-Link IE
Field Network
Data line filter
(Note 6)
ZCAT1730-0730 (TDK) 80 mm or shorter
(Note 4)
(Note 1) (Note 1)
SW2
SW1
SD
Plate
2 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
(Note 5)
Main circuit power supply
(Note 3)
20
Forced stop 2
EM2
2
DI1
Upper stroke limit (FLS)
DI2
12
(Note 2) Lower stroke limit (RLS)
DI3
19
Proximity dog (DOG)
3
DOCOM
10 m or shorter
10
DICOM
R
A
Malfunction
ALM
15
1
R
A
13
MBR
Electromagnetic brake interlock
2
10 m or shorter
Servo motor
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
DICOM
DOCOM
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
LG
CN2
Power cable
L11
L21
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B-RJ010
CC-Link IE
Field Network
(Note 6)
Product List
Notes: 1. Up to 63 stations are set by using a combination of a station selection rotary switch (SW1) and auxiliary station number setting switches (SW2-3 and SW2-4). Note that the
number of the connectable stations depends on the controller specifications.
2. Devices can be assigned for DI1, DI2 and DI3 with controller setting. Refer to the controller instruction manuals for details on setting.
3. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
4. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
5. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
6. When branching off CC-Link IE Field Network with a switching HUB, use DT135TX (Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.).
7. This standard wiring diagram is common for 200 V AC, 100 V AC and 400 V AC type servo amplifiers.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Cautions
1-64
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ010
MR-J4-10B-RJ010
MR-J4-20B-RJ010
40
6
60
Approx. 80
Terminal arrangement
135
L1
6 mounting hole
L2
CN5
CNP1
(Note 1)
L1
RUN
RD
P4
161
C
D
CN10A
CN10B
Screw size: M4
P+
CN1B
NP4
168
P+
L11
L21
L3
P3
L.ERR
P3
CN1A
156
N-
SD
CN8
CNP3
(Note 1)
D LINK
CN3
L3
CNP2
(Note 1)
CNP1
ERR.
L2
PE
CN2
CNP2
CN2L CN4
L11
(21)
L21
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
PE
(69.3)
CNP3
(38.5)
V
W
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-40B-RJ010
MR-J4-60B-RJ010
6 mounting hole
40
60
Approx. 80
Terminal arrangement
170
L1
L2
CN5
L1
N-
SD
RD
L.ERR
P3
P4
CN1A
C
D
CN10B
Screw size: M4
P+
CN1B
NP4
CN10A
L11
168
P+
L21
PE
L3
P3
CN8
156
CN3
CNP3
(Note 1)
CNP1
D LINK
L3
CNP2
(Note 1)
RUN
ERR.
L2
161
CNP1
(Note 1)
CN2
CNP2
CN2L CN4
L11
(21)
L21
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
PE
(69.3)
CNP3
(38.5)
V
W
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-70B-RJ010
MR-J4-100B-RJ010
12
6 mounting hole
80
60
Approx. 80
Terminal arrangement
185
L1
Exhaust
L2
CN5
L1
D LINK
SD
L.ERR
P3
P4
P+
C
D
L11
L21
P4
CN2
CNP2
CN2L CN4
(21)
(38.5)
12
D
L11
6
PE
Screw size: M4
CN10B
N-
P+
CN1B
U
W
PE
L3
P3
RD
CN10A
156
N-
CN8 CN1A
CNP3
(Note 1)
CN3
L3
CNP2
(Note 1)
CNP1
RUN
ERR.
L2
161
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(69.3)
Intake
Cooling fan
L21
U
CNP3
42
V
W
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. The dimensions are applicable when MR-J4-B-RJ010 and MR-J3-T10 are combined. Refer to "MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions" in this catalog for the dimensions of
1-65 MR-J4-B-RJ010 servo amplifiers alone.
B-RJ010
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-60B4-RJ010
MR-J4-100B4-RJ010
80
12
Approx. 80
195
Terminal arrangement
N-
6 mounting hole
60
CNP1
(Note 1)
L3
Screw size: M4
P3
168
161
CNP2
(Note 1)
P4
CNP3
(Note 1)
L2
CNP1
156
PE
L1
P+
C
PE
(21)
CNP2
6
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(69.3)
L21
42
U
CNP3
V
W
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-200B-RJ010
Approx. 80
195
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
L1
CN5
L1
ERR.
L3
CNP1
SD
RD
L.ERR
CN1B
C
(21)
CNP2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(38.5)
78
P+
PE
Screw size: M4
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
V
W
NP4
161
CN1A
P+
C
D
L11
L21
PE
L3
P3
CN10A
P4
168
CN8
156
NP3
CNP3
(Note 1)
D LINK
CN3
L2
CNP2
(Note 1)
L2
RUN
CN10B
CNP1
(Note 1)
45
6 mounting hole
110
90
85
(69.3)
D
L11
Intake
L21
Cooling fan
U
CNP3
(38.5)
12
D
L11
V
W
MR-J4-200B4-RJ010
105
6 mounting hole
Approx. 80
195
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
45
85
N-
CNP1
(Note 1)
L1
161
168
156
L3
P4
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
P+
C
CNP2
(21)
6
PE
(38.5)
6
78
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
(69.3)
Intake
D
L11
Cooling fan
L21
U
CNP3
Cautions
L2
P3
CNP3
(Note 1)
PE
Product List
CNP1
CNP2
(Note 1)
LVS/Wires
[Unit: mm]
V
W
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. The dimensions are applicable when MR-J4-B-RJ010 and MR-J3-T10 are combined. Refer to "MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions" in this catalog for the dimensions of
MR-J4-B-RJ010 servo amplifiers alone.
1-66
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ010
110
90
Mounting hole
45
85
Approx. 80
Terminal arrangement
195
L1
Exhaust
6
L2
CN5
ERR.
L3
N-
RD
CN1B
V
W
L3
N-
161
168
P3
13 hole
Mounting hole dimensions
(21)
PE
(38.5)
78
C
CNP2
U
CNP3
L11
L21
PE
Intake
(69.3)
P+
P4
P+
C
D
L11
L21
CN10A
CN1A
156
P4
CN8
CNP2
(Note 1)
SD
L.ERR
P3
CNP3
(Note 1)
(R
D LINK
CN3
L2
CNP1
RUN
10
L1
CN10B
CNP1
(Note 1)
Cooling fan
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-350B4-RJ010
115
105
93
7.5
200
Approx. 80
(28)
94.2
Cooling fan
Terminal arrangement
N-
Exhaust
L1
235
250
CNP1
(Note 1)
CNP1
L3
P4
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
P+
CNP3
(Note 1)
C
CNP2
L21
U
Intake
PE
CNP3
V
W
(34)
(38.5)
D
L11
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
7.5
L2
P3
177
CNP2
(Note 1)
PE
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-500B-RJ010
(25)
6
115
105
93
Approx. 80
(28)
200
Terminal arrangement
Cooling fan
Exhaust
7.5
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
TE2
L11
L21
PE
CN3
D LINK
SD
CN5
ERR.
CN8
RD
TE1
(34) (38.5)
TE3
P4
P+
Intake
L3
P3
CN1B
CN10B
CN4 CN2L CN2
TE4
L2
N-
CN1A
CN10A
CN1A
CN10A
CN1B
CN10B
250
235
SD
L.ERR
TE3
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
7.5
ERR.
CN8
L.ERR
RUN
D LINK
TE1
RD
CN3
CN5
L1
TE2
RUN
PE
TE4
U
V
W
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. The dimensions are applicable when MR-J4-B-RJ010 and MR-J3-T10 are combined. Refer to "MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions" in this catalog for the dimensions of
MR-J4-B-RJ010 servo amplifiers alone.
1-67
B-RJ010
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-500B4-RJ010
2-6 mounting hole
140
130
118
Approx. 80
(28)
7.5
200
6
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
177
250
235
TE2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
TE1
Terminal arrangement
TE2
Intake
L11 L21
PE
TE3
N- P3 P4
TE1
L1 L2 L3 P+
(60)
PE
[Unit: mm]
Built-in regenerative
resistor lead terminal
fixing screw
(38.5)
7.5
MR-J4-700B-RJ010, MR-J4-700B4-RJ010
6
Approx. 80
(28)
D LINK
200
6
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN6 CN5
CN5
RUN
CN3 CN6
ERR.
SD
CN3
7.5
RD
RUN
ERR.
D LINK
SD
RD
L.ERR
CN8
CN1
CN10A
CN10B
TE3
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
CN8
CN1A
CN10A
CN1B
CN10B
L.ERR
300
285
182
172
160
Terminal arrangement
TE3
N- P3 P4
Intake
PE
Built-in regenerative
resistor lead terminal
fixing screw
TE2
TE2
TE1
L1 L2 L3 P+
L11 L21
PE
[Unit: mm]
LVS/Wires
(101)
(38.5)
7.5
TE1
Notes: 1. The dimensions are applicable when MR-J4-B-RJ010 and MR-J3-T10 are combined. Refer to "MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions" in this catalog for the dimensions of
MR-J4-B-RJ010 servo amplifiers alone.
Product List
Cautions
1-68
Servo Amplifiers
B-RJ010
MR-J4-11KB-RJ010, MR-J4-11KB4-RJ010
MR-J4-15KB-RJ010, MR-J4-15KB4-RJ010
Approx. 80
220
10
12
196
(28)
12
260
10.5
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN5
CN3
CN3
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN10B
380
400
CN10B
CN10A
CN10A
CN5
TE2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Terminal arrangement
TE1-1
L1 L2 L3
Intake
188
224.2
237.4
TE1-2
P3 P4 P+
N-
TE2
L11 L21
(38.5)
10
(139.5)
PE
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-22KB-RJ010, MR-J4-22KB4-RJ010
12
12
260
236
2-12 mounting hole
12
Approx. 80
(28)
260
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
Cooling fan
Exhaust
CN5
CN5
CN3
CN3
CN8CN1A CN1B
CN8CN1A CN1B
400
376
CN2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
TE1-1
TE1-2
Intake
188.5
223.4
235.4
12
(38.5)
12
PE
Terminal arrangement
TE1-1
L1 L2 L3
TE1-2
P3 P4 P+
N-
TE2
L11 L21
(179)
PE
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. The dimensions are applicable when MR-J4-B-RJ010 and MR-J3-T10 are combined. Refer to "MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B-RJ Dimensions" in this catalog for the dimensions of
MR-J4-B-RJ010 servo amplifiers alone.
1-69
A
A
A-RJ
A-RJ
Servo
Servo Amplifiers
Amplifiers
Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ as described below. Connectors, cables, options, and other
necessary equipment are available so that users can set up the servo amplifier easily and start using it right away.
Servo amplifier
status, parameter,
and alarm number
are displayed.
Rotary
Rotary Servo
Servo Motors
Motors
Display (Note 2)
Linear
Linear Servo
Servo Motors
Motors
Connect GOT.
Regenerative option
(optional)
GOT
Options/Peripheral
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Equipment
Charge lamp
LVS/Wires
LVS/Wires
Battery
FX3U FX3UC
FX3G FX3GC
FX1S
FX 2N-_PG
RD75P_
QD70P_
QD75P_N
LD75P_
RD75D_
QD70D_
QD75D_N
LD75D_
Product
Product List
List
Servo motor
Cautions
Cautions
(The picture is as of
HG-KR053.)
Notes: 1. The connection with the peripheral equipment is an example for MR-J4-350A/MR-J4-350A-RJ or smaller servo amplifiers. Refer to "MR-J4-_A_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier
Instruction Manual" for the actual connections.
2. This picture shows when the display cover is open.
1-70
Servo Amplifiers
Control
circuit
power
supply
input
Voltage/frequency (Note 1)
Rated current (Note 14)
1-phase 100 V AC
to 120 V AC,
50 Hz/60 Hz
0.4
1-phase 85 V AC
to 132 V AC
0.2
0.3
30
45
30
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.5 A (including CN8 connector signals))
Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
[W]
10
10
10
20
20
100
100
130
170
[W]
Built-in (Note 4)
Communication function
Encoder output pulse
Analog monitor
Maximum input pulse
frequency
Positioning feedback pulse
Position Command pulse multiplying
factor
control
Positioning complete width
mode
setting
Error excessive
Torque limit
Speed control range
Analog speed command
Speed
input
control
mode
Speed fluctuation rate
Torque limit
Analog torque command
input
Speed limit
Positioning mode
MR-J4-A(1)
Fully closed loop
control
MR-J4-A(1)-RJ
Torque
control
mode
Servo function
Protective functions
1-phase 85 V AC
to 132 V AC
Dynamic brake
Load-side encoder
interface
60A
Voltage/frequency
Rated current
Permissible voltage
fluctuation
Permissible frequency
fluctuation
Power consumption
Interface power supply
Control method
Built-in regenerative
resistor (Note 2, 3)
Tolerable
regenerative External regenerative
power
resistor (standard
accessory) (Note 2, 3, 11, 12)
1-71
40A
A-RJ
70A 100A 200A 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA 10A1 20A1 40A1
3-phase 170 V AC
1.5 2.8 3.2 5.8 6.0 11.0 17.0 28.0 37.0 68.0 87.0 126.0 1.1 1.5 2.8
3-phase or 1-phase
1-phase 100 V AC
200 V AC to 240 V AC,
3-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
to 120 V AC,
50 Hz/60 Hz
50 Hz/60 Hz
3.2
[A] 0.9 1.5 2.6 (Note 8) 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0 21.7 28.9 46.0 64.0 95.0 3.0 5.0 9.0
Permissible voltage
fluctuation
Permissible frequency
fluctuation
20A
MR-J4-A(1)
MR-J4-A(1)-RJ
10
10
External option
(Note 13)
Built-in (Note 4)
A-RJ
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor and a direct drive motor; and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo
amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_A_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load
to mass ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. When the servo amplifiers are closely mounted, keep the ambient temperature within 0 C to 45 C, or use them with 75% or less of the effective load ratio.
7. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
8. The rated current is 2.9 A when the servo amplifier is used with UL or CSA compliant servo motor.
9. Fully closed loop control is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A5 or later.
10. RS-422 communication is compatible with the servo amplifiers with software version A3 or later.
11. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
12. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
13. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
14. This value is applicable for 750 W or smaller servo amplifiers in 200 V class when a 3-phase power supply is used.
15. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version B4 or later.
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier model MR-J4-_(-RJ) 10A 20A 40A 60A 70A 100A 200A 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA 10A1 20A1 40A1
Functional safety
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
Standards certified by CB
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
Response performance
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse input (STO) (Note 7)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
Safety
Mean time to dangerous
100 years or longer
performance failure (MTTFd)
Diagnostic coverage (DC)
Medium (90% to 99%)
Probability of dangerous
1.68 5 10-10 [1/h]
Failure per Hour (PFH)
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
Natural cooling, open
Force cooling, open
Force cooling, open (IP20)
Natural cooling,
Structure (IP rating)
(Note 5)
(IP20)
(IP20)
open (IP20)
Close mounting
Possible (Note 6)
Not possible
Possible (Note 6)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation/storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance
5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 55 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Mass
[kg] 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4 2.1 2.3 4.0 6.2 13.4 13.4 18.2 0.8 0.8 1.0
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-72
Servo Amplifiers
Torque
control
mode
Servo function
Load-side encoder
interface
Protective functions
1-73
DU30KA
MR-CR55K (Note 4)
3-phase 170 V AC
A-RJ
DU37KA
174
204
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit (Note 4)
1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
0.3
1-phase 170 V AC to 264 V AC
5% maximum
45
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.5 A (including CN8 connector signals))
Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
External option (Note 3)
USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
RS-422: 1 : n communication (up to 32 axes)
Compatible (A/B/Z-phase pulse)
2 channels
4 Mpulses/s (when using differential receiver), 200 kpulses/s (when using open collector)
Encoder resolution: 22 bits
Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 16777215, B: 1 to 16777215, 1/10 < A/B < 4000
0 pulse to 65535 pulses (command pulse unit)
3 rotations
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
0 V DC to 10 V DC/rated speed (Speed at 10 V is changeable with [Pr. PC12].)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0% to 100%), 0% (power fluctuation: 10%)
0.2% maximum (ambient temperature: 25 C 10 C) only when using analog speed command
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
0 V DC to 8 V DC/maximum torque (input impedance: 10 k to 12 k)
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
DU30KA
DU37KA
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-74
Servo Amplifiers
Servo function
Load-side encoder
interface
Protective functions
1-75
MR-J4-A4
MR-J4-A4-RJ
60A4
100A4
1.5
2.8
1.4
2.5
200A4
350A4
500A4
700A4
11KA4
3-phase 323 V AC
5.4
8.6
14.0
17.0
32.0
3-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
5.1
7.9
10.8
14.4
23.1
A-RJ
15KA4
22KA4
41.0
63.0
31.8
47.6
0.1
15
100
100
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Built-in (Note 4)
External option (Note 9)
USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
RS-422: 1 : n communication (up to 32 axes)
Compatible (A/B/Z-phase pulse)
2 channels
4 Mpulses/s (when using differential receiver), 200 kpulses/s (when using open collector)
Encoder resolution: 22 bits
Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 16777215, B: 1 to 16777215, 1/10 < A/B < 4000
0 pulse to 65535 pulses (command pulse unit)
3 rotations
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
0 V DC to 10 V DC/rated speed (Speed at 10 V is changeable with [Pr. PC12].)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0% to 100%), 0% (power fluctuation: 10%)
0.2% maximum (ambient temperature: 25 C 10 C) only when using analog speed command
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
0 V DC to 8 V DC/maximum torque (input impedance: 10 k to 12 k)
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to 10 V DC/rated speed)
Point table method, program method, indexer (turret) method
Two-wire type communication method
Two-wire/four-wire type communication method
Advanced vibration suppression control II, adaptive filter II, robust filter, auto tuning, one-touch tuning,
tough drive function, drive recorder function, machine diagnosis function, power monitoring function,
super trace control (Note 11), lost motion compensation (Note 11)
Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication
Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication, A/B/Z-phase differential input signal
Overcurrent shut-off, regenerative overvoltage shut-off, overload shut-off (electronic thermal),
servo motor overheat protection, encoder error protection, regenerative error protection, undervoltage
protection, instantaneous power failure protection, overspeed protection, error excessive protection,
magnetic pole detection protection, linear servo control fault protection
350A4
500A4
700A4
11KA4
15KA4
22KA4
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Medium (90% to 99%)
1.68 5 10-10 [1/h]
Notes: 1. Rated output and speed of a rotary servo motor, and continuous thrust and maximum speed of a linear servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with
the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency.
2. Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
4. When using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to "MR-J4-_A_(-RJ) Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for the permissible load to motor inertia ratio and the permissible load
to mass ratio.
5. Terminal blocks are excluded.
6. The test pulse is a signal for the external circuit to perform self-diagnosis by turning off the signals to the servo amplifier instantaneously at regular intervals.
7. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
8. Servo amplifiers without an enclosed regenerative resistor are also available. Refer to "1-Axis Servo Amplifier Model Designation" in this catalog for details.
9. Use an optional external dynamic brake with the servo amplifier. Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls
in free-run status, causing an accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
10. The servo amplifier built-in regenerative resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the servo motor is used within the rated speed and the
recommended load to motor inertia ratio. Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the rated speed or the
recommended ratio.
11. This function is available with the servo amplifiers with software version B4 or later.
Close mounting
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance
Mass
100A4
60A4
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-76
Servo Amplifiers
A-RJ
DU30KA4
DU37KA4
DU45KA4
DU55KA4
MR-CR55K4 (Note 4)
3-phase 323 V AC
87
102
131
143
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit (Note 4)
1-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
0.2
1-phase 323 V AC to 528 V AC
5% maximum
45
24 V DC 10% (required current capacity: 0.5 A (including CN8 connector signals))
Sine-wave PWM control/current control method
External option (Note 3)
USB: Connect a personal computer (MR Configurator2 compatible)
RS-422: 1 : n communication (up to 32 axes)
Compatible (A/B/Z-phase pulse)
2 channels
4 Mpulses/s (when using differential receiver), 200 kpulses/s (when using open collector)
Encoder resolution: 22 bits
Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 16777215, B: 1 to 16777215, 1/10 < A/B < 4000
0 pulse to 65535 pulses (command pulse unit)
3 rotations
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
0 V DC to 10 V DC/rated speed (Speed at 10 V is changeable with [Pr. PC12].)
0.01% maximum (load fluctuation 0% to 100%), 0% (power fluctuation: 10%)
0.2% maximum (ambient temperature: 25 C 10 C) only when using analog speed command
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
0 V DC to 8 V DC/maximum torque (input impedance: 10 k to 12 k)
1-77
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
DU30KA4
DU37KA4
DU45KA4
DU55KA4
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d, IEC 61508 SIL 2, EN 62061 SIL CL 2, EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2
8 ms or less (STO input OFF energy shut-off)
Test pulse interval: 1 Hz to 25 Hz, test pulse off time: 1 ms maximum
100 years or longer
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-78
Servo Amplifiers
A-RJ
Control circuit
power supply
2 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
Malfunction
Zero speed detection
Limiting torque
In-position range
Power cable
L11
R
A
1
R
A
2
R
A
3
R
A
4
CN2
DICOM
DOCOM
CR
20
46 (Note 3)
41
RD
PP
PG
NP
NG
LZ
LZR
LG
49
10
11
35
36
8
9
3
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
4
5
6
7
LG
OP
SD
EM2
SON
RES
PC
TL
LSP
LSN
DOCOM
42
15
19
17
18
43
44
47
DICOM
ALM
ZSP
TLC
INP
21
48
23
25
24
2 m or shorter
P15R
TLA
LG
SD
1
27
28
Plate
Encoder cable
Servo motor
CN2L
CN8
5
4
3
6
1
7
8
34
33
Plate
10 m or shorter
(Note 4)
CN3
SDP
SDN
RDP
RDN
LG
LG
TRE
RS-422
(Note 2)
RDP
RDN
SDP
SDN
GND
GND
30 m or shorter
(Note 3)
CN4
1
2
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03 (Note 7)
BAT
LG
Personal computer
CN5
CN1
Pin No.
_ _ 14
_ _ 13
_ _ 12
_ _ 11
_ _ 15
_ _ 16
_ _ 17
_ _ 18
__ 9
_ _ 10
Forced stop 2
Servo-on
Reset
Proportional control
External torque limit selection
Forward rotation stroke end
Reverse rotation stroke end
L3
L21
Control common
(Note 1)
Encoder A-phase pulse
(differential line driver)
Encoder B-phase pulse
(differential line driver)
Control common
Control common
Encoder Z-phase pulse
(Open collector)
L2
Name
CLEAR COM
CLEAR
RDY COM
READY
PULSE F+
PULSE F PULSE R+
PULSE R PG05
PG0 COM
L1
3
1
2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
CN6
MO1
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
LG
MO2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
2 m or shorter
Notes: 1. This connection is not necessary for RD75D Positioning module. Note that the connection between LG and control common terminal is recommended for some Positioning
modules to improve noise tolerance.
2. It is also possible to connect a personal computer to CN3 connector with an RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable. However, USB interface (CN5 connector) and RS-422
interface (CN3 connector) are mutually exclusive. Do not use them at the same time. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the RS-422/
RS-232C conversion cable.
3. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
4. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
5. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
6. This standard wiring diagram is common for 200 V AC, 100 V AC and 400 V AC type servo amplifiers.
7. Use a commercial LAN cable (EIA568 compliant), and keep the wiring length to 10 m or less.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-79
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ
Main circuit
power supply
Control circuit
power supply
L3
Power cable
L11
L21
DICOM
DOCOM
LG
OP
SD
8
9
4
5
6
7
CN8
34
33
Plate
10 m or shorter
Malfunction
Zero speed detection
Limiting torque
R
A
1
Ready
Speed reached
R
A
4
R
A
2
R
A
3
R
A
5
42
15
19
41
16
17
18
43
44
47
DICOM
ALM
ZSP
TLC
21
48
23
25
RD
SA
49
24
P15R
TLA
LG
1
27
28
(Note 2)
5
4
3
6
1
7
8
(Note 3)
CN3 RS-422
(Note 1)
SDP
SDN
RDP
RDN
LG
LG
TRE
RDP
RDN
SDP
SDN
GND
GND
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03 (Note 6)
30 m or shorter
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
10 m or shorter
EM2
SON
RES
SP1
SP2
ST1
ST2
LSP
LSN
DOCOM
Servo motor
CN2L
2 m or shorter
Encoder cable
Personal computer
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Setup software
MR Configurator2
VC
SD
1
2
CN6
MO1
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
LG
MO2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
2 m or shorter
Notes: 1. It is also possible to connect a personal computer to CN3 connector with an RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable. However, USB interface (CN5 connector) and RS-422
interface (CN3 connector) are mutually exclusive. Do not use them at the same time. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the RS-422/
RS-232C conversion cable.
2. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
3. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
4. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
5. This standard wiring diagram is common for 200 V AC, 100 V AC and 400 V AC type servo amplifiers.
6. Use a commercial LAN cable (EIA568 compliant), and keep the wiring length to 10 m or less.
Product List
2 m or shorter
2
Plate
LVS/Wires
10 m or shorter
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
CN2
20
46
CN5
CN1
Forced stop 2
Servo-on
Reset
Speed selection 1
Speed selection 2
Forward rotation start
Reverse rotation start
Forward rotation stroke end
Reverse rotation stroke end
L2
L1
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Cautions
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-80
Servo Amplifiers
A-RJ
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ
Main circuit
power supply
Control circuit
power supply
U
V
L3
Power cable
L11
L21
CN1
DICOM
DOCOM
Forced stop 2
Servo-on
Reset
Speed selection 1
Speed selection 2
Forward rotation selection
Reverse rotation selection
L1
L2
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
2 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
LG
OP
SD
CN2
20
46
Encoder cable
8
9
4
5
6
7
34
33
Plate
EM2
SON
RES
SP1
SP2
RS1
RS2
DOCOM
42
15
19
41
16
18
17
47
R
A
3
DICOM
ALM
ZSP
VLC
21
48
23
25
R
A
4
RD
49
P15R
TC
LG
1
27
28
Servo motor
CN2L
CN8
(Note 2)
5
4
3
6
1
7
8
(Note 3)
CN3 RS-422
SDP
SDN
RDP
RDN
LG
LG
TRE
(Note 1)
RDP
RDN
SDP
SDN
GND
GND
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03 (Note 6)
30 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
Ready
R
A
1
R
A
2
Personal computer
CN5
Malfunction
Zero speed detection
Limiting speed
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
10 m or shorter
Analog torque command
8 V/maximum torque
(in this wiring diagram,
+8 V/max. torque)
Analog speed limit
10 V/rated speed
(in this wiring diagram,
+10 V/rated speed)
VLA
SD
2 m or shorter
2
Plate
1
2
CN6
MO1
Setup software
MR Configurator2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
LG
MO2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
2 m or shorter
Notes: 1. It is also possible to connect a personal computer to CN3 connector with an RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable. However, USB interface (CN5 connector) and RS-422
interface (CN3 connector) are mutually exclusive. Do not use them at the same time. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the RS-422/
RS-232C conversion cable.
2. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible.
3. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
4. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
5. This standard wiring diagram is common for 200 V AC, 100 V AC and 400 V AC type servo amplifiers.
6. Use a commercial LAN cable (EIA568 compliant), and keep the wiring length to 10 m or less.
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge of
the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-81
Item
Command interface
Operating specification
1-82
Notes: 1. STM is the ratio to the setting value of the position data. STM can be changed with [Pr. PT03].
2. Home position return modes of dog type adjacent Z-phase reference and dogless Z-phase reference are not available when the direct drive motor or
incremental type linear encoder is used.
Description
DIO (input: 11 points (excluding forced stop input (EM2)), and output: 8 points), RS-422
Positioning by specifying the point table No. (255 points)
Set in the point table.
Absolute value
Setting range of feed length per point: -999999 to 999999 [10STM m],
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10STM inch], -999999 to 999999 [pulse],
Position command method
Setting range of rotation angle: -360.000 to 360.000 [degree]
command
input
Set in the point table.
Incremental value
Setting range of feed length per point: 0 to 999999 [10STM m],
Command method (Note 1)
command method
0 to 99.9999 [10STM inch], 0 to 999999 [pulse],
Setting range of rotation angle: 0 to 999.999 [degree]
Set the acceleration/deceleration time constants in the point table.
Speed command input
Set the S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constants with [Pr. PC03].
System
Signed absolute value command method, incremental value command method
Analog override
0 V DC to 10 V DC/0% to 200%
Torque limit
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
Point table No. input, position data input method
Automatic Each positioning operation
Each positioning operation is executed based on the position/speed commands.
operation
Automatic continuous
Varying-speed operation (2 to 255 speeds),
mode
positioning operation
automatic continuous positioning operation (2 to 255 points)
Inching operation is executed with DI or RS-422 communication function according to the
Manual JOG operation
speed command set with a parameter.
operation
Manual pulse generator
Manual feeding is executed with a manual pulse generator.
mode
operation
Command pulse multiplication: select from 1, 10, and 100 with a parameter.
Returns to home position upon Z-phase pulse after passing through proximity dog.
Dog type
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
Returns to home position upon the encoder pulse count after touching proximity dog.
Count type
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
Returns to home position without dog.
Data set type
Any position settable as a home position using manual operation, etc.
Home position address settable
Returns to home position upon hitting the stroke end.
Stopper type
Home position return direction selectable, home position address settable
Home position ignorance
Sets a home position where SON (Servo-on) signal turns on.
(servo-on position as home
Home position address settable
Operation
position)
mode
Returns to home position with reference to the rear end of proximity dog.
Dog type rear end
Home
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
reference
position
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
return
Returns to home position with reference to the front end of proximity dog.
Count type front end
mode
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
reference
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
Returns to home position upon the first Z-phase pulse with reference to the front
end of proximity dog.
Dog cradle type
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
Returns to home position upon the last Z-phase pulse with reference to the front
Dog type adjacent Z-phase
end of proximity dog.
reference (Note 2)
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
Returns to home position to the front end of dog with reference to the front end of proximity dog.
Dog type front end
Home position return direction selectable, home position shift distance settable, home position
reference
address settable, automatic retract on dog back to home position, automatic stroke retract function
Returns to home position to Z-phase pulse with reference to the first Z-phase pulse.
Dogless Z-phase reference
Home position return direction settable, home position shift distance settable,
(Note 2)
home position address settable
Automatic positioning to home
High-speed automatic positioning to a defined home position
position function
Absolute position detection system, backlash compensation, overtravel prevention
Other functions
with external limit switches (LSP/LSN), teaching function, roll feed display function, software
stroke limit, mark detection (current position latch) function, analog override function
Servo Amplifiers
Positioning operation is executed by selecting the point table No. with a command interface signal according to the position and speed
data set in the point table.
Servo Amplifiers
Setting range
Description
Specify a point table in which a target position, servo motor speed,
Point table No.
1 to 255
acceleration/deceleration time constants, dwell, and sub function will be set.
Set
a travel distance.
-999999 to 999999 [10STM m]
(1) When using as absolute value command method
(Note
1,
3)
STM
Target position
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10
inch]
Set a target address (absolute value).
(position data)
-360.000 to 360.000 [degree]
(2) When using as incremental value command method
-999999 to 999999 [pulse]
Set a travel distance. Reverse rotation command is applied with a minus sign.
Servo motor speed (Note 2) 0 to permissible speed [r/min] [mm/s] Set a command speed for the servo motor in positioning.
Acceleration time constant 0 to 20000 [ms]
Set a time period for the servo motor to reach the rated speed.
Deceleration time constant 0 to 20000 [ms]
Set a time period for the servo motor to decelerate from the rated speed to a stop.
Set dwell.
When the dwell is set, the position command for the next point table will be
started after the position command for the selected point table is completed
Dwell
0 to 20000 [ms]
and the set dwell is passed.
The dwell is disabled when 0 or 2 is set for the sub function.
Varying-speed operation is enabled when 1, 3, 8, 9, 10, or 11 is set for the sub
function and when 0 is set for the dwell.
Set sub function.
(1) When using as absolute value command method
0: Executes automatic operation for a selected point table.
1: Executes automatic continuous operation without stopping for the next
point table.
8: Executes automatic continuous operation without stopping for the point
table selected at the start.
9: Executes automatic continuous operation without stopping for the point
Sub function
0 to 3, and 8 to 11
table No. 1.
(2) When using as incremental value command method
2: Executes automatic operation for a selected point table.
3: Executes automatic continuous operation without stopping for the next
point table.
10: Executes automatic continuous operation without stopping for the point
table selected at the start.
11: Executes automatic continuous operation without stopping for the point
table No. 1.
M code
0 to 99
Set a code to be outputted when the positioning completes.
Notes: 1. Change the unit to m/inch/degree/pulse with [Pr. PT01].
2. The speed unit is r/min for the rotary servo motors and the direct drive motors, and mm/s for the linear servo motors.
3. STM is the ratio to the setting value of the position data. STM can be changed with [Pr. PT03].
Target position
(position data)
[ 10STM m]
Servo motor
speed
[r/min]
Acceleration
time constant
[ms]
Deceleration
time constant
[ms]
Dwell
[ms]
Sub function
M code
1
2
:
255
1000
2000
:
3000
2000
1600
:
3000
200
100
:
100
200
100
:
100
0
0
:
0
0
:
2
1
2
:
99
(Note 1)
The operation of the next point table is set with the sub function.
When the sub function is set to 0:
Start signal is required for each point table.
Speed
Point table
No. 1
Point table
No. 2
Point table
No. 1
Point table
No. 2
Time
Position address
1000
1000
2000
Position address
M code
Notes: 1. STM is the ratio to the setting value of the position data. STM can be changed with [Pr. PT03].
1-83
1000
2000
Start signal
Start signal
M code
Time
Setting range
1 to 255
Sub function
0, 1, 8, and 9
M code
0 to 99
0 to 20000 [ms]
Dwell
0 to 999999 [10STM m]
0 to 99.9999 [10STM inch]
0 to 999.999 [degree]
0 to 999999 [pulse]
Servo motor speed (Note 2) 0 to permissible speed [r/min] [mm/s]
Acceleration time constant 0 to 20000 [ms]
Deceleration time constant 0 to 20000 [ms]
Description
Specify a point table in which a target position, servo motor speed,
acceleration/deceleration time constants, dwell, and sub function will be set.
Servo Amplifiers
Incremental value command method: travels from a current position according to the set position data
Acceleration
time constant
[ms]
Deceleration
time constant
[ms]
Dwell
[ms]
Sub function
M code
1000
1000
:
3000
2000
1600
:
3000
200
100
:
100
200
100
:
100
0
0
:
0
0
:
0
1
2
:
99
(Note 1)
1
2
:
255
The operation of the next point table is set with the sub function.
LVS/Wires
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Target position
(position data)
[ 10STM m]
Speed
Point table
No. 1
Point table
No. 2
Point table
No. 1
Point table
No. 2
Time
0
1000
1000
2000
1000
2000
Start signal
Start signal
M code
Time
Position address
Product List
Position address
M code
Notes: 1. STM is the ratio to the setting value of the position data. STM can be changed with [Pr. PT03].
Cautions
1-84
Servo Amplifiers
Control circuit
power supply
CN1
OPC
DICOM
DOCOM
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
10 m or shorter
Malfunction
Rough match
(Note 8) Home position return
Travel completion
In-position
Ready
R
A
1
R
A
2
R
A
3
R
A
4
R
A
5
R
A
6
Preliminary DO
Upper limit setting
LG
OP
SD
EM2
SON
MD0
ST1
ST2
DOG
LSP
LSN
DI0
DI1
DI2 (Note 6)
DI3 (Note 6)
DOCOM
L2
Forced stop 2
Servo-on
Operation mode selection 1
Forward rotation start
Reverse rotation start
Proximity dog
Forward rotation stroke end
Reverse rotation stroke end
Point table No. selection 1
Point table No. selection 2
Point table No. selection 3
Point table No. selection 4
L1
L3
Power cable
L11
L21
CN2
12
20
46
8
9
4
5
6
7
Encoder cable
34
33
Plate
42
15
16
17
18
45
43
44
19
41
10
35
47
DICOM
ALM
CPO
ZP
MEND
INP
RD
(Note 5)
(Note 5)
21
48
22
23
25
24
49
13
14
P15R
VC
LG
1
2
28
(Note 2)
5
4
3
6
1
7
8
Servo motor
CN2L
CN8 (Note 3)
RDP
RDN
SDP
SDN
GND
GND
SDP
SDN
RDP
RDN
LG
LG
TRE
30 m or shorter
CN4
1
2
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03 (Note 7)
BAT
LG
Personal computer
CN5
Main circuit
power supply
Setup software
MR Configurator2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
10 m or shorter
Analog override
10 V/0% to 200%
Upper limit setting
TLA
SD
2 m or shorter
27
Plate
3
1
2
CN6
MO1
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
LG
MO2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
2 m or shorter
Notes: 1. It is also possible to connect a personal computer to CN3 connector with an RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable. However, USB interface (CN5 connector) and RS-422
interface (CN3 connector) are mutually exclusive. Do not use them at the same time. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the RS-422/
RS-232C conversion cable.
2. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. However, when input devices are assigned to CN1-10 pin and CN1-35 pin, be sure to use sink wiring. Source
wiring is not possible in this case. In the positioning mode, input devices are assigned in the initial setting. Refer to "MR-J4-_A_-RJ Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
(Positioning Mode)" for details.
3. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
4. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
5. No output device is assigned in the initial setting. Assign an output device with [Pr. PD47] as necessary.
6. DI2 and DI3 are assigned to CN1-10 pin and CN1-35 pin respectively in the initial setting. Change them with [Pr. PD44] and [Pr. PD46] when using a manual pulse
generator.
7. Use a commercial LAN cable (EIA568 compliant), and keep the wiring distance within 10 m when using MR-PRU03 parameter unit.
8. Assign the output devices mentioned to CN1-22 pin, CN1-23 pin, and CN1-25 pin with [Pr. PD23], [Pr. PD24] and [Pr. PD26].
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge
of the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-85
Item
Command interface
Command method
Position
command
input
(Note 1)
Absolute value
command
method
Incremental
value command
method
System
Analog override
Torque limit
Product List
Cautions
1-86
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1. STM is the ratio to the setting value of the position data. STM can be changed with [Pr. PT03].
2. Home position return modes of dog type adjacent Z-phase reference and dogless Z-phase reference are not available when the direct drive motor or
incremental type linear encoder is used.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Automatic
operation Program
mode
Operating specification
Description
DIO (input: 11 points (excluding forced stop input (EM2)), and output: 8 points), RS-422
Program language (program with MR Configurator2)
Program capacity: 640 steps (256 programs)
Set with program language.
Setting range of feed length: -999999 to 999999 [10STM m],
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10STM inch], -999999 to 999999 [pulse],
Setting range of rotation angle: -360.000 to 360.000 [degree]
Set with program language.
Setting range of feed length: -999999 to 999999 [10STM m],
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10STM inch], -999999 to 999999 [pulse],
Setting range of rotation angle: -999.999 to 999.999 [degree]
Set servo motor speed, acceleration/deceleration time constants, S-pattern acceleration/
deceleration time constants with program language.
S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constants are also settable with [Pr. PC03].
Signed absolute value command method/signed incremental value command method
0 V DC to 10 V DC/0% to 200%
Set by parameters or external analog input (0 V DC to +10 V DC/maximum torque)
Servo Amplifiers
Positioning operation is executed by selecting programs with command signals. The programs including position data, servo motor
speed, acceleration/deceleration time constants and others need to be created beforehand. The program method enables more
complex positioning operation than the point table method. MR Configurator2 is required to create programs.
Servo Amplifiers
STA(setting value)
(Note 2)
STB(setting value)
(Note 2)
STC(setting value)
(Note 2)
STD(setting value)
(Note 2)
MOV(setting value)
(Note 4, 5)
MOVA(setting value)
(Note 4, 5)
MOVI(setting value)
Name
Servo motor speed
Acceleration time
constant
Deceleration time
constant
Acceleration/
deceleration time
constants
S-pattern acceleration/
deceleration time
constants
Absolute value travel
command
Absolute value
continuous travel
command
Incremental value
travel command
Incremental value
continuous travel
command
Setting range
Description
Set a command speed for the servo motor in positioning.
0 to instantaneous permissible speed
Do not set a value exceeding the instantaneous permissible
[r/min] [mm/s]
speed of the servo motor.
Set acceleration time constant. The setting value is a time period
0 to 20000 [ms]
that the servo motor reaches the rated speed from a stop.
Set deceleration time constant. The setting value is a time
0 to 20000 [ms]
period that the servo motor stops from the rated speed.
Set acceleration and deceleration time constants. The setting
0 to 20000 [ms]
value is a time period that the servo motor reaches the rated
speed from a stop and stops from the rated speed.
0 to 1000 [ms]
-999999 to 999999 [10STM m] Travels according to the value set as an absolute value.
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10STM inch]
-360.000 to 360.000 [degree]
Travels continuously according to the value set as an absolute
-999999 to 999999 [pulse]
value. Be sure to write this command after [MOV] command.
-999999 to 999999 [10STM m] Travels according to the value set as an incremental value.
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10STM inch]
Travels continuously according to the value set as an
-999999 to 999999 [degree]
MOVIA(setting value)
incremental value. Be sure to write this command after
(Note 4, 5)
-999999 to 999999 [pulse]
[MOVI] command.
Stops the next step until PI1 (Program input 1) to PI3
SYNC(setting value)
Waiting for external
1 to 3
(Program input 3) turn on after SOUT (SYNC synchronous
(Note 1)
signal to switch on
output) is outputted.
OUTON(setting value) External signal on
Turns on OUT1 (Program output 1) to OUT3 (Program output
1 to 3
(Note 1)
output
3).
OUTOF(setting value) External signal off
Turns off OUT1 (Program output 1) to OUT3 (Program output
1 to 3
(Note 1)
output
3) which were turned on with [OUTON] command.
-999999 to 999999 [10STM m] Executes the next step after [MOV] or [MOVA] commands are
TRIP(setting value)
Absolute value trip
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10STM inch] started and then the servo motor moves for the travel amount
(Note 1, 4, 5)
point specification
-360.000 to 360.000 [degree]
set in [TRIP] command. Be sure to write this command after
-999999 to 999999 [pulse]
[MOV] or [MOVA] command.
Executes the next step after [MOVI] or [MOVIA] commands
TRIPI(setting value)
Incremental value trip
are started and then the servo motor moves for the travel
-999999 to 999999 [10STM m]
(Note 1, 4, 5)
point specification
amount set in [TRIPI] command. Be sure to write this
STM
-99.9999 to 99.9999 [10
inch]
command after [MOVI] or [MOVIA] command.
-999999 to 999999 [degree]
Stops the operation after the servo motor moves for the travel
-999999 to 999999 [pulse]
ITP(setting value)
Interrupt positioning
amount set when the interrupt signal is inputted. Be sure to
(Note 1, 3, 4, 5)
write this command after [SYNC] command.
Executes the next step when the value of the pulse counter
COUNT(setting value)
External pulse count
-999999 to 999999 [pulse]
exceeds the count value set in [COUNT] command. [COUNT
(Note 1)
(0)] clears the pulse counter to zero.
Repeats the steps between [FOR (setting value)] and [NEXT]
FOR(setting value)
0, and 1 to 10000
Step repeat command
commands for the number of times set. Repeats endlessly
NEXT
[number of times]
with [FOR (0) NEXT].
Latches the current position with the rising edge of the LPS
LPOS (Note 1)
Current position latch
signal. The latched current position data can be read with the
communication command.
TIM(setting value)
Dwell
1 to 20000 [ms]
Waits for the next step until the set time passes.
ZRT
Home position return
Executes a manual home position return.
Set the number of program execution by writing [TIMES
Program count
0, and 1 to 10000
(setting value)] command in the first line of the program. The
TIMES(setting value)
command
[number of times]
setting is not required for executing once. Repeats endlessly
with [TIMES (0)].
Stops the program in execution. Be sure to write this
STOP
Program stop
command in the final line.
(Note 4, 5)
Notes: 1. [SYNC], [OUTON], [OUTOF], [TRIP], [TRIPI], [ITP], [COUNT], and [LPOS] commands are valid while the commands are outputted.
2. [SPN] command is valid while [MOV], [MOVA], [MOVI], or [MOVIA] command is in execution. [STA], [STB], [STC], and [STD] commands are valid while [MOV] or [MOVI]
command is in execution.
3. [ITP] command will be skipped to the next step when the remaining distance equals to or less than the setting value, when the servo motor is not running, or when the
servo motor is decelerating.
4. Change the unit to m/inch/degree/pulse with [Pr. PT01].
5. STM is the ratio to the setting value of the position data. STM can be changed with [Pr. PT03].
1-87
Name
Setting range
Program example 1
Program (Note 1)
SPN(3000)
STA(200)
STB(300)
MOV(1000)
TIM(100)
MOV(2500)
STOP
Description
Servo motor speed: 3000 [r/min]
Acceleration time constant: 200 [ms]
Deceleration time constant: 300 [ms]
Absolute value travel command: 1000 [10STM m]
Dwell: 100 [ms]
Absolute value travel command: 2500 [10STM m]
Program stop
Step
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(2) Acceleration
(3) Deceleration
(3) Deceleration (2) Acceleration
time constant
time constant
time constant
time constant
(200 [ms])
(200 [ms])
(300 [ms])
(300 [ms])
Servo motor
speed
(1) Speed
(1) Speed
(3000 [r/min])
(3000 [r/min])
1000
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Position address
2500
The following is an example of executing two types of operations with the same servo motor speed and acceleration/deceleration time
constants but the different travel commands.
Description
Limits the torque generated by the servo motor driving in CCW and regenerating in
Forward rotation
TLP(setting value)
0, and 1 to 1000 [0.1%] CW, as the maximum torque is 100%. The setting remains valid until the program is
torque limit
stopped. [TLP (0)] enables the setting of [Pr. PA11].
Limits the torque generated by the servo motor driving in CW and regenerating in
Reverse rotation
TLN(setting value)
0, and 1 to 1000 [0.1%] CCW, as the maximum torque is 100%. The setting remains valid until the program
torque limit
is stopped. [TLN (0)] enables the setting of [Pr. PA12].
Limits the torque generated by the servo motor, as the maximum torque is 100%.
TQL(setting value) Torque limit
0, and 1 to 1000 [0.1%] The setting remains valid until the program is stopped. [TQL (0)] enables the settings
of [Pr. PA11] and [Pr. PA12].
Servo Amplifiers
Command list
Program example 2
The following is an example of repeating the steps between [FOR (setting value)] and [NEXT] commands for the number of times set.
Servo motor
speed
(2) Acceleration
time constant
(20 [ms])
Description
Servo motor speed: 3000 [r/min]
Acceleration/deceleration time constants: 20 [ms]
Absolute value travel command: 1000 [10STM m]
Dwell: 100 [ms]
Starting the step repeat command: 3 [number of times]
Incremental value travel command: 100 [10STM m]
Dwell: 100 [ms]
Ending the step repeat command
Program stop
Product List
Program (Note 1)
SPN(3000)
STC(20)
MOV(1000)
TIM(100)
FOR(3)
MOVI(100)
TIM(100)
NEXT
STOP
LVS/Wires
Step
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(2) Deceleration
time constant
(20 [ms])
(1) Speed
(3000 [r/min])
(4) Dwell
(100 [ms])
1100
1200
1300
Cautions
Position address
Steps (6) and (7) are repeated for the number of times specified by step (5).
Notes: 1. The values in [SPN], [STA], [STB], and [STC] commands remains valid until they are reset. The values will not be initialized at the start of the program. The settings are
also valid in other programs.
1-88
Servo Amplifiers
Control circuit
power supply
CN1
OPC
DICOM
DOCOM
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
Forced stop 2
Servo-on
Operation mode selection
Forward rotation start
Reverse rotation start
Proximity dog
Forward rotation stroke end
Reverse rotation stroke end
Program No. selection 1
Program No. selection 2
Program No. selection 3
Program No. selection 4
2 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
Main circuit (Note 4)
power supply
10 m or shorter
Malfunction
Rough match
(Note 9) Home position return
Travel completion
In-position
Ready
R
A
1
R
A
2
R
A
3
R
A
4
R
A
5
R
A
6
Preliminary DO
Upper limit setting
L1
LG
OP
SD
EM2
SON
MD0
ST1
ST2
DOG
LSP
LSN
DI0
DI1
DI2 (Note 6)
DI3 (Note 6)
DOCOM
L2
L3
Power cable
L11
L21
CN2
12
20
46
8
9
4
5
6
7
Encoder cable
34
33
Plate
42
15
16
17
18
45
43
44
19
41
10
35
47
DICOM
ALM
CPO
ZP
MEND
INP
RD
(Note 5)
(Note 5)
21
48
22
23
25
24
49
13
14
P15R
VC
LG
1
2
28
(Note 2)
5
4
3
6
1
7
8
Servo motor
CN2L
CN8 (Note 3)
RDP
RDN
SDP
SDN
GND
GND
SDP
SDN
RDP
RDN
LG
LG
TRE
30 m or shorter
CN4
1
2
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03 (Note 7, 8)
BAT
LG
Personal computer
CN5
Main circuit
power supply
Setup software
MR Configurator2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
10 m or shorter
Analog override
10 V/0% to 200%
Upper limit setting
TLA
SD
2 m or shorter
27
Plate
3
1
2
CN6
MO1
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
LG
MO2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
2 m or shorter
Notes: 1. It is also possible to connect a personal computer to CN3 connector with an RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable. However, USB interface (CN5 connector) and RS-422
interface (CN3 connector) are mutually exclusive. Do not use them at the same time. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the RS-422/
RS-232C conversion cable.
2. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. However, when input devices are assigned to CN1-10 pin and CN1-35 pin, be sure to use sink wiring. Source
wiring is not possible in this case. In the positioning mode, input devices are assigned in the initial setting. Refer to "MR-J4-_A_-RJ Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
(Positioning Mode)" for details.
3. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
4. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
5. No output device is assigned in the initial setting. Assign an output device with [Pr. PD47] as necessary.
6. DI2 and DI3 are assigned to CN1-10 pin and CN1-35 pin respectively in the initial setting. Change them with [Pr. PD44] and [Pr. PD46] when using a manual pulse
generator.
7. Use a commercial LAN cable (EIA568 compliant), and keep the wiring distance within 10 m when using MR-PRU03 parameter unit.
8. Programs cannot be edited with the parameter unit.
9. Assign the output devices mentioned to CN1-22 pin, CN1-23 pin, and CN1-25 pin with [Pr. PD23], [Pr. PD24] and [Pr. PD26].
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge
of the equipment, safety information and instructions.
1-89
Description
DIO (input: 11 points (excluding forced stop input (EM2)), and output: 8 points), RS-422
Positioning by specifying the station position
The maximum number of divisions: 255
Selects the rotation speed and acceleration/deceleration time
Rotation direction specifying indexer, shortest rotating indexer
Item
Command interface
Operating
specification
Speed command
Command method
input
System
Digital override
Torque limit
Rotation direction
Automatic
specifying indexer
operation
Shortest rotating
mode
indexer
JOG operation
Manual
operation
Station JOG
Operation mode
operation
mode
Servo Amplifiers
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
1-90
Servo Amplifiers
5
6
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
5
6
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1-91
ON
OFF
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-A-RJ
Main/control circuit power supply
connection
CN1
R
A
2
R
A
3
R
A
4
R
A
5
R
A
6
Preliminary DO
Power cable
L11
L21
CN2
12
20
46
8
9
4
5
6
7
Encoder cable
CN2L
34
33
Plate
42
15
16
17
18
45
43
44
19
41
10
35
47
DICOM
ALM
CPO
ZP
MEND
INP
RD
(Note 5)
(Note 5)
21
48
22
23
25
24
49
13
14
P15R
LG
TLA
SD
1
28
27
Plate
CN8 (Note 3)
(Note 2)
5
4
3
6
1
7
8
Servo motor
RDP
RDN
SDP
SDN
GND
GND
SDP
SDN
RDP
RDN
LG
LG
TRE
30 m or shorter
CN4
1
2
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03 (Note 7)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Rough match
(Note 8) Home position return
Travel completion
In-position
Ready
R
A
1
EM2
SON
MD0
ST1
MD1
SIG
LSP
LSN
DI0
DI1
DI2 (Note 6)
DI3 (Note 6)
DOCOM
10 m or shorter
LG
OP
SD
L3
OPC
DICOM
DOCOM
LZ
LZR
LA
LAR
LB
LBR
Control circuit
power supply
Malfunction
L1
L2
Forced stop 2
Servo-on
Operation mode selection 1
Forward rotation start
(Note 8) Operation mode selection 2
External limit/rotation direction decision/automatic speed selection
Forward rotation stroke end
Reverse rotation stroke end
Next station No. selection 1
Next station No. selection 2
Next station No. selection 3
Next station No. selection 4
BAT
LG
Personal computer
CN5
Main circuit
power supply
Setup software
MR Configurator2
USB cable
MR-J3USBCBL3M
2 m or shorter
3
1
2
CN6
LVS/Wires
10 m or shorter
Analog monitor output
MO1
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
LG
MO2
Output voltage: 10 V
Maximum output current: 1 mA
2 m or shorter
1-92
Cautions
Be sure to read through Instruction Manual for the actual wiring and use. Use the equipment after you have a full knowledge
of the equipment, safety information and instructions.
Product List
Notes: 1. It is also possible to connect a personal computer to CN3 connector with an RS-422/RS-232C conversion cable. However, USB interface (CN5 connector) and RS-422
interface (CN3 connector) are mutually exclusive. Do not use them at the same time. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the RS-422/
RS-232C conversion cable.
2. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. However, when input devices are assigned to CN1-10 pin and CN1-35 pin, be sure to use sink wiring. Source
wiring is not possible in this case. In the positioning mode, input devices are assigned in the initial setting. Refer to "MR-J4-_A_-RJ Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
(Positioning Mode)" for details.
3. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
4. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
5. No output device is assigned in the initial setting. Assign an output device with [Pr. PD47] as necessary.
6. DI2 and DI3 are assigned to CN1-10 pin and CN1-35 pin respectively in the initial setting. Change them with [Pr. PD44] and [Pr. PD46] when using a manual pulse
generator.
7. Use a commercial LAN cable (EIA568 compliant), and keep the wiring distance within 10 m when using MR-PRU03 parameter unit.
8. Assign the output devices mentioned to CN1-18, CN1-22 pin, CN1-23 pin, and CN1-25 pin with [Pr. PD10], [Pr. PD23], [Pr. PD24] and [Pr. PD26].
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ Dimensions
A-RJ
135
Approx. 80
Terminal arrangement
Terminal arrangement
L1
L1
6 mounting hole
C
N
3
NP3
CN8
C
N
8
P4
CNP1
CN3
(Note 2)
161
156
L3
CNP3
(Note 1)
CN6
C
N
5
C
N
6
L1
L2
CNP2
(Note 1)
L2
CN5
P+
C
CN1
D
L11
L21
C
N
1
U
V
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
P+
(21)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
PE
N-
CNP3
(38.5)
C
CNP2
L11
L11
L21
L21
U
(69.3)
Screw size: M4
P+
C
CNP2
PE
L3
P4
CN4
CNP1
N-
P3
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
L2
C
N
7
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
U
CNP3
[Unit: mm]
40
Approx. 80
170
Terminal arrangement
Terminal arrangement
L1
L1
L2
CN5
156
L3
CNP2
(Note 1)
CNP3
(Note 1)
CN3
C
N
3
NP3
CN8
C
N
8
P4
(Note 2)
P+
C
D
CN1
L11
L21
CNP1
N-
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
CNP2
(21)
CN4
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
PE
CNP3
(38.5)
C
CNP2
L11
L11
L21
L21
U
(69.3)
Screw size: M4
P+
NP4
P+
PE
L3
P3
C
N
1
L2
C
N
7
168
L2
CNP1
CN6
C
N
5
C
N
6
L1
161
CNP1
(Note 1)
U
CNP3
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-70A, MR-J4-70A-RJ
MR-J4-100A, MR-J4-100A-RJ
60
6 mounting hole
Approx. 80
Terminal arrangement
L1
Exhaust
L2
CN5
L2
L3
C
N
3
N-
CNP2
(Note 1)
P3
C
N
8
P4
P+
C
D
CNP3
(Note 1)
CN6
CN8
CN1
L11
L21
CNP1
CN3
(Note 2)
161
C
N
5
C
N
6
L1
U
V
6
(38.5)
12
D
L11
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
L21
Intake
(69.3)
Cooling fan
U
CNP3
42
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. CN2L and CN7 connectors are not available for MR-J4-A servo amplifier.
V
W
1-93
C
CNP2
(21)
PE
Screw size: M4
P+
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
NP4
C
N
1
PE
L3
P3
C
N
7
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
156
185
12
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ Dimensions
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-60A4, MR-J4-60A4-RJ
MR-J4-100A4, MR-J4-100A4-RJ
60
N-
L2
CNP2
(Note 1)
L1
CN3
CN8
(Note 2)
P3
P4
P+
CN1
156
L3
N-
CN5
CN6
C
D
CNP3
(Note 1)
L11
L21
CN2 CN2LCN4
U
V
CN1
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M5
P+
C
CNP2
(21)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
D
L11
L21
(69.3)
42
CNP3
V
W
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-200A, MR-J4-200A-RJ
90
85
Approx. 80
L1
L3
156
N-
CNP3
(Note 1)
C
N
8
P3
P4
P+
C
C
N
1
D
L11
L21
U
CN3
CN8
CN1
(Note 2)
CNP1
C
N
7
(21)
78
(38.5)
Screw size: M4
P+
CNP2
PE
NP4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
PE
L3
P3
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
L2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
D
L11
Intake
(69.3)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
C
N
2
V
W
L1
CN5
CN6
161
C
N
5
C
N
6
C
N
3
L2
CNP2
(Note 1)
Terminal arrangement
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
195
Exhaust
45
6 mounting hole
(38.5)
12
L3
P4
PE
6
L2
P3
CNP1
PE
L1
Terminal arrangement
CN7
CNP1
(Note 1)
195
168
Approx. 80
161
12
6 mounting hole
L21
Cooling fan
U
CNP3
V
W
MR-J4-200A4, MR-J4-200A4-RJ
90
Approx. 80
C
N
5
C
N
6
N-
L2
C
N
3
L3
C
N
8
P3
CNP1
CN8
(Note 2)
C
N
7
D
L11
L21
U
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
78
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Intake
(69.3)
D
L11
L21
Cooling fan
CNP3
Cautions
C
CNP2
(21)
(38.5)
Screw size: M4
P+
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
PE
L3
P4
PE
L2
P3
C
N
1
CNP3
(Note 1)
L1
CN3
CN1
P4
P+
N-
CN5
CN6
Product List
156
L1
CNP2
(Note 1)
Terminal arrangement
168
CNP1
(Note 1)
195
Exhaust
45
85
161
6 mounting hole
LVS/Wires
[Unit: mm]
V
W
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. CN2L and CN7 connectors are not available for MR-J4-A servo amplifier.
[Unit: mm]
1-94
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ Dimensions
A-RJ
MR-J4-350A, MR-J4-350A-RJ
90
Mounting hole
Approx. 80
85
45
Terminal arrangement
195
L1
Exhaust
6
L2
L2
L3
N-
CNP3
(Note 1)
(R
(Note 2)
P4
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN2
P+
C
D
L11
L21
CN1
U
CNP3
C
CNP2
L11
L21
PE
(21)
78
P+
P4
CN2L CN4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
(38.5)
NP3
PE
6
L3
CNP1
13 hole
168
161
CN1
156
P3
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
10
L1
CN7
CNP1
(Note 1)
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Intake
(69.3)
Cooling fan
Screw size: M4
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-350A4, MR-J4-350A4-RJ
2-6 mounting hole
105
93
Approx. 80
200
(28)
7.5
CN5CN6 CN3
CNP1
(Note 1)
NL1
L2
235
P3
P4
CN1
CNP2
(Note 1)
CN8
L3
250
6
Cooling fan
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
P+
C
D
L11
L21
CNP3
(Note 1)
U
V
N-
PE
L1
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CNP1
L2
L3
Screw size: M4
P3
CN1
P4
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
P+
C
CNP2
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
D
L11
L21
7.5
Intake
PE
U
CNP3
(34) (38.5)
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-500A, MR-J4-500A-RJ
(25)
6
105
93
Approx. 80
(28)
200
6
Cooling fan
Exhaust
7.5
C
N
5
C
N
6
C
N
3
250
235
C
N
8
C
N
1
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
TE2
TE2
C
N
5
C
N
6
TE1
C
N
3
C
N
1
TE3
TE4
L3
P3
TE3
Intake
L2
N-
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
7.5
TE1
C
N
2
C
N
4
L11
L21
PE
L1
C
N
8
CN1
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
Terminal arrangement
PE
P4
P+
(34) (38.5)
D
TE4
U
V
W
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CNP1, CNP2 and CNP3 connectors (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. CN2L and CN7 connectors are not available for MR-J4-A servo amplifier.
1-95
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ Dimensions
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-500A4, MR-J4-500A4-RJ
Approx. 80
(28)
130
118
6
7.5
200
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
250
235
C
N
5
C
N
6
C
N
3
C
N
8
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
C
N
1
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
TE2
Intake
Terminal arrangement
TE2
L11 L21
PE
TE3
N- P3 P4
TE1
Built-in regenerative
resistor lead terminal
fixing screw
L1 L2 L3 P+
(60)
PE
[Unit: mm]
7.5
Approx. 80
(28)
6
Cooling fan
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
Exhaust
C
N
5
C
N
6
C
N
3
C
N
8
C
N
1
300
285
200
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN1
C
N
5
C
N
6
C
N
3
C
N
8
C
N
1
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
C
N
2
C
N
2
L
C
N
4
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
C
N
4
172
160
TE3
Terminal arrangement
Intake
TE1
PE
Built-in regenerative
resistor lead terminal
fixing screw
TE2
N- P3 P4
TE2
TE1
L1 L2 L3 P+
L11 L21
PE
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CN2L and CN7 connectors are not available for MR-J4-A servo amplifier.
LVS/Wires
(101)
(38.5)
7.5
TE3
6
(38.5)
7.5
TE3
TE1
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN1
Product List
Cautions
1-96
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-A/MR-J4-A-RJ Dimensions
A-RJ
220
12
196
2-6 mounting hole
10
10.5
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN1
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
380
400
260
(28)
12
PE
TE1-1
TE1-2
TE2
Terminal arrangement
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
TE1-1
U
TE1-2
P3 P4 P+
N-
TE2
L11 L21
(38.5)
10
L1 L2 L3
Intake
188
224.2
237.4
(139.5)
PE
[Unit: mm]
12
12
Approx. 80
260
236
2-12 mounting hole
260
Cooling fan
Exhaust
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN1
CN1
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN1
CN2
CN2L(Note 1)
CN4
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
CN3 CN8
CN3 CN8
400
376
(28)
12
TE1-1
TE1-2
Intake
188.5
223.4
235.4
12
(38.5)
12
PE
Terminal arrangement
TE1-1
L1 L2 L3
TE1-2
P3 P4 P+
N-
TE2
L11 L21
(179)
PE
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. CN2L and CN7 connectors are not available for MR-J4-A servo amplifier.
1-97
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4-DU30KA, MR-J4-DU30KA-RJ
MR-J4-DU37KA, MR-J4-DU37KA-RJ
MR-J4-DU45KA4, MR-J4-DU45KA4-RJ
300
260
(80)
20
10
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
Cooling fan
Exhaust
CN5CN6CN3 CN8
195
CN
CN1
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
40
40
CN1
CN1
CN2
CN2
TE2-1
CN4
TE2-2
TE3
10
Terminal arrangement
Exhaust
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
155
CN4
380
360
100
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN5CN6CN3 CN8
CN A
CN40A
200
180
20
10
MR-J4-DU55KA4, MR-J4-DU55KA4-RJ
PE
175.5
TE1
178.5
TE2-1
TE2-2
L+
L+
L-
LTE3
130.1
162.5
L11
L21
PE
TE1
V
[Unit: mm]
MR-J4-DU30KA4, MR-J4-DU30KA4-RJ
MR-J4-DU37KA4, MR-J4-DU37KA4-RJ
240
60
120
60
(80)
200
180
195
10
360
CN4
TE3
When mounting
MR-BAT6V1SET
Exhaust
175.5
PE
178.5
TE1
TE2
TE3
L+
L11
L-
L21
PE
TE1
V
170.5
152.5
LVS/Wires
10
155
CN4
TE2
CN2
CN2
380
40
CN1
CN1
CN5CN6CN3 CN8
CN2
CN2L(Note 2)
CN4
Terminal diagram
(with front cover open)
CN A
CN
CN1
40
10
Cooling fan
Exhaust
CN5
CN6
CN3
CN8
CN40A
100
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Product List
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For the panel cut dimensions, refer to "Panel Cut Dimensions for Converter Unit and Drive Unit" in this catalog.
2. CN2L and CN7 connectors are not available for MR-J4-DU_A_ drive unit.
Cautions
1-98
MEMO
Model Designation...........................................................................................................2-1
Model Designation
For 200 V class
HG-KR 05 3 B
Symbol
Symbol
None
Symbol
None
J
Oil seal
None (Note 8)
Installed (Note 2, 3, 4)
Symbol
05
1
2
4
5
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
35
42
G1
G1H
G5
G7
Symbol
50
60
70
80
90
11K
12K
15K
20K
22K
25K
30K
37K
Reducer (Note 5)
None
With reducer for general
industrial machines,
flange mounting
With reducer for general
industrial machines, foot
mounting
With flange-output type
reducer for high precision
applications, flange
mounting
With shaft-output type
reducer for high precision
applications, flange
mounting
None
K
D
Shaft end
Standard (Straight
shaft) (Note 6)
Symbol
Inertia/capacity
HG-KR
Low inertia, small capacity
HG-MR
Ultra-low inertia, small capacity
HG-SR Medium inertia, medium capacity
HG-JR Low inertia, medium-large capacity
HG-RR Ultra-low inertia, medium capacity
HG-UR
Flat type, medium capacity
Notes: 1. Refer to electromagnetic brake specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
2. Available in 0.1 kW or larger HG-KR/HG-MR series and all HG-SR series.
3. Oil seal is not installed in the geared servo motor.
4. Dimensions for HG-KR/HG-MR series with oil seal are different from those for the standard models. Contact your local sales office for more details.
5. Refer to "Geared Servo Motor Specifications" in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
6. Standard HG-SR G1/G1H has a key shaft (with key).
7. Refer to special shaft end specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
8. Oil seal is installed in HG-JR, HG-RR, and HG-UR series as a standard.
9. For HG-JR353(B), the rated output varies depending on the servo amplifier to be combined. Refer to "HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) (200 V
Class) Specifications" for details.
2-1
Model Designation
Servo Amplifiers
HG-SR 5 2 4 B
Symbol
Symbol
None
J
Oil seal
None (Note 4)
Installed (Note 2, 3)
400 V class
Symbol
11K
12K
15K
20K
22K
25K
30K
37K
45K
55K
LVS/Wires
Symbol
5
7
10
15
20
35
50
60
70
80
90
G7
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
G5
Symbol
1
1M
2
3
G1H
None
G1
Reducer (Note 5)
None
With reducer for general
industrial machines,
flange mounting
With reducer for general
industrial machines, foot
mounting
With flange-output type
reducer for high precision
applications, flange
mounting
With shaft-output type
reducer for high precision
applications, flange
mounting
Symbol
None
Shaft end
Standard (Straight
shaft) (Note 6)
Symbol
Inertia/capacity
HG-SR Medium inertia, medium capacity
HG-JR Low inertia, medium-large capacity
Product List
Notes: 1. Refer to electromagnetic brake specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
2. Available in HG-SR series.
3. Oil seal is not installed in the geared servo motor.
4. Oil seal is installed in HG-JR series as a standard.
5. Refer to "Geared Servo Motor Specifications" in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
6. Standard HG-SR G1/G1H has a key shaft (with key).
7. Refer to special shaft end specifications of each servo motor series in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications.
8. For HG-JR3534(B), the rated output varies depending on the servo amplifier to be combined. Refer to "HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) (400 V
Class) Specifications" for details.
Cautions
2-2
Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier (200 V/100 V Class)
Rotary servo motor
HG-KR053(B)
HG-KR13(B)
HG-KR
series
HG-KR23(B)
HG-KR43(B)
HG-KR73(B)
HG-MR053(B)
HG-MR13(B)
HG-MR
series
HG-MR23(B)
HG-MR43(B)
HG-MR73(B)
HG-SR51(B)
HG-SR81(B)
HG-SR121(B)
HG-SR
1000 r/min
series
HG-SR201(B)
HG-SR301(B)
HG-SR421(B)
HG-SR52(B)
HG-SR102(B)
HG-SR152(B)
HG-SR
2000 r/min HG-SR202(B)
series
HG-SR352(B)
HG-SR502(B)
HG-SR702(B)
HG-JR53(B)
HG-JR
3000 r/min HG-JR73(B)
series
HG-JR103(B)
MR-J4
MR-J4-10B(-RJ), MR-J4-10B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-10B-RJ010,
MR-J4-10A(-RJ), MR-J4-10A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-10B(-RJ), MR-J4-10B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-10B-RJ010,
MR-J4-10A(-RJ), MR-J4-10A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-20B(-RJ), MR-J4-20B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-20B-RJ010,
MR-J4-20A(-RJ), MR-J4-20A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ), MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B-RJ010,
MR-J4-40A(-RJ), MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ), MR-J4-70B-RJ010,
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-10B(-RJ), MR-J4-10B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-10B-RJ010,
MR-J4-10A(-RJ), MR-J4-10A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-10B(-RJ), MR-J4-10B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-10B-RJ010,
MR-J4-10A(-RJ), MR-J4-10A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-20B(-RJ), MR-J4-20B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-20B-RJ010,
MR-J4-20A(-RJ), MR-J4-20A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ), MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B-RJ010,
MR-J4-40A(-RJ), MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ), MR-J4-70B-RJ010,
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-60B(-RJ), MR-J4-60B-RJ010,
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
MR-J4-100B(-RJ), MR-J4-100B-RJ010,
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ), MR-J4-350B-RJ010,
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-60B(-RJ), MR-J4-60B-RJ010,
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
MR-J4-100B(-RJ), MR-J4-100B-RJ010,
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ), MR-J4-350B-RJ010,
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ), MR-J4-700B-RJ010,
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-60B(-RJ), MR-J4-60B-RJ010,
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ), MR-J4-70B-RJ010,
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-100B(-RJ), MR-J4-100B-RJ010,
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2 (Note 1)
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
-
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
-
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-1010B
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is possible as long as the servo motors are compatible with the servo amplifier. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier
and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
2-3
HG-JR153(B)
HG-JR203(B)
HG-JR703(B)
HG-JR903(B)
HG-JR801(B)
HG-JR12K1(B)
HG-JR15K1
HG-JR
1000 r/min
series
HG-JR20K1
HG-JR30K1
HG-JR37K1
HG-JR701M(B)
HG-JR15K1M(B)
HG-JR
1500 r/min
series
HG-JR22K1M
HG-JR30K1M
HG-JR37K1M
HG-RR153(B)
HG-RR
series
HG-RR203(B)
HG-RR353(B)
HG-UR72(B)
HG-UR152(B)
HG-UR
series
HG-UR202(B)
HG-UR502(B)
MR-J4W2-77B
MR-J4W2-1010B
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is possible as long as the servo motors are compatible with the servo amplifier. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier
and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
2-4
Cautions
HG-UR352(B)
Product List
HG-RR503(B)
LVS/Wires
HG-RR103(B)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-JR11K1M(B)
HG-JR25K1
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
HG-JR601(B)
HG-JR353(B)
HG-JR
3000 r/min
series
HG-JR503(B)
MR-J4
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ), MR-J4-350B-RJ010,
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ), MR-J4-700B-RJ010,
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ), MR-J4-11KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ), MR-J4-700B-RJ010,
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ), MR-J4-11KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ), MR-J4-11KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KB(-RJ), MR-J4-15KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-15KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KB(-RJ), MR-J4-22KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-22KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KB(-RJ), MR-J4-22KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-22KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU30KB(-RJ),
MR-J4-DU30KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU37KB(-RJ),
MR-J4-DU37KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ), MR-J4-700B-RJ010,
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ), MR-J4-11KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KB(-RJ), MR-J4-15KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-15KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KB(-RJ), MR-J4-22KB-RJ010,
MR-J4-22KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU30KB(-RJ),
MR-J4-DU30KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-DU37KB(-RJ),
MR-J4-DU37KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ), MR-J4-350B-RJ010,
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ), MR-J4-70B-RJ010,
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ), MR-J4-200B-RJ010,
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ), MR-J4-350B-RJ010,
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ), MR-J4-500B-RJ010,
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
Servo Amplifiers
MR-J4W3
-
The following combination of the HG-JR servo motor and the servo amplifier increases the maximum torque from 300% to 400%
of the rated torque.
Rotary servo motor
HG-JR73(B)
HG-JR103(B)
HG-JR
3000 r/min HG-JR153(B)
series
HG-JR203(B)
HG-JR503(B)
MR-J4W2 (Note 1)
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
-
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is possible as long as the servo motors are compatible with the servo amplifier. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier
and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
The following combination of the HG-JR servo motor and the servo amplifier increases the maximum torque from 300% to 400%
of the rated torque.
Rotary servo motor
HG-JR534(B)
HG-JR1034(B)
HG-JR
3000 r/min HG-JR1534(B)
series
HG-JR2034(B)
HG-JR3534(B)
MR-J4W2 (Note 1)
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is possible as long as the servo motors are compatible with the servo amplifier. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier
and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
LVS/Wires
HG-JR5034(B)
Servo amplifier
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-JR734(B)
MR-J4-100B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-100A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-200A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-200A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-350A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-350A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-500A4(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B4(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-700A4(-RJ)
MR-J4
Combinations of HG-JR Servo Motor Series and Servo Amplifier (400 V Class) for Increasing the
Maximum Torque to 400% of the Rated Torque
HG-JR353(B)
MR-J4-100B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ/-RJ010),
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
Servo amplifier
HG-JR53(B)
MR-J4
Servo Amplifiers
Combinations of HG-JR Servo Motor Series and Servo Amplifier (200 V Class) for Increasing the
Maximum Torque to 400% of the Rated Torque
Product List
Cautions
2-6
HG-KR
053(B)
13(B)
23(B)
43(B)
73(B)
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-3 in this catalog.
MR-J4W_[kVA]
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.3
[W]
50
100
200
400
750
[Nm]
0.16
0.32
0.64
1.3
2.4
[Nm]
0.56
1.1
2.2
4.5
8.4
[r/min]
3000
[r/min]
6000
[r/min]
6900
[kW/s]
5.63
13.0
18.3
43.7
45.2
[kW/s]
5.37
12.1
16.7
41.3
41.6
[A]
[A]
0.9
3.2
0.8
2.5
1.3
4.6
2.6
9.1
4.8
17
[times/min]
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
453
268
157
[times/min]
2500
1350
451
268
393
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
0.0450
0.0777
0.221
0.371
1.26
Moment of
With electromagnetic
inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
0.0472
0.0837
0.243
0.393
1.37
brake
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio (Note 1)
17 times or less
26 times or less 25 times or less 17 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
None
None (Servo motors with oil seal are available. (HG-KR_J))
Insulation class
130 (B)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP65) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 49 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
25
25
30
30
40
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
88
88
245
245
392
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
59
59
98
98
147
Standard
[kg]
0.34
0.54
0.91
1.4
2.8
Mass
With electromagnetic brake [kg]
0.54
0.74
1.3
1.8
3.8
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. For geared servo motor, IP rating of the reducer portion is equivalent to IP44. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary
Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. When the servo motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
When the servo motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the following requirements are met.
HG-KR053(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 8 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
HG-KR13(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 4 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-7
73B
6.3
13B
23B
43B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
6.3
7.9
7.9
0.32
0.32
2.4
5.6
5.6
56
220
220
640
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
5.6
5.6
22
22
64
10
1.3
22
22
64
56
1.3
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-KR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake
[Times]
life (Note 2)
Work per braking
[J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-KR053(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
HG-KR13(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
0.6
0.5
0.25
Continuous
running range
Speed [r/min]
8.0
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
0.5
Continuous
running range
Continuous running
range
Speed [r/min]
6.0
Short-duration
running range
Notes: 1.
4.0
2.0
Continuous running
range
Speed [r/min]
Continuous
running range
Speed [r/min]
LVS/Wires
25
21.5
20.5
[Unit: mm]
Key shaft (with key) (Note 1, 2): 200 W, 400 W, and 750 W
R
Q
QK
QL
14h6
30
26
20
M4 screw
Depth: 15
HG-KR73(B)K
19h6
40
36
25
3.5
M5 screw
Depth: 20
QK
A
QL
Cautions
HG-KR23(B)K,
43(B)K
Variable dimensions
T
Product List
8h6
Model
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
1.0
10.0
2.0
1.0
Short-duration
running range
HG-KR73(B) (Note 1, 3, 4)
5.0
3.0
1.5
Speed [r/min]
HG-KR43(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
4.0
2.0
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
0.2
0.75
2.5
Torque [Nm]
1.0
0.4
HG-KR23(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
1.25
A-A
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. 2 round end key is attached.
2-8
HG-MR
053(B)
13(B)
23(B)
43(B)
73(B)
MR-J4Compatible servo amplifier model
Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-3 in this catalog.
MR-J4W_Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.3
Rated output
[W]
50
100
200
400
750
Continuous
running duty
Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
0.16
0.32
0.64
1.3
2.4
Maximum torque
[Nm]
0.48
0.95
1.9
3.8
7.2
Rated speed
[r/min]
3000
Maximum speed
[r/min]
6000
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
6900
[kW/s]
15.6
33.8
46.9
114.2
97.3
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
11.3
28.0
37.2
98.8
82.1
rated torque
brake
Rated current
[A]
1.0
0.9
1.5
2.6
5.8
Maximum current
[A]
3.1
2.5
5.3
9.0
20
Regenerative
braking
frequency *2
MR-J4-
[times/min]
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
1180
713
338
MR-J4W_-
[times/min]
7310
3620
1170
710
846
Standard
[ 10 kgm ]
0.0162
0.0300
0.0865
0.142
0.586
With electromagnetic
-4
2
[ 10 kgm ]
0.0224
0.0362
0.109
0.164
0.694
brake
(Note
1)
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
35 times or less
32 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
None
None (Servo motors with oil seal are available. (HG-MR_J))
Insulation class
130 (B)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP65) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 49 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
25
25
30
30
40
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
88
88
245
245
392
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
59
59
98
98
147
Standard
[kg]
0.34
0.54
0.91
1.4
2.8
Mass
With electromagnetic brake [kg]
0.54
0.74
1.3
1.8
3.8
Moment of
inertia J
-4
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. When the servo motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
When the servo motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the following requirements are met.
HG-MR053(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 24 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
HG-MR13(B): The load to motor inertia ratio is 12 times or less, and the effective torque is within the rated torque range.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-9
73B
6.3
13B
23B
43B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
6.3
7.9
7.9
0.32
0.32
2.4
5.6
5.6
56
220
220
640
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
5.6
5.6
22
22
64
10
1.3
22
22
64
56
1.3
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-MR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-MR053(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
HG-MR13(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
Continuous
running range
0.75
0.5
0.25
0
Speed [r/min]
0.5
Continuous running
range
Continuous running
range
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
Notes: 1.
4.0
2.0
Continuous running
range
Speed [r/min]
Continuous
running range
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed [r/min]
LVS/Wires
25
21.5
20.5
[Unit: mm]
Key shaft (with key) (Note 1, 2): 200 W, 400 W, and 750 W
R
Q
QK
14h6
30
26
20
HG-MR73(B)K
19h6
40
36
25
M4 screw
Depth: 15
3.5
M5 screw
Depth: 20
QK
A
QL
Cautions
QL
Variable dimensions
HG-MR23(B)K,
43(B)K
Product List
8h6
Model
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
1.0
8.0
2.0
Short-duration
running range
HG-MR73(B) (Note 1, 3, 4)
4.0
1.0
1.5
Speed [r/min]
HG-MR43(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
3.0
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
0.2
2.0
1.0
Torque [Nm]
0.4
HG-MR23(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
Torque [Nm]
0.6
A-A
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. 2 round end key is attached.
2-10
HG-SR
51(B)
81(B)
121(B)
201(B)
301(B)
421(B)
MR-J4Compatible servo amplifier model
Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-3 in this catalog.
MR-J4W_Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
1.0
1.5
2.1
3.5
4.8
6.3
Rated output
[kW]
0.5
0.85
1.2
2.0
3.0
4.2
Continuous
running duty
Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
4.8
8.1
11.5
19.1
28.6
40.1
Maximum torque
[Nm]
14.3
24.4
34.4
57.3
85.9
120
Rated speed
[r/min]
1000
Maximum speed
[r/min]
1500
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
1725
Standard
[kW/s]
19.7
41.2
28.1
46.4
82.3
107
Power rate at
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
16.5
36.2
23.2
41.4
75.3
99.9
rated torque
brake
Rated current
[A]
2.8
5.2
7.1
9.4
13
19
Maximum current
[A]
9.0
17
23
30
42
61
Regenerative
MR-J4[times/min]
77
114
191
113
89
76
braking
MR-J4W_[times/min]
392
286
frequency *2
-4
2
Standard
[ 10 kgm ]
11.6
16.0
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
Moment of
With electromagnetic
-4
2
inertia J
[ 10 kgm ]
13.8
18.2
56.5
88.2
109
161
brake
(Note
1)
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
17 times or less
15 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
None (Servo motors with oil seal are available. (HG-SR_J))
Insulation class
155 (F)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 29.4 m/s2
*6
Vibration rank
V10
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
55
55
79
79
79
79
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
980
980
2058
2058
2058
2058
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
490
490
980
980
980
980
Standard
[kg]
6.2
7.3
11
16
20
27
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
8.2
9.3
17
22
26
33
brake
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. The servo motor with oil seal is rated IP67 as well (excluding the shaft-through portion). Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for
Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-11
81B
20
20
8.5
8.5
44
400
4500
301B
421B
34
34
44
44
44
4500
4500
4500
4000
4000
45000
45000
45000
45000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
200
200
1000
1000
1000
1000
400
121B
201B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
34
34
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-SR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-SR51(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
HG-SR81(B) (Note 1, 4)
30
HG-SR201(B) (Note 1, 4)
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
1500
10
Continuous
running range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
HG-SR421(B) (Note 1, 4)
150
Short-duration
running range
30
0
20
Continuous
running range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
100
50
0
1500
Short-duration
running range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Continuous
running range
60
30 Short-duration
running range
1500
90
Short-duration
running range
20
0
Continuous
running range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR301(B) (Note 1, 4)
60
40
10
0
1500
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
20
40
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
10
HG-SR121(B) (Note 1, 4)
Torque [Nm]
15
Continuous
running range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1.
2.
3.
HG-SR121(B)K, 201(B)K,
301(B)K, 421(B)K
S
24h6
+0.010
35 0
55
50
0
8 -0.036
79
75
10 -0.036
QK QL
+0.2
M8
screw
Depth:
20
36
+0.2
4 0
55
5 0
QL
A-A
Cautions
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
HG-SR51(B)K, 81(B)K
Variable dimensions
Model
Product List
[Unit: mm]
2-12
HG-SR 2000 r/min Series (Medium Inertia, Medium Capacity) (200 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
Compatible servo amplifier model
Power supply capacity *1
Rated output
Continuous
running duty Rated torque (Note 3)
Maximum torque
Rated speed
Maximum speed
Permissible instantaneous speed
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
rated torque brake
Rated current
Maximum current
Regenerative MR-J4braking
MR-J4W_frequency *2
Moment of
inertia J
Standard
With electromagnetic
brake
HG-SR
52(B)
102(B)
152(B)
202(B)
352(B)
502(B)
702(B)
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-3 in this catalog.
MR-J4W_[kVA]
1.0
1.7
2.5
3.5
5.5
7.5
10
[kW]
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
7.0
[Nm]
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.5
16.7
23.9
33.4
[Nm]
7.2
14.3
21.5
28.6
50.1
71.6
100
[r/min]
2000
[r/min]
3000
[r/min]
3450
[kW/s]
7.85
19.7
32.1
19.5
35.5
57.2
74.0
[kW/s]
6.01
16.5
28.2
16.1
31.7
52.3
69.4
[A]
[A]
2.9
9.0
5.6
17
9.4
29
9.6
31
14
45
22
70
26
83
[times/min]
31
38
139
47
28
29
25
[times/min]
154
96
[ 10-4 kgm2]
7.26
11.6
16.0
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
[ 10-4 kgm2]
9.48
13.8
18.2
56.5
88.2
109
161
[mm]
[N]
[N]
[kg]
[kg]
15 times or
less
17 times or less
15 times or less
8.2
9.3
17
22
26
33
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. The servo motor with oil seal is rated IP67 as well (excluding the shaft-through portion), and for geared servo motor, IP rating of the
reducer portion is equivalent to IP44. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-13
HG-SR 2000 r/min Series (200 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
52B
102B
20
20
8.5
8.5
8.5
400
400
44
4500
44
4500
502B
702B
34
34
44
44
4500
4500
4000
4000
4000
45000
45000
45000
45000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-SR102(B) (Note 1, 4)
15
3
Continuous
running range
0
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
25
0
3000
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
Short-duration
running range
10
0
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
120
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
Continuous
running range
20
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
80
40
Continuous
running range
3000
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
20
50
16
HG-SR702(B) (Note 1, 4)
75
Short-duration
running range
Short-duration
running range
3000
HG-SR502(B) (Note 1, 4)
60
Torque [Nm]
5
Continuous
running range
0
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-SR352(B) (Note 1, 4)
10
30
24
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
6 Short-duration
running range
HG-SR202(B) (Note 1, 4)
Torque [Nm]
40
HG-SR152(B) (Note 1, 4)
Torque [Nm]
HG-SR52(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
400
152B
202B
352B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
20
34
34
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-SR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1.
2.
3.
HG-SR 2000 r/min Series (200 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
HG-SR202(B)K, 352(B)K,
502(B)K, 702(B)K
Variable dimensions
S
24h6
55
50
8 -0.036
79
75
10 -0.036
+0.010
35 0
QK QL
36
4 0
+0.2
+0.2
M8
screw
Depth:
20
55
5 0
QL
A-A
Cautions
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
HG-SR52(B)K, 102(B)K,
152(B)K
Model
Product List
[Unit: mm]
2-14
HG-SR 2000 r/min Series (Medium Inertia, Medium Capacity) (400 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
HG-SR
524(B)
1024(B)
1524(B)
2024(B)
3524(B)
5024(B)
7024(B)
Compatible servo amplifier model
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-5 in this catalog.
Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
1.0
1.7
2.5
3.5
5.5
7.5
10
Rated output
[kW]
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
7.0
Continuous
running duty Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.5
16.7
23.9
33.4
Maximum torque
[Nm]
7.2
14.3
21.5
28.6
50.1
71.6
100
Rated speed
[r/min]
2000
Maximum speed
[r/min]
3000
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
3450
[kW/s]
7.85
19.7
32.1
19.5
35.5
57.2
74.0
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
6.01
16.5
28.2
16.1
31.7
52.3
69.4
rated torque brake
Rated current
[A]
1.5
2.8
4.7
4.9
7.0
11
13
Maximum current
[A]
4.5
8.9
17
17
27
42
59
Regenerative
braking
MR-J4[times/min]
46
29
139
47
34
29
25
frequency *2
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
7.26
11.6
16.0
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
Moment of
With electromagnetic
inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
9.48
13.8
18.2
56.5
88.2
109
161
brake
15 times or
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio (Note 1)
17 times or less
15 times or less
less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
None (Servo motors with oil seal are available. (HG-SR_J))
Insulation class
155 (F)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2 X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 29.4 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
55
55
55
79
79
79
79
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
980
980
980
2058
2058
2058
2058
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
490
490
490
980
980
980
980
Standard
[kg]
4.8
6.2
7.3
11
16
20
27
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
6.7
8.2
9.3
17
22
26
33
brake
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. The servo motor with oil seal is rated IP67 as well (excluding the shaft-through portion), and for geared servo motor, IP rating of the
reducer portion is equivalent to IP44. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-15
HG-SR 2000 r/min Series (400 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
524B
1024B
20
20
8.5
8.5
8.5
400
400
44
4500
44
4500
5024B
7024B
34
34
44
44
4500
4500
4000
4000
4000
45000
45000
45000
45000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
200
200
200
1000
1000
1000
1000
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-SR1024(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
15
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
HG-SR3524(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
50
25
0
3000
Short-duration
running range
16
Continuous
running range
3000
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
20
10
0
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
HG-SR7024(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
120
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
80
40
Continuous
running range
3000
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
75
20
0
Continuous
running range
HG-SR5024(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
60
40
Torque [Nm]
Continuous
running range
10
30
24
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
HG-SR2024(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Torque [Nm]
9
6
HG-SR1524(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Torque [Nm]
HG-SR524(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
400
1524B
2024B
3524B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
20
34
34
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-SR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 400 V AC.
: For 3-phase 380 V AC.
2.
3. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
HG-SR 2000 r/min Series (400 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
35 0
55
50
0
8 -0.036
79
75
10 -0.036
QK QL
+0.2
M8
screw
Depth:
20
36
+0.2
4 0
55
5 0
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
QL
HG-SR2024(B)K, 3524(B)K,
5024(B)K, 7024(B)K
Variable dimensions
HG-SR524(B)K, 1024(B)K,
1524(B)K
Product List
Model
A-A
2-16
Cautions
[Unit: mm]
HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) (200 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
Compatible servo amplifier model
Power supply capacity *1
Continuous
running duty
HG-JR
MR-J4MR-J4W_[kVA]
Rated output
Rated torque (Note 3)
53(B)
1.0
[kW]
0.5
[Nm]
1.6
[Nm]
4.8
<6.4>
[r/min]
[r/min]
[r/min]
[kW/s]
16.7
73(B)
103(B)
153(B)
203(B)
353(B)
503(B)
703(B)
903(B)
Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier"
on pp. 2-3 and 2-4 in this catalog.
1.3
1.7
2.5
3.5
5.5
7.5
10
13
3.3
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.0
5.0
7.0
9.0
<3.5> (Note 4)
10.5
2.4
3.2
4.8
6.4
15.9
22.3
28.6
<11.1> (Note 4)
7.2
9.6
14.3
19.1
32.0
47.7
66.8
85.8
<9.6>
<12.7>
<19.1>
<25.5>
<44.6>
<63.7>
3000
6000
5000
6900
5750
27.3
38.2
60.2
82.4
83.5
133
115
147
[kW/s]
12.5
22.0
32.2
53.1
74.8
Rated current
[A]
3.0
5.6
5.6
11
11
[A]
9.0
<12>
67
<137>
328
<328>
1.52
17
<23>
98
<511>
17
<23>
76
<396>
32
<43>
271
<271>
237
186
Regenerative
MR-J4braking
frequency *2
MR-J4W_(Note 5)
[times/min]
[times/min]
71.6
119
93.9
125
27
34
41
103
134
56
(Note 6)
32
<43>
206
<206>
17
<18> (Note 4)
51
<71>
73
<98>
81
<108>
68
<89>
204
Standard
[ 10 kgm ]
2.09
2.65
3.79
4.92
13.2
19.0
43.3
55.8
With electromagnetic
-4
2
[ 10 kgm ]
2.02
2.59
3.15
4.29
5.42
15.4
21.2
52.9
65.4
brake
(Note
1)
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
10 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Ambience
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
X: 24.5 m/s2
*4
Vibration resistance
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
Y: 29.4 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
40
40
40
40
40
55
55
79
79
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
323
323
323
323
323
980
980
2450
2450
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
284
284
284
284
284
490
490
980
980
Standard
[kg]
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.9
7.5
13
18
29
36
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
4.4
5.1
5.9
7.3
8.9
15
20
35
42
brake
Moment of
inertia J
-4
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. The value in angle brackets is applicable when the servo motor is used with MR-J4-500B/MR-J4-500B-RJ/MR-J4-500B-RJ010/MR-J4-500A/MR-J4-500A-RJ.
5. The value in angle brackets is applicable when the maximum torque is increased. The maximum torque will be increased by changing the servo amplifier to be combined.
Refer to "Combinations of HG-JR Servo Motor Series and Servo Amplifier (200 V Class) for Increasing the Maximum Torque to 400% of the Rated Torque" on p. 2-6 in this
catalog for the available combinations.
6. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_ (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum
airflow: 1.0 m3/min). Note that [Pr. PA02] must be changed.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-17
HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (200 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
53B
73B
11.7
11.7
153B
203B
353B
503B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
11.7
11.7
11.7
23
23
6.6
6.6
6.6
64
6.6
64
64
6.6
64
16
16
400
400
703B
903B
34
34
44
44
4500
4500
640
640
640
640
640
4000
4000
45000
45000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
20000
20000
64
64
64
64
64
400
400
1000
1000
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
Short-duration
3 running range
Continuous running range
2000
4000
6000
Speed [r/min]
54
(Note 4)
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
Short-duration
running range
HG-JR503(B) (Note 1, 5)
75
(Note 4)
36
Short-duration
running range
18
10
Short-duration
running range
2000
4000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR703(B) (Note 1, 5)
75
50
Short-duration
running range
7
0
(Note 4)
25
14
(Note 4)
6000
50 Short-duration
running range
25
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR353(B) (Note 1, 5)
20
10
4
0
HG-JR203(B) (Note 1, 5)
30
Short-duration
running range
21
(Note 4)
HG-JR153(B) (Note 1, 5)
Torque [Nm]
(Note 4)
15
(Note 4)
Torque [Nm]
12
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR103(B) (Note 1, 5)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR73(B) (Note 1, 5)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR53(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 5)
64
103B
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Continuous
running range
2000
4000 5000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR903(B) (Note 1, 5)
Short-duration
60 running range
30
0
Notes: 1.
2.
3.
Continuous
running range
2000
4000 5000
Speed [r/min]
Product List
HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (200 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
40
30
HG-JR353(B)K, 503(B)K
28h6
55
50
8 -0.036
79
75
10 -0.036
+0.010
35 0
25
+0.1
3 0
36
4 0
55
5 0
2.5
M4
screw
Depth:
15
+0.2
+0.2
M8
screw
Depth:
20
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
QL
Cautions
16h6
0
5 -0.030
QK QL
HG-JR53(B)K, 73(B)K,
103(B)K, 153(B)K, 203(B)K
HG-JR703(B)K, 903(B)K
Variable dimensions
Model
LVS/Wires
Torque [Nm]
90
A-A
[Unit: mm]
2-18
HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium Capacity) (400 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
Compatible servo amplifier model
Power supply capacity *1
Continuous
running duty
Rated output
Rated torque (Note 3)
HG-JR
534(B)
734(B) 1034(B) 1534(B) 2034(B) 3534(B) 5034(B) 7034(B) 9034(B)
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-5 in this catalog.
[kVA]
1.0
1.3
1.7
2.5
3.5
5.5
7.5
10
13
3.3
[kW]
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.0
5.0
7.0
9.0
<3.5> (Note 4)
10.5
[Nm]
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.8
6.4
15.9
22.3
28.6
<11.1> (Note 4)
4.8
7.2
9.6
14.3
19.1
32.0
47.7
[Nm]
66.8
85.8
<6.4>
<9.6>
<12.7>
<19.1>
<25.5>
<44.6>
<63.7>
[r/min]
3000
[r/min]
6000
5000
[r/min]
6900
5750
[kW/s]
16.7
27.3
38.2
60.2
82.4
83.5
133
115
147
[kW/s]
12.5
22.0
32.2
53.1
74.8
Rated current
[A]
1.5
2.8
2.8
5.4
5.4
[A]
4.5
<6.0>
8.4
<12>
8.4
<12>
17
<22>
[times/min]
99
<100>
72
<489>
56
<382>
265
<275>
Regenerative
braking
MR-J4frequency *2
(Note 5)
71.6
119
93.9
125
14
17
21
17
<22>
8.3
<8.8> (Note 4)
26
<36>
41
<54>
52
67
203
<209>
75
<98>
68
<89>
56
(Note 6)
205
1.52
2.09
2.65
3.79
4.92
13.2
19.0
43.3
55.8
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
With electromagnetic
-4
2
[ 10 kgm ]
2.02
2.59
3.15
4.29
5.42
15.4
21.2
52.9
65.4
brake
(Note
1)
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
10 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Ambience
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
X: 24.5 m/s2
*4
Vibration resistance
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
Y: 29.4 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
40
40
40
40
40
55
55
79
79
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
323
323
323
323
323
980
980
2450
2450
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
284
284
284
284
284
490
490
980
980
Standard
[kg]
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.9
7.5
13
18
29
36
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
4.4
5.1
5.9
7.3
8.9
15
20
35
42
brake
Moment of
inertia J
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. The value in angle brackets is applicable when the servo motor is used with MR-J4-500B4/MR-J4-500B4-RJ/MR-J4-500A4/MR-J4-500A4-RJ.
5. The value in angle brackets is applicable when the maximum torque is increased. The maximum torque will be increased by changing the servo amplifier to be combined.
Refer to "Combinations of HG-JR Servo Motor Series and Servo Amplifier (400 V Class) for Increasing the Maximum Torque to 400% of the Rated Torque" on p. 2-6 in this
catalog for the available combinations.
6. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_ (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum
airflow: 1.0 m3/min). Note that [Pr. PA02] must be changed.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-19
HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (400 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
534B
734B
11.7
11.7
1534B
2034B
3534B
5034B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
11.7
11.7
11.7
23
23
6.6
6.6
6.6
64
6.6
64
64
6.6
64
16
7034B
9034B
34
34
44
44
16
400
400
4500
4500
640
640
640
640
640
4000
4000
45000
45000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
20000
20000
64
64
64
64
64
400
400
1000
1000
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
Short-duration
3 running range
Continuous running range
2000
4000
6000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR2034(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
HG-JR3534(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
54
(Note 3)
Torque [Nm]
20
10
Short-duration
running range
Short-duration
running range
HG-JR5034(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
75
(Note 3)
36
Short-duration
18 running range
0
10
Short-duration
running range
25
Short-duration
running range
7
0
HG-JR7034(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
75
(Note 3)
50
14
(Note 3)
50 Short-duration
running range
25
0
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
30
Short-duration
running range
21
(Note 3)
HG-JR1534(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
Torque [Nm]
(Note 3)
15
(Note 3)
Torque [Nm]
12
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR1034(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR734(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR534(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
64
1034B
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Continuous
running range
2000
4000 5000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR9034(B) (Note 1, 2, 4)
Short-duration
60 running range
30
0
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 400 V AC.
: For 3-phase 380 V AC.
2.
3. This value is applicable when the torque is maximally increased. Refer to "Combinations of HG-JR Servo Motor Series and
Servo Amplifier (400 V Class) for Increasing the Maximum Torque to 400% of the Rated Torque" on p. 2-6 in this catalog.
4. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
Continuous
running range
2000
4000 5000
Speed [r/min]
Product List
HG-JR 3000 r/min Series (400 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
40
30
HG-JR3534(B)K, 5034(B)K
28h6
55
50
8 -0.036
79
75
10 -0.036
+0.010
35 0
25
+0.1
3 0
36
4 0
55
5 0
2.5
M4
screw
Depth:
15
+0.2
+0.2
M8
screw
Depth:
20
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
QL
Cautions
16h6
0
5 -0.030
QK QL
HG-JR534(B)K, 734(B)K,
1034(B)K, 1534(B)K,
2034(B)K
HG-JR7034(B)K, 9034(B)K
Variable dimensions
Model
LVS/Wires
Torque [Nm]
90
A-A
[Unit: mm]
2-20
HG-JR 1000 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium/Large Capacity) (200 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
HG-JR
601(B)
801(B)
12K1(B)
15K1
20K1
25K1
30K1
37K1
Compatible servo amplifier model
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-4 in this catalog.
Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
8.6
12
18
22
30
38
48
59
Rated output
[kW]
6.0
8.0
12
15
20
25
30
37
Continuous
running duty Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
57.3
76.4
115
143
191
239
286
353
Maximum torque
[Nm]
172
229
345
429
573
717
858
1059
Rated speed
[r/min]
1000
Maximum speed
[r/min]
2000
1500
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
2300
1725
[kW/s]
187
265
420
418
582
748
594
761
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
167
243
394
rated torque brake
Rated current
[A]
31
47
60
67
94
95
121
152
Maximum current
[A]
108
165
208
231
318
313
399
495
Regenerative
322
224
234
183
150
braking
MR-J4[times/min]
82
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
frequency *2
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
176
220
315
489
627
764
1377
1637
Moment of
With electromagnetic
inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
196
240
336
brake
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio (Note 1)
10 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling
Structure
Totally enclosed, force cooling (IP rating: IP44) (Note 2)
(IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
X: 9.8 m/s2 Y: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
116
116
116
140
140
140
140
140
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
2940
2940
2940
3234
3234
3234
4900
4900
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
980
980
980
1470
1470
1470
1960
1960
Standard
[kg]
53
62
86
120
145
165
215
240
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
65
74
97
brake
Voltage/
3-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
frequency
Power supply
Cooling fan
Input
[W]
65 (50 Hz)/85 (60 Hz)
120 (50 Hz)/175 (60 Hz)
Rated current
[A]
0.20 (50 Hz)/0.22 (60 Hz)
0.39 (50 Hz)/0.52 (60 Hz)
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_ (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum
airflow: 1.0 m3/min). Note that [Pr. PA02] must be changed.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-21
HG-JR 1000 r/min Series (200 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
601B
12K1B
32
801B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
32
126
126
126
32
5000
5000
45200
45200
45200
20000
20000
20000
400
400
400
5000
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-JR801(B) (Note 1, 2)
250
150
100
50
Continuous running
range
0
500 1000 1500 2000
Speed [r/min]
Continuous running
range
0
500 1000 1500 2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR20K1 (Note 1, 2)
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
Continuous running
range
400
200
0
1500
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
600
1500
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
1200
Short-duration
running range
300
150
HG-JR37K1 (Note 1, 2)
900
Short-duration
600 running range
300
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
Short-duration
900 running range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
200
100
HG-JR30K1 (Note 1, 2)
800
Short-duration
running range
200
Continuous running
range
0
500 1000 1500 2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR25K1 (Note 1, 2)
600
300 Short-duration
running range
50
450
Torque [Nm]
100
HG-JR15K1 (Note 1, 2)
400
200 Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
150 running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
200
400
HG-JR12K1(B) (Note 1, 2)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR601(B) (Note 1, 2)
600
300
0
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
LVS/Wires
HG-JR 1000 r/min Series (200 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
QK
QL
85
79
12 -0.040
70
5 0
+0.2
HG-JR801(B)K, 12K1(B)K
55m6
116
110
16 -0.040
90
6 0
+0.2
HG-JR15K1K, 20K1K,
25K1K
65m6
140 130
18 -0.040
120
7 0
+0.2
HG-JR30K1K, 37K1K
80m6
140 140
22 -0.040
132
9 0
+0.2
11
M8 screw
Depth:
19.8
M10
screw
Depth: 27
M12
screw
Depth: 25
M16
screw
Depth: 30
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
Fig.
QK
A
QL
A-A
Fig. A
R
B
r
Cautions
42h6
Product List
HG-JR601(B)K
A
S
Variable dimensions
Model
A
QK
QL
Fig. B
A-A
[Unit: mm]
2-22
HG-JR 1000 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium/Large Capacity) (400 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
HG-JR
6014(B)
8014(B) 12K14(B)
15K14
20K14
25K14
30K14
37K14
Compatible servo amplifier model
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-5 in this catalog.
Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
8.6
12
18
22
30
38
48
59
Rated output
[kW]
6.0
8.0
12
15
20
25
30
37
Continuous
running duty Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
57.3
76.4
115
143
191
239
286
353
Maximum torque
[Nm]
172
229
345
429
573
717
858
1059
Rated speed
[r/min]
1000
Maximum speed
[r/min]
2000
1500
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
2300
1725
[kW/s]
187
265
420
418
582
748
594
761
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
167
243
394
rated torque brake
Rated current
[A]
16
23
30
33
47
48
60
76
Maximum current
[A]
54
80
104
114
161
160
202
248
Regenerative
331
229
239
187
152
braking
MR-J4[times/min]
83
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
frequency *2
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
176
220
315
489
627
764
1377
1637
Moment of
With electromagnetic
inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
196
240
336
brake
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio (Note 1)
10 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling
Structure
Totally enclosed, force cooling (IP rating: IP44) (Note 2)
(IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
X: 9.8 m/s2 Y: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
116
116
116
140
140
140
140
140
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
2940
2940
2940
3234
3234
3234
4900
4900
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
980
980
980
1470
1470
1470
1960
1960
Standard
[kg]
53
62
86
120
145
165
215
240
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
65
74
97
brake
Voltage/
3-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC,
3-phase 380 V AC to
frequency
50 Hz/60 Hz
460 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Power supply
Cooling fan
Input
[W]
65 (50 Hz)/85 (60 Hz)
110 (50 Hz)/150 (60 Hz)
Rated current
[A]
0.12 (50 Hz)/0.14 (60 Hz)
0.20 (50 Hz)/0.22 (60 Hz)
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_ (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum
airflow: 1.0 m3/min). Note that [Pr. PA02] must be changed.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-23
HG-JR 1000 r/min Series (400 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
6014B
12K14B
32
8014B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
32
126
126
126
32
5000
5000
45200
45200
45200
20000
20000
20000
400
400
400
5000
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-JR8014(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
250
200 Short-duration
running range
150
100
50
Continuous running
range
0
500 1000 1500 2000
Speed [r/min]
Continuous running
range
0
500 1000 1500 2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR20K14 (Note 1, 2, 3)
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
600 Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
200
900
400
200
0
1500
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
600
300
1500
300
150
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
HG-JR37K14 (Note 1, 2, 3)
1200
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
Short-duration
900 running range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
400
100
HG-JR30K14 (Note 1, 2, 3)
800
Short-duration
running range
200
Continuous running
range
0
500 1000 1500 2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR25K14 (Note 1, 2, 3)
600
300 Short-duration
running range
50
450
Torque [Nm]
100
HG-JR15K14 (Note 1, 2, 3)
400
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
200
150
HG-JR12K14(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR6014(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
600
300
0
Continuous running
range
500
1000
Speed [r/min]
1500
LVS/Wires
HG-JR 1000 r/min Series (400 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
QK
QL
42h6
85
79
12 -0.040
70
5 0
+0.2
HG-JR8014(B)K,
12K14(B)K
55m6
116
110
16 -0.040
90
6 0
+0.2
HG-JR15K14K, 20K14K,
25K14K
65m6
140 130
18 -0.040
120
7 0
+0.2
HG-JR30K14K, 37K14K
80m6
140 140
22 -0.040
132
9 0
+0.2
11
Y
M8 screw
Depth:
19.8
M10
screw
Depth: 27
M12
screw
Depth: 25
M16
screw
Depth: 30
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
Fig.
QK
A
QL
A-A
Fig. A
R
Cautions
HG-JR6014(B)K
B
r
A
S
Variable dimensions
Product List
Model
A
QK
QL
Fig. B
A-A
[Unit: mm]
2-24
HG-JR 1500 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium/Large Capacity) (200 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
HG-JR
701M(B)
11K1M(B)
15K1M(B)
22K1M
30K1M
37K1M
Compatible servo amplifier model
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-4 in this catalog.
Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
10
16
22
33
48
59
Rated output
[kW]
7.0
11
15
22
30
37
Continuous
running duty Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
44.6
70.0
95.5
140
191
236
Maximum torque
[Nm]
134
210
286
420
573
707
Rated speed
[r/min]
1500
Maximum speed
[r/min]
3000
2500
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
3450
2875
[kW/s]
113
223
289
401
582
726
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
101
204
271
rated torque brake
Rated current
[A]
34
61
76
99
139
151
Maximum current
[A]
111
200
246
315
479
561
Regenerative
143
162
104
braking
MR-J4[times/min]
36
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
frequency *2
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
176
220
315
489
627
764
Moment of
With electromagnetic
inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
196
240
336
brake
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio (Note 1)
10 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling
Totally enclosed, force cooling
Structure
(IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
(IP rating: IP44) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
116
116
116
140
140
140
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
2940
2940
2940
3234
3234
3234
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
980
980
980
1470
1470
1470
Standard
[kg]
53
62
86
120
145
165
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
65
74
97
brake
Voltage/
3-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
frequency
Power supply
Cooling fan
Input
[W]
65 (50 Hz)/85 (60 Hz)
Rated current
[A]
0.20 (50 Hz)/0.22 (60 Hz)
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_ (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum
airflow: 1.0 m3/min). Note that [Pr. PA02] must be changed.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-25
HG-JR 1500 r/min Series (200 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
701MB
15K1MB
32
11K1MB
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
32
126
126
126
32
5000
5000
45200
45200
45200
20000
20000
20000
400
400
400
5000
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-JR11K1M(B) (Note 1, 2)
250
50
200
100
Continuous running
range
0
1000 2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
3000
300
Short-duration
running range
150
Continuous running
range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR37K1M (Note 1, 2)
600
800
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
200
Continuous running
range
Short-duration
600 running range
400
200
0
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
Continuous running
range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
LVS/Wires
HG-JR 1500 r/min Series (200 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
QK
QL
HG-JR701M(B)K
42h6
85
79
12 -0.040
70
5 0
+0.2
HG-JR11K1M(B)K,
15K1M(B)K
55m6
116
110
16 -0.040
90
6 0
140 130
0
18 -0.040
+0.2
7 0
HG-JR22K1MK, 30K1MK,
37K1MK
65m6
120
+0.2
Y
M8 screw
Depth:
19.8
M10
screw
Depth: 27
M12
screw
Depth: 25
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
QL
Product List
Variable dimensions
S
Model
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
50
Continuous running
0 range
1000 2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR30K1M (Note 1, 2)
Short-duration
running range
100
3000
450
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
0
1000 2000
Speed [r/min]
150
HG-JR22K1M (Note 1, 2)
300
Torque [Nm]
200
Short-duration
100 running range
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
150
400
HG-JR15K1M(B) (Note 1, 2)
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR701M(B) (Note 1, 2)
A-A
[Unit: mm]
Cautions
2-26
HG-JR 1500 r/min Series (Low Inertia, Medium/Large Capacity) (400 V Class) Specifications
Rotary servo motor model
HG-JR
701M4(B) 11K1M4(B) 15K1M4(B) 22K1M4
30K1M4
37K1M4
45K1M4
55K1M4
Compatible servo amplifier model
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-5 in this catalog.
Power supply capacity *1
[kVA]
10
16
22
33
48
59
71
80
Rated output
[kW]
7.0
11
15
22
30
37
45
55
Continuous
running duty Rated torque (Note 3)
[Nm]
44.6
70.0
95.5
140
191
236
286
350
Maximum torque
[Nm]
134
210
286
420
573
707
859
1050
Rated speed
[r/min]
1500
Maximum speed
[r/min]
3000
2500
Permissible instantaneous speed
[r/min]
3450
2875
[kW/s]
113
223
289
401
582
726
596
749
Power rate at Standard
continuous
With electromagnetic
[kW/s]
101
204
271
rated torque brake
Rated current
[A]
17
31
38
50
68
79
85
110
Maximum current
[A]
56
100
123
170
235
263
288
357
Regenerative
143
162
104
braking
MR-J4[times/min]
36
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
frequency *2
Standard
[ 10-4 kgm2]
176
220
315
489
627
764
1377
1637
Moment of
With electromagnetic
inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
196
240
336
brake
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio (Note 1)
10 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling
Structure
Totally enclosed, force cooling (IP rating: IP44) (Note 2)
(IP rating: IP67) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
X: 9.8 m/s2 Y: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration rank
V10 *6
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
116
116
116
140
140
140
140
140
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
2940
2940
2940
3234
3234
3234
4900
4900
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
980
980
980
1470
1470
1470
1960
1960
Standard
[kg]
53
62
86
120
145
165
215
240
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
65
74
97
brake
Voltage/
3-phase 380 V AC to 480 V AC,
3-phase 380 V AC to
frequency
50 Hz/60 Hz
460 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Power supply
Cooling fan
Input
[W]
65 (50 Hz)/85 (60 Hz)
110 (50 Hz)/150 (60 Hz)
Rated current
[A]
0.12 (50 Hz)/0.14 (60 Hz)
0.20 (50 Hz)/0.22 (60 Hz)
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
4. The value is applicable when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG400-_ (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum
airflow: 1.0 m3/min). Note that [Pr. PA02] must be changed.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-27
HG-JR 1500 r/min Series (400 V Class) Electromagnetic Brake Specifications (Note 1)
701M4B
15K1M4B
32
11K1M4B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
32
126
126
126
32
5000
5000
45200
45200
45200
20000
20000
20000
400
400
400
5000
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
50
Torque [Nm]
Continuous running
range
400
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
1000 2000
Speed [r/min]
Continuous running
range
600
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
150
Continuous running
range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR55K1M4 (Note 1, 2, 3)
1200
Short-duration
running range
300
Short-duration
300 running range
3000
900
Short-duration
600 running range
200
Continuous running
range
HG-JR45K1M4 (Note 1, 2, 3)
800
200
100
3000
HG-JR37K1M4 (Note 1, 2, 3)
Short-duration
running range
200
Continuous running
range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
900
600
300
0
Short-duration
running range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
50
3000
600
100
Continuous running
range
0
1000 2000
Speed [r/min]
HG-JR30K1M4 (Note 1, 2, 3)
400
Short-duration
running range
Continuous running
range
0
1000 2000
Speed [r/min]
150
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
200
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
450
300
Torque [Nm]
100
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
150
Torque [Nm]
HG-JR701M4(B) (Note 1, 2, 3)
Continuous running
range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
LVS/Wires
HG-JR 1500 r/min Series (400 V Class) Special Shaft End Specifications
Motors with the following specifications are also available.
QK
QL
42h6
85
79
12 -0.040
70
5 0
+0.2
HG-JR11K1M4(B)K,
15K1M4(B)K
55m6
116
110
16 -0.040
90
6 0
+0.2
HG-JR22K1M4K,
30K1M4K, 37K1M4K
65m6
140 130
18 -0.040
120
7 0
+0.2
HG-JR45K1M4K,
55K1M4K
80m6
140 140
22 -0.040
132
9 0
+0.2
11
Y
M8 screw
Depth:
19.8
M10
screw
Depth: 27
M12
screw
Depth: 25
M16
screw
Depth: 30
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
Fig.
QK
A
QL
A-A
Fig. A
R
Cautions
HG-JR701M4(B)K
B
r
A
S
Variable dimensions
Product List
Model
A
QK
QL
Fig. B
A-A
[Unit: mm]
2-28
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-29
153B
203B
353B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
19
19
23
19
7.0
7.0
400
503B
23
17
400
17
400
400
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
200
200
200
200
200
400
7.0
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-RR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-RR153(B) (Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
10
5
0
18
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
15
HG-RR353(B) (Note 1, 2)
Continuous
running range
30
Short-duration
running range
12
Continuous
running range
20
10
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
Torque [Nm]
HG-RR203(B) (Note 1, 2)
Torque [Nm]
HG-RR103(B) (Note 1, 2)
HG-RR503(B) (Note 1, 2)
Short-duration
30 running range
15
0
Continuous
running range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
45
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC.
2. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
LVS/Wires
45
40
HG-RR353(B)K, 503(B)K
28h6
63
58
8 -0.036
QK QL
+0.2
M8
screw
Depth:
20
25
+0.2
4 0
53
4 0
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
QK
QL
Product List
24h6
0
8 -0.036
HG-RR103(B)K, 153(B)K,
203(B)K
Model
Variable dimensions
A-A
[Unit: mm]
Cautions
2-30
Continuous
running duty
Regenerative MR-J4braking
frequency *2
MR-J4W_-
HG-UR
72(B)
152(B)
202(B)
352(B)
502(B)
MR-J4Refer to "Combinations of Rotary Servo Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 2-4 in this catalog.
MR-J4W_[kVA]
1.3
2.5
3.5
5.5
7.5
[kW]
0.75
1.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
[Nm]
3.6
7.2
9.5
16.7
23.9
[Nm]
10.7
21.5
28.6
50.1
71.6
[r/min]
2000
[r/min]
3000
2500
[r/min]
3450
2875
[kW/s]
12.3
23.2
23.9
36.5
49.6
[kW/s]
10.3
21.2
19.5
32.8
46.0
[A]
[A]
5.4
16
9.7
29
14
42
23
69
28
84
[times/min]
53
124
68
44
31
[times/min]
107
Standard
[ 10 kgm ]
10.4
22.1
38.2
76.5
115
With electromagnetic
-4
2
[ 10 kgm ]
12.5
24.2
46.8
85.1
124
brake
(Note
1)
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
15 times or less
Speed/position detector
Absolute/incremental 22-bit encoder (resolution: 4194304 pulses/rev)
Oil seal
Attached
Insulation class
155 (F)
Structure
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP65) (Note 2)
Ambient temperature
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Environment *3 Ambience
Altitude
1000 m or less above sea level
Vibration resistance *4
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2
*6
Vibration rank
V10
Compliance to standards
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
L
[mm]
55
55
65
65
65
Permissible
load for the
Radial
[N]
637
637
882
1176
1176
shaft *5
Thrust
[N]
490
490
784
784
784
Standard
[kg]
8.0
11
16
20
24
Mass
With electromagnetic
[kg]
10
13
22
26
30
brake
Moment of
inertia J
-4
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. The shaft-through portion is excluded. Refer to the asterisk 7 of "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the shaft-through portion.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, keep the unbalanced torque of the machine under 70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Rotary Servo Motor Specifications" on p. 2-33 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 6.
2-31
152B
202B
352B
Spring actuated type safety brake
24 V DC-100%
19
34
34
19
8.5
8.5
400
502B
34
44
4500
44
4500
4500
4000
4000
45000
45000
45000
20000
20000
20000
20000
20000
200
200
1000
1000
1000
400
44
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-UR
Type
Rated voltage
Power consumption
[W] at 20 C
Electromagnetic brake static friction
[Nm]
torque
Per braking
[J]
Permissible braking work
Per hour
[J]
Number of brakings
Electromagnetic brake life
[Times]
(Note 2)
Work per braking [J]
Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It should not be used for deceleration applications.
2. Brake gap is not adjustable. Electromagnetic brake life is defined as the time period until the readjustment is needed.
HG-UR152(B) (Note 1, 4)
24
Continuous
running range
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
16
8
Continuous
running range
3000
60
30
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
HG-UR352(B) (Note 1, 4)
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
running range
20
10
Continuous
running range
3000
1000
2000
Speed [r/min]
3000
Short-duration
40 running range
20
Torque [Nm]
12
HG-UR202(B) (Note 1, 4)
Torque [Nm]
HG-UR72(B) (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)
Continuous
running range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
HG-UR502(B) (Note 1, 4)
Short-duration
60 running range
40
20
0
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Torque [Nm]
80
Notes: 1.
2.
3.
Continuous
running range
1000
2000 2500
Speed [r/min]
LVS/Wires
22h6
55
50
HG-UR152(B)K
28h6
55
50
8 -0.036
65
60
10 -0.036
+0.010
35 0
r
3
+0.2
+0.2
42
+0.1
3.5 0
40
4 0
50
5 0
Y
QK
M8
screw
Depth:
20
QL
Product List
HG-UR72(B)K
QK QL
0
6 -0.036
HG-UR202(B)K, 352(B)K,
502(B)K
Model
Variable dimensions
A-A
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. A key is not supplied with the servo motor. The key shall be installed by the user.
[Unit: mm]
Cautions
2-32
Servo motor
* 5. Refer to the diagram below for the permissible load for the shaft. Do not apply a load exceeding the value specified in the table on the shaft. The values in the table are
applicable when each load is applied singly.
L
Radial load
Thrust load
L: Distance between the flange mounting surface and the center of load
* 6. V10 indicates that the amplitude of the servo motor itself is 10 m or less. The following shows mounting posture and measuring position of the servo motor during the
measurement:
Servo motor
Top
Measuring position
Bottom
Shaft-through portion
2-33
HG-MR053(B), HG-MR13(B)
4.9
10.9
11.7 11.7
21.7
58.8 (Note 3)
9.9
19.2
KL
18.4
(Note 3)
Encoder connector
13.7
27.4
37.1
30h7
8h6
20.7
21
Power connector
13.9
27.5
6.4
11.7
13
11.7
58.8 (Note 3)
18.4
(Note 3)
9.9
Power
connector
KL
HG-KR053(B)
HG-MR053(B)
66.4
(107)
23.8
HG-KR13(B)
HG-MR13(B)
82.4
(123)
39.8
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
21.7
[Unit: mm]
HG-KR23(B), HG-KR43(B)
Power connector
45
26
1
2
3
4
60
30
47.1
14h6
47.1 (Note 3)
46
50h7
HG-MR23(B), HG-MR43(B)
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
(Note 3)
9
Model
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
Encoder
connector
38.8 (Note 3)
36
45
1
2
3
4
40
20.7
25
2.5
21.5
20.5
Servo Amplifiers
HG-KR053(B), HG-KR13(B)
10.9
11.8 11.7
21.7
57.8 (Note 3)
Power connector
9.5
19.2
13.9
5.9
27.8
KL
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
Power
connector
(Note 3)
Encoder
connector
13.5
Model
11.8 11.7
18.3
(Note 3)
57.8 (Note 3)
9.5
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
KL
HG-KR23(B)
HG-MR23(B)
76.6
(113.4)
36.4
HG-KR43(B)
HG-MR43(B)
98.3
(135.1)
58.1
21.7
[Unit: mm]
Power connector
4-6.6 mounting hole
Use hexagonal cap
head bolts.
45
36
1
2
3
4
80
40
27.4
11.5
11.7
21.7
63.1 (Note 3)
9.5
19.2
Power
connector
69.6
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
7
7
(Note 3)
19h6
Encoder connector
10.7
11.8
13.7
57.1
56
14 12
27.8
Product List
70h7
LVS/Wires
HG-KR73(B)
HG-MR73(B)
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Encoder
connector
13.7 10
28.4
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
11.8 11.7
18.4
(Note 3)
63.1 (Note 3)
21.7
Power
connector
9.5
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
[Unit: mm]
2-34
Cautions
Encoder
connector
38.2 (43.5)
(Note 4)
12
55
130
45
50
29
(Note 3)
110h7
(Note 3)
65
112.5
79.9 (Note 3)
50.9
(Note 3)
45
24h6
(Note 3)
Encoder connector 13
CMV1-R10P
59 (Note 3)
Electromagnetic brake connector
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P
(Note 3)
20.9
13.5
58
KL
(PE)
Key
Main key
Position mark
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
Model
1000 r/min
KL
HG-SR52(B)
HG-SR524(B)
2000 r/min
118.5 (153)
57.8
HG-SR51(B)
HG-SR102(B)
HG-SR1024(B)
132.5 (167)
71.8
HG-SR81(B)
HG-SR152(B)
HG-SR1524(B)
146.5 (181)
85.8
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
[Unit: mm]
*2
(Note 3)
0
20
*5
0
-0.025
*3
23
*2
13
66.5
(Note 3)
KA
Electromagnetic brake connector
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
Power connector
MS3102A22-22P (3.5 kW or smaller, and 5 kW)
MS3102A32-17P (4.2 kW and 7 kW)
Main key
Position mark
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 3)
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
(Note 3)
44
(Note 3)
45
75
+0.010
0
*6
176
79
KB
*5
*4
114.3
*3
18
*1
(Note 3)
*4
96.9 (Note 3)
50.9
*1
*6
35
38.5
(45.5)
(Note 4)
82
KL
(PE)
Key
W
C
B
D
A
U
V
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
*1, *2, *3, *4, *5 and *6 are screw holes (M8) for eyebolt.
HG-SR201(B), 301(B), 352(4)(B), 502(4)(B): *1, *2
HG-SR421(B), 702(4)(B): *3, *4, *5, *6
Model
1000 r/min
2000 r/min
KL
HG-SR121(B)
HG-SR202(B)
HG-SR2024(B)
138.5
(188)
74.8
HG-SR201(B)
HG-SR352(B)
HG-SR3524(B)
162.5
(212)
98.8
HG-SR301(B)
HG-SR502(B)
HG-SR5024(B)
178.5
(228)
114.8
HG-SR421(B)
HG-SR702(B)
HG-SR7024(B)
218.5
(268)
146.8
KA
KB
24.8
140.9
32
149.1
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
2-35
90
40
7.5
5
30
45
18
1
4.5
38.2 (38)
(Note 4)
50.9
80h7
41
16h6
00
57.4
(Note 3)
Power connector
Model
35
MS3102A18-10P
21
16
15
(PE)
U
Key
10.6
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic
brake
(Note 3)
CMV1-R10P
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
L
KL
HG-JR53(B)
HG-JR534(B)
127.5
(173)
76
HG-JR73(B)
HG-JR734(B)
145.5
(191)
94
HG-JR103(B)
HG-JR1034(B)
163.5
(209)
112
HG-JR153(B)
HG-JR1534(B)
199.5
(245)
148
HG-JR203(B)
HG-JR2034(B)
235.5
(281)
184
CMV1-R2P
[Unit: mm]
36
.8
Encoder connector
.2
25.7
42
66.5
(Note 3)
13
Main key
Position mark
93.8
Oil seal
(Note 3)
HG-JR353(B), HG-JR503(B)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
130
55
L
12
45
50
1
28h6
110h7
50.9
(Note 3)
13
Oil seal
45
79.9 (Note 3)
116.8
(Note 3)
95.8
(Note 3)
34
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
80
KL
Product List
71
63
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
29
LVS/Wires
(Note 3)
15.5
65
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
Power connector
MS3102A22-22P
Main key
Position mark
CMV1-R2P
W
B
A
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake
Electromagnetic brake connector
Servo motor flange direction
U
Key
Model
C
D
(PE)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
L
KL
HG-JR353(B)
213
(251.5)
228
HG-JR503(B)
267
(305.5)
282
2-36
Cautions
[Unit: mm]
38.2 (43.5)
130
55
12
(Note 4)
45
50
1
(Note 3)
65
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
50.9
114.8
Oil seal
1
4
(Note 3)
25.7
Main key
Position mark
.2
42
Power connector
35
63
13 (Note 3)
21
MS3102A18-10P
.8
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
13.5
79.9 (Note 3)
(Note 3)
110h7
28h6
(Note 3)
B
A
29
(Note 3)
36
13.1
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake
U
Key
C
D
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
Model
(PE)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
KL
HG-JR3534(B)
213
(251.5)
161
HG-JR5034(B)
267
(305.5)
215
[Unit: mm]
38.5 (45.5)
(Note 4)
*3
45
(Note 3)
13
0
-0.025
+0.010
0
35
Oil seal
*1
114.3
50.9
(Note 3)
96.9 (Note 3)
*2
163.3
*1
*4
*2
133.5
(Note 3)
3
75
(Note 3)
*4 (Note 3)
176
79
18
20
*3
3
2
44
(Note 3)
28.5
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Electromagnetic
brake connector (Note 3)
CMV1-R2P
Power connector
MS3102A32-17P
66.5
(Note 3)
92.1
44
KL
Main key
Position mark
102.3
W
B
A
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake
Electromagnetic brake connector
Servo motor flange direction
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M8) for eyebolt.
U
Key
Model
C
D
(PE)
Power connector
(View from front of
the connector)
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
L
KL
HG-JR703(B)
HG-JR7034(B)
263.5
(313)
285.4
HG-JR903(B)
HG-JR9034(B)
303.5
(353)
325.4
[Unit: mm]
2-37
85
20
220
4
79
*3
81
200h7
(Note 3)
27
35
M8 screw
Oil seal
*3,4
171.1
*4(Note 3)
136.2 (Note 3)
(Note 3)
50
(Note 3)
45
25
42h6
*1,2
(Note 3)
(Note 3) *2
*1
2-M8 screw
37.5
19.5
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
130 (Note 3)
32
225.5
54
82 (Note 3)
Power connector
MS3102A32-17P
Key
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
[Unit: mm]
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M10) for eyebolt.
(PE)
Key
A
40
116
40
220
20
110
*1,2
(Note 3)
*3
27
200h7
81
(Note 3)
35
M10 screw
Oil seal
*3,4
171.1
*4
136.2 (Note 3)
(Note 3)
27
LVS/Wires
(Note 3)
45
37.5
50
55m6
(Note 3)
*2
2-M8 screw
*1
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
19.5
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
130
(Note 3)
32
KL
Power connector
MS3102A32-17P
Key
82
(PE)
Key
(Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake
Electromagnetic brake connector
Servo motor flange direction
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
54
(Note 3)
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
Model
1000 r/min
Product List
1500 r/min
KL
HG-JR801(B)
HG-JR8014(B)
HG-JR11K1M(B)
HG-JR11K1M4(B)
339.5
(412)
265.5
HG-JR12K1(B)
HG-JR12K14(B)
HG-JR15K1M(B)
HG-JR15K1M4(B)
439.5
(512)
365.5
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
2-38
Cautions
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M10) for eyebolt.
HG-JR22K1M (Note 7), HG-JR30K1M, HG-JR37K1M, HG-JR22K1M4 (Note 7), HG-JR30K1M4, HG-JR37K1M4
Cooling fan
connector
65
300
35
130
33
(8)
*1
(Note 3)
*3,4
*1,2
125
65m6
Intake
*2
247
62
45
Eyebolt
(Note 5, 8)
Exhaust
174
163
220
250
62
63
CE05-2A14S-2P
Encoder connector
MS3102A20-29P
Cooling fan
rotating
direction
KL
140
140
LT
181
150
230h7
133
30
65
*3
*4
M12 screw
Oil seal
Key
Model
Do not use.
1000 r/min
BU
BV
BW
Cooling fan connector
Servo motor flange direction
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M12) for eyebolt.
Variable dimensions
1500 r/min
KL
LT
HG-JR15K1
HG-JR15K14
HG-JR22K1M
HG-JR22K1M4
476
229
174
HG-JR20K1
HG-JR20K14
HG-JR30K1M
HG-JR30K1M4
538
291
236
HG-JR25K1
HG-JR25K14
HG-JR37K1M
HG-JR37K1M4
600
353
298
[Unit: mm]
150
65
300
140
140
LT
KL
280
247
Eyebolt
(Note 5, 9)
63
35
*1
(Note 3)
*1,2
*3,4
147
210
140
Intake
80m6
202
*2
45
80
M16 screw
192
250
Exhaust
Cooling fan
rotating
direction
80
Oil seal
39
70
*3
250h7
133
305
00
*4
(9)
Key
Do not use.
BU
BW
Model
1000 r/min
BV
*1, *2, *3, and *4 are screw holes (M16) for eyebolt.
HG-JR30K1
HG-JR30K14
HG-JR37K1
HG-JR37K14
Variable dimensions
L
KL
LT
HG-JR45K1M4
600
330
275
HG-JR55K1M4
664
394
339
1500 r/min
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies.
2. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
3. Leave a clearance of at least 150 mm between the intake side of the servo
motor and wall.
4. Prevent oil, water, dust, and other foreign matter from entering the servo motor
through the lead hole.
5. A washer is placed between the eyebolt and the servo motor to adjust the bolt angle.
2-39
6. The terminal block in the terminal box consists of M10 screws for the motor
power input (U, V, and W),
7. HG-JR22K1M/HG-JR22K1M4 have been modified from September 2014 production.
Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for the previous dimensions.
8. When using the servo motor without the eyebolt, plug the threaded hole with a
bolt of M12 20 or shorter.
9. When using the servo motor without the eyebolt, plug the threaded hole with a
bolt of M16 20 or shorter.
45
L
38
10
100
45
(Note 3)
50.9
95h7
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
24h6
40
(Note 3)
Servo Amplifiers
35
15
1
94.8
Oil seal
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
13
KL
44
Electromagnetic brake
(Note 2)
(PE)
Key
E F
D H G
A
C
B
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
Model
KL
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
HG-RR103(B)
69.5
HG-RR153(B)
170.5
(208)
94.5
HG-RR203(B)
195.5
(233)
119.5
[Unit: mm]
L
145.5
(183)
U
V
Power connector
CE05-2A22-23P
HG-RR353(B), HG-RR503(B)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
130
63
38.2 (42)
12
45
58
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
50.9
(Note 3)
65
Oil seal
117.4
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
45
LVS/Wires
(Note 3)
110h7
28h6
(Note 3)
13
KL
Power connector
CE05-2A24-10P
46
(PE)
D
C
E
G
B
Key
F
A
Model
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
L
KL
HG-RR353(B)
215.5
(252)
147.5
HG-RR503(B)
272.5
(309)
204.5
Product List
Electromagnetic brake
(Note 2)
2-40
Cautions
[Unit: mm]
176
55
L
40
13
3
2-M6 screw
50
Sh6
(Note 3)
00
0
114.3 -0.025
(Note 3)
50.9
(Note 3)
30
(Note 3)
45
1
2
(Note 3)
40
Oil seal
141.3
13
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Power connector
CE05-2A22-23P
44
KL
Electromagnetic brake
(Note 2)
(PE)
E F
D H G
A
C
B
U
V
Model
Key
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
KL
HG-UR72(B)
109
(142.5)
38
22
HG-UR152(B)
118.5
(152)
47.5
28
[Unit: mm]
220
65
16
39.2
4
2-M8 screw
60
+0.010
0
35
(Note 3)
35
27
0
200 -0.046
50.9
Oil seal
13
164.9
138.7 (Note 3)
50
(Note 3)
45
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
37.5
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
42
(Note 3)
Electromagnetic brake
connector (Note 3)
MS3102A10SL-4P
53.5
(Note 3)
KL
Power connector
CE05-2A24-10P
47
(PE)
Key
Key
Electromagnetic
brake (Note 2)
Electromagnetic brake connector
Servo motor flange direction
E
G
B
Model
KL
HG-UR202(B)
116.5
(159.5)
42.5
HG-UR352(B)
140.5
(183.5)
66.5
HG-UR502(B)
164.5
(207.5)
90.5
F
A
U
V
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
Variable
dimensions (Note 4)
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
2-41
Model
Output
[W]
HG-KR13(B)G1
50
100
200
HG-KR43(B)G1
400
HG-KR73(B)G1
750
9/44
49/576
25/484
9/44
49/576
25/484
19/96
961/11664
513/9984
19/96
961/11664
7/135
1/5
7/87
625/12544
Item
Mounting method
Output shaft rotating direction
Maximum torque
Permissible speed (at servo motor shaft)
IP rating (reducer part)
Reducer efficiency (Note 3)
0.0820
0.104
0.0860
0.115
0.137
0.119
0.375
0.418
0.391
0.525
0.568
0.881
1.68
2.35
2.41
0.0840
0.106
0.0880
0.121
0.143
0.125
0.397
0.440
0.413
0.547
0.590
0.903
1.79
2.46
2.52
5 times or less
5 times or less
7 times or less
7 times or less
5 times or less
Mass [kg]
With
Standard electromagnetic
brake
1.4
Lubrication
method
Mounting
direction
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
1.6
1.8
2.0
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
3.3
3.7
3.9
4.3
3.7
4.3
5.4
6.0
7.1
10
4.1
4.7
5.8
7.0
8.1
11
Specifications
Flange mounting
Same as the servo motor output shaft direction
60 minutes or less at reducer output shaft
Backlash (Note 4)
With
Standard electromagnetic
brake
HG-KR23(B)G1
1/5
1/12
1/20
1/5
1/12
1/20
1/5
1/12
1/20
1/5
1/12
1/20
1/5
1/12
1/20
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
HG-KR053(B)G1
Reduction
ratio
Actual
reduction
ratio
Servo Amplifiers
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
4. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
2-42
Drawing is schematic only, and the shapes or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor. Refer to "Servo
Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
L
LR
LG
LK
LD
LH
4-M
45
LC
S
KB
KA
(LE)
Encoder
connector
LT
Power connector
LP (Note 3)
KL
Power connector
(Note 3)
3
4
13
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
LP (Note 3)
Model
HG-KR053(B)G1
[Unit: mm]
Reduction ratio
(Actual reduction ratio)
1/5
110.1
(9/44)
(150.7)
LA
LC
LD
LE
LH
LK
KL
LG
LR
KA
34.5
25
60.5
36
38
35
74
KB
LT
LP
67.5
1/12
(49/576)
128.9
1/20
(169.5)
(25/484)
HG-KR13(B)G1
LT
Power connector
Encoder connector
1
2
3
4
1/5
126.1
(9/44)
(166.7)
86.3
75
60h7
65
51
16h6
6.5
8
83.5
37.1
(38.8)
11.7
(58.8)
1/12
(49/576)
144.9
1/20
(185.5)
102.3
(25/484)
HG-KR23(B)G1
1/5
129.8
(19/96)
(166.6)
(961/11664)
149.6
1/20
(186.4)
(513/9984)
HG-KR43(B)G1
HG-KR73(B)G1
76
89.6
1/12
1/5
151.5
(19/96)
(188.3)
1/12
171.3
(961/11664)
(208.1)
1/20
175.3
(7/135)
(212.1)
1/5
177
(1/5)
(217.3)
1/12
199
(7/87)
(239.3)
1/20
212
(625/12544)
(252.3)
75
100
82h7
90
109.4
25h6
46
76
111.3
10
75
95h7
100
81
32h6
83
140
115h7
120
98
(57.8)
9
11.8
131.1
83
115
47.1
(47.1)
40h6
9.5
135.1
10
134.6
9.5
156.6
11.5
15
169.6
39
50
90
56
44.5
60
105.5
57.1
(57.1)
(63.1)
14
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
2-43
Model
Output
[W]
Reduction ratio
HG-KR13(B)G5
HG-KR73(B)G5
100
200
400
750
10 times or less
10 times or less
14 times or less
14 times or less
10 times or less
0.55
1.1
0.56
With
electromagnetic
brake
Lubrication
method
Mounting
direction
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
0.75
1.3
0.76
1.2
1.4
0.75
1.3
0.95
1.5
1.4
1.6
2.6
2.8
1.8
1.9
2.2
2.3
3.4
3.8
2.3
2.7
3.9
4.3
6.0
6.4
4.8
5.1
5.8
6.1
7.2
8.2
Specifications
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Item
Mounting method
0.0507
0.115
0.0497
0.107
0.0980
0.0920
0.0920
0.0872
0.152
0.144
0.135
0.146
0.145
0.444
0.446
0.741
0.695
0.694
0.594
0.969
0.891
0.943
0.937
2.02
1.93
2.12
1.90
1.90
Standard
HG-KR43(B)G5
0.0485
0.113
0.0475
0.105
0.0960
0.0900
0.0900
0.0812
0.146
0.138
0.129
0.140
0.139
0.422
0.424
0.719
0.673
0.672
0.572
0.947
0.869
0.921
0.915
1.91
1.82
2.01
1.79
1.79
Mass [kg]
HG-KR23(B)G5
50
Standard
HG-KR053(B)G5
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
Servo Amplifiers
With flange-output type reducer for high precision applications, flange mounting: G5
Flange mounting
Same as the servo motor output shaft direction
3 minutes or less at reducer output shaft
Three times of the rated torque
(Refer to HG-KR series specifications in this catalog for the rated torque.)
6000 r/min (permissible instantaneous speed: 6900 r/min)
Equivalent to IP44
LVS/Wires
1/5 (60 60), 1/11, 1/21, 1/33 and 1/45 of HG-KR053(B)G5: 22% to 41%
1/5 (40 40) and 1/9 of HG-KR053(B)G5, and HG-KR13(B)G5 to HG-KR73(B)G5: 58% to 87%
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
4. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
Product List
Cautions
2-44
Drawing is schematic only, and the shapes or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor. Refer to "Servo
Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
For forward rotation command
L
LM
LK
LG
N-P screw
depth R
LH
LD
4-M
45
LE
LC
KB
KA
LF
L
L
(Note 5)
LT
Encoder connector
Power connector
KL
1
2
13
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
Model
Reduction ratio
1/5 (40 40)
1/5 (60 60) (Note 5)
HG-KR053(B)G5
1/ 9
Power connector
LT
1
Encoder connector
(Note 3)
Power connector
LP (Note 3)
LP (Note 3)
[Unit: mm]
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
46
18
40h7
40
24
5H7
15
LG
LH
LK
LM
KL
+0.25
-0.20
2.5
34.5
63.3
70
30
56h7
60
40
14H7
3.4
21
+0.4
-0.5
56
87.8
5.5
2.5
34.5
63.3
3.4
56
87.8
5.5
46
18
40h7
40
24
5H7
15
+0.25
-0.20
70
30
56h7
60
40
14H7
21
+0.4
-0.5
KA
KB
LT
LP
1/11 (Note 5)
1/21 (Note 5)
130.4
1/33 (Note 5)
(171)
M4
36
1/45 (Note 5)
1/5 (40 40)
1/5 (60 60) (Note 5)
HG-KR13(B)G5
HG-KR23(B)G5
1/11 (Note 5)
1/21 (Note 5)
(187)
148.9
1/45 (Note 5)
(189.5)
1/5
140.6
1/11
(177.4)
1/21 (Note 5)
1/33 (Note 5)
1/5
HG-KR73(B)G5
146.4
1/33 (Note 5)
1/45 (Note 5)
HG-KR43(B)G5
121.9
(162.5)
147.6
(184.4)
162.3
(199.1)
1/11
169.3
1/21
(206.1)
1/33
181.3
1/45
(218.1)
1/5
190
1/11
(230.3)
1/21
1/33
1/45
200
(240.3)
46
18
40h7
40
24
5H7
15
+0.25
-0.20
2.5
34.5
79.3
70
30
56h7
60
40
14H7
21
+0.4
-0.5
56
103.8
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
27
+0.4
-0.5
10
56.5
106.3
56
3.4
5.5
M6
10
100.4
M4
5.5
M6
10
M4
5.5
70
30
56h7
60
40
14H7
21
+0.4
-0.5
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
27
+0.4
-0.5
10
61
107.4
70
30
56h7
60
40
14H7
21
+0.4
-0.5
56
122.1
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
27
+0.4
-0.5
10
61
129.1
M6
10
135
60
115h7
120
84
32H7
35
+0.4
-0.5
13
13
70
141.1
M8
12
11
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
27
+0.4
-0.5
10
68
147.6
M6
10
135
60
115h7
120
84
32H7
35
+0.4
-0.5
13
13
75
157.6
M8
12
11
46
37.1
(38.8)
11.7
(58.8)
47.1
(47.1)
(57.8)
11.8
56
57.1
(57.1)
(63.1)
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Lead out the power cable in opposite direction of the motor shaft.
2-45
Model
Output
[W]
HG-KR13(B)G7
HG-KR73(B)G7
100
200
400
750
10 times or less
10 times or less
14 times or less
14 times or less
10 times or less
0.58
1.2
0.58
With
electromagnetic
brake
Lubrication
method
Mounting
direction
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
0.78
1.4
0.78
1.3
1.5
0.78
1.4
0.98
1.6
1.5
1.7
3.0
3.2
1.9
2.0
2.3
2.4
3.8
4.2
2.4
2.8
4.3
4.7
7.4
7.8
5.2
5.5
6.2
6.5
8.6
9.6
Specifications
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Item
Mounting method
0.0534
0.121
0.0514
0.108
0.0980
0.0920
0.0920
0.0899
0.158
0.145
0.135
0.147
0.145
0.450
0.446
0.743
0.696
0.694
0.600
0.977
0.893
0.949
0.940
2.06
1.94
2.14
1.91
1.90
Standard
HG-KR43(B)G7
50
0.0512
0.119
0.0492
0.106
0.0960
0.0900
0.0900
0.0839
0.152
0.139
0.129
0.141
0.139
0.428
0.424
0.721
0.674
0.672
0.578
0.955
0.871
0.927
0.918
1.95
1.83
2.03
1.80
1.79
With
electromagnetic
brake
Mass [kg]
HG-KR23(B)G7
Standard
HG-KR053(B)G7
Reduction ratio
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
Servo Amplifiers
With shaft-output type reducer for high precision applications, flange mounting: G7
Flange mounting
Same as the servo motor output shaft direction
3 minutes or less at reducer output shaft
Three times of the rated torque
(Refer to HG-KR series specifications in this catalog for the rated torque.)
6000 r/min (permissible instantaneous speed: 6900 r/min)
Equivalent to IP44
LVS/Wires
1/5 (60 60), 1/11, 1/21, 1/33 and 1/45 of HG-KR053(B)G7: 22% to 41%
1/5 (40 40) and 1/9 of HG-KR053(B)G7, and HG-KR13(B)G7 to HG-KR73(B)G7: 58% to 87%
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
4. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
Product List
Cautions
2-46
Drawing is schematic only, and the shapes or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor. Refer to "Servo
Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
For forward rotation command
L
LM
LK
LG
LR
LD
Q
LH
45
4-M
LC
LE
KB
KA
LA
Power connector
(Note 6)
Encoder connector
LT
KL
LP (Note 3)
Power connector
13
9
1/5 (40 40)
1/5 (60 60) (Note 6)
HG-KR053(B)G7
1/ 9
Reduction ratio
Model
1
Encoder connector
LP (Note 3)
Power connector
LT
When the cables are led out in opposite direction of load side
3
4
1
2
(Note 3)
[Unit: mm]
LA
LC
LD
LE
LG
LH
LR
LK
LM
KL
46
40h7
40
29
10h7
15
2.5
20
42
34.5
63.3
3.4
70
56h7
60
40
16h7
21
28
58
56
87.8
5.5
46
40h7
40
29
10h7
15
2.5
20
42
34.5
63.3
3.4
70
56h7
60
40
16h7
21
28
58
56
87.8
5.5
KA
KB
LT
LP
1/11 (Note 6)
1/21 (Note 6)
130.4
1/33 (Note 6)
(171)
36
1/45 (Note 6)
1/5 (40 40)
1/5 (60 60) (Note 6)
HG-KR13(B)G7
HG-KR23(B)G7
1/11 (Note 6)
1/21 (Note 6)
(187)
148.9
1/45 (Note 6)
(189.5)
1/5
140.6
1/11
(177.4)
1/21 (Note 6)
1/33 (Note 6)
1/5
HG-KR73(B)G7
146.4
1/33 (Note 6)
1/45 (Note 6)
HG-KR43(B)G7
121.9
(162.5)
147.6
(184.4)
162.3
(199.1)
1/11
169.3
1/21
(206.1)
1/33
181.3
1/45
(218.1)
1/5
190
1/11
(230.3)
1/21
1/33
1/45
200
(240.3)
46
40h7
40
29
10h7
15
2.5
20
42
34.5
79.3
3.4
70
56h7
60
40
16h7
21
28
58
56
103.8
5.5
105
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
56.5
106.3
70
56h7
60
40
16h7
21
28
58
56
100.4
5.5
105
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
61
107.4
70
56h7
60
40
16h7
21
28
58
56
122.1
5.5
105
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
61
129.1
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
70
141.1
11
105
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
68
147.6
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
75
157.6
11
46
37.1
(38.8)
11.7
(58.8)
47.1
(47.1)
(57.8)
11.8
56
57.1
(57.1)
(63.1)
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
6. Lead out the power cable in opposite direction of the motor shaft.
7. HG-KR_(B)G7K is also available for key shaft motor (with key). Refer to the following page for the shaft-end shape.
2-47
Standard HG-KR_(B)G1 (with reducer for general industrial machines) has a straight shaft. Key shaft (with key) is also
available as a special specification. Contact your local sales office for more details.
Standard HG-KR_(B)G7 (with shaft-output type reducer for high precision applications, flange mounting) has a straight shaft.
HG-KR_(B)G7K is also available for key shaft motor (with key). Refer to the following for the shaft-end shape.
QK
10
20
15
2.5
16
28
25
10
20
15
2.5
16
28
25
M4 screw
Depth: 8
1/11
1/33
20
15
2.5
16
28
25
M4 screw
Depth: 8
25
42
36
M6 screw
Depth: 12
16
28
25
M4 screw
Depth: 8
1/33
25
42
36
M6 screw
Depth: 12
1/5
16
28
25
M4 screw
Depth: 8
25
42
36
M6 screw
Depth: 12
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
25
42
36
M6 screw
Depth: 12
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
1/33
1/45
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/45
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
HG-KR73(B)G7K
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
[Unit: mm]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-KR43(B)G7K
QK
10
1/21
HG-KR23(B)G7K
M3 screw
Depth: 6
HG-KR13(B)G7K
1/45
1/5
(40 40)
1/5
(60 60)
1/11
1/21
M3 screw
Depth: 6
M4 screw
Depth: 8
M3 screw
Depth: 6
Sh7
HG-KR053(B)G7K
Variable dimensions
S
Model
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. Single pointed key is attached.
3. The dimensions not mentioned in the drawings are the same as those of the straight shaft. Refer to HG-KR_(B)G7 dimensions in this catalog.
Product List
Cautions
2-48
HG-SR52(B)G1
HG-SR524(B)G1
HG-SR102(B)G1
HG-SR1024(B)G1
HG-SR152(B)G1
HG-SR1524(B)G1
HG-SR202(B)G1
HG-SR2024(B)G1
HG-SR352(B)G1
HG-SR3524(B)G1
HG-SR502(B)G1
HG-SR5024(B)G1
HG-SR702(B)G1
HG-SR7024(B)G1
Output
[kW]
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
7.0
Reduction ratio
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
Standard
8.08
7.65
7.53
7.47
8.26
8.22
8.18
14.8
13.3
12.9
12.6
12.6
13.8
19.1
19.2
17.7
17.3
18.4
18.3
23.6
23.5
50.0
48.4
48.1
54.8
54.5
54.3
54.2
87.1
82.8
81.5
86.6
86.3
105
104
126
114
110
141
140
139
138
177
190
182
192
192
267
266
With
electromagnetic
brake
10.3
9.85
9.73
9.67
10.5
10.4
10.4
17.0
15.5
15.1
14.8
14.8
16.0
21.3
21.4
19.9
19.5
20.6
20.5
25.8
25.7
59.4
57.8
57.5
64.2
63.9
63.7
63.6
96.5
92.2
90.9
96.0
95.7
114
113
135
123
119
150
150
149
147
187
199
192
202
201
277
275
Permissible load to
motor inertia ratio (Note 2)
(when converted into
the servo motor shaft)
Mass [kg]
Standard
With
electromagnetic
brake
18
20
4 times or less
4 times or less
4 times or less
Lubrication
method (Note 5)
Mounting
direction
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
Any direction
27
29
30
32
Grease
(filled)
49
81
51
83
Oil (Note 3)
31
33
Grease
(filled)
50
52
82
84
36
42
Grease
(filled)
87
93
Oil (Note 3)
60
66
92
98
134
140
Oil
96
102
Oil (Note 3)
Oil (Note 3)
4 times or less
4 times or less
Oil (Note 3)
(Note 4)
Any direction
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Any direction
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Shaft horizontal
4 times or less
4 times or less
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
165
171
Oil
103
109
Oil (Note 3)
145
151
172
178
240
246
Oil
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. Use the grease lubricated servo motor (special specification) instead of the oil lubricated for applications where the servo motor moves.
4. Do not mount the servo motor in a way tilted to the shaft direction or to the shaft rotation direction. Refer to the asterisk 1 of "Annotations for Geared Servo Motor
Specifications" on p. 2-59 in this catalog. Note that servo motors with special specifications may be available to be mounted with other than the shaft horizontal.
Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for the available models.
5. Be sure to fill the reducer with lubricant oil since the oil is removed before the shipment.
2-49
Specifications
Flange mounting
Equivalent to IP44
85% to 94%
Notes: 1. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
2. This is a designed value, not guaranteed value.
3. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
2-50
Drawing is schematic only, and the oil cap, the shapes, or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor.
Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
KL
LP (Note 3)
KB
KD
50.9
13
KA
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
LR
H
LT
LG
K
Z
QK
LCf8
LD
LK
LW
KE
Main key
Position mark
Reduction ratio
(PE)
Key
C
B
D
A
LS
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Electromagnetic brake connector
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P (1.5 kW or smaller)
MS3102A22-22P (2 kW to 5 kW)
MS3102A32-17P (7 kW)
A
L
(Note 3)
(Side view of the motor only)
IE
Oil cap
KC
V
U
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
Sh6
A-A
[Unit: mm]
LA
LC
LD
LG
LK
LR
IE
KL
119
60.7
(95.2)
KA
LP
LT
LS
KE
KB
KD
KC
QK
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
20.9
132
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
69
132
60.7
(95.2)
230
76
145
20
300
89
210
13
204
260
15
230
LW
13.5 (29)
58
4-11
45
108
112.5
(79.9)
130
35
32
28
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
30
117
112.5
(79.9)
130
55
50
38
10
20.9
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
30
117
112.5
(79.9)
130
55
50
38
10
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
60
164
112.5
(79.9)
130
70
56
50
5.5
14
192
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
60
219
112.5
(79.9)
130
90
80
60
11
18
69
132
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
30
117
112.5
(79.9)
130
55
50
38
10
76
145
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
60
164
112.5
(79.9)
130
70
56
50
5.5
14
20.9
(59)
38.2
(43.5)
13.5 (29)
58
6-11
60
219
112.5
(79.9)
130
90
80
60
11
18
1/6
1/11
HG-SR52(B)G1
HG-SR524(B)G1
275
(309.5)
134
267.5
(302)
180
140
210
13
204
69
281.5
(316)
180
140
210
13
204
1/43
327
(361.5)
230
200
260
15
1/59
384.5
(419)
310
270
340
295.5
(330)
180
140
341
(375.5)
230
200
1/17
110
160
150
48
M8 screw
Depth: 20
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
HG-SR102(B)G1
HG-SR1024(B)G1
1/29
1/35
1/6
1/11
HG-SR152(B)G1
HG-SR1524(B)G1
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR202(B)G1
HG-SR2024(B)G1
M8 screw
Depth: 20
1/17
M10 screw
Depth: 18
M8 screw
Depth: 20
M10 screw
Depth: 18
398.5
(433)
310
270
340
20
300
89
192
60.7
(95.2)
305.5
(355)
180
140
210
13
204
69
142
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
6-11
30
117
140.9
(96.9)
176
55
50
38
10
M8 screw
Depth: 20
402.5
(452)
310
270
340
20
300
89
181
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
6-11
60
219
140.9
(96.9)
176
90
80
60
11
18
M10 screw
Depth: 18
372
(421.5)
230
200
260
15
230
76
145
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
6-11
60
164
140.9
(96.9)
176
70
56
50
5.5
14
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
6-11
60
219
140.9
(96.9)
176
90
80
60
11
18
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR352(B)G1
HG-SR3524(B)G1
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR502(B)G1
HG-SR5024(B)G1
1/17
M10 screw
Depth: 18
426.5
(476)
310
270
340
20
300
89
181
63.7
(113.2)
466
(515.5)
360
316
400
22
340
94
181
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
8-14
22.5
258
140.9
(96.9)
176
90
80
70
12
7.5
20
M12 screw
Depth: 24
442.5
(492)
310
270
340
20
300
89
181
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
6-11
60
219
140.9
(96.9)
176
90
80
60
11
18
M10 screw
Depth: 18
506
(555.5)
390
345
430
22
370
110
176
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
8-18
22.5
279
140.9
(96.9)
176
110
100
80
14
22
M12 screw
Depth: 24
482.5
(532)
310
270
340
20
300
89
181
71.7
(121.2)
32
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
6-11
60
219
149.1
(96.9)
176
90
80
60
11
18
M10 screw
Depth: 18
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR702(B)G1
HG-SR7024(B)G1
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
522
(571.5)
360
316
400
22
340
94
181
71.7
(121.2)
32
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
8-14
22.5
258
149.1
(96.9)
176
90
80
70
12
7.5
20
546
(595.5)
390
345
430
22
370
110
176
71.7
(121.2)
32
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
8-18
22.5
279
149.1
(96.9)
176
110
100
80
14
22
602
(651.5)
450
400
490
30
430
145
210
71.7
(121.2)
32
(66.5)
38.5
(45.5)
(44)
82
12-18
15
320
149.1
(96.9)
176
135
125
95
14
25
M12 screw
Depth: 24
M20 screw
Depth: 34
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Be sure to fill the reducer with lubricant oil since the oil is removed before the shipment.
2-51
Model
HG-SR152(B)G1H
HG-SR1524(B)G1H
HG-SR502(B)G1H
HG-SR5024(B)G1H
3.5
5.0
7.0
Standard
20
Lubrication
With
method (Note 5)
electromagnetic
brake
22
4 times or less
4 times or less
4 times or less
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
Any direction
28
30
31
33
Grease
(filled)
50
86
52
88
Oil (Note 3)
32
34
Grease
(filled)
51
53
87
89
37
43
Grease
(filled)
92
98
Oil (Note 3)
61
67
97
103
137
143
Oil
101
107
Oil (Note 3)
Oil (Note 3)
4 times or less
4 times or less
Oil (Note 3)
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Any direction
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Any direction
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Shaft horizontal
4 times or less
4 times or less
Mounting
direction
(Note 4)
178
184
Oil
108
114
Oil (Note 3)
148
154
185
191
256
262
Oil
LVS/Wires
HG-SR702(B)G1H
HG-SR7024(B)G1H
2.0
10.3
9.85
9.73
9.67
10.5
10.4
10.4
17.0
15.5
15.1
14.8
14.8
16.0
21.3
21.4
19.9
19.5
20.6
20.5
25.8
25.7
59.4
57.8
57.5
64.2
63.9
63.7
63.6
96.5
92.2
90.9
96.0
95.7
114
113
135
123
119
150
150
149
147
187
199
192
202
201
277
275
Mass [kg]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-SR352(B)G1H
HG-SR3524(B)G1H
1.5
8.08
7.65
7.53
7.47
8.26
8.22
8.18
14.8
13.3
12.9
12.6
12.6
13.8
19.1
19.2
17.7
17.3
18.4
18.3
23.6
23.5
50.0
48.4
48.1
54.8
54.5
54.3
54.2
87.1
82.8
81.5
86.6
86.3
105
104
126
114
110
141
140
139
138
177
190
182
192
192
267
266
Permissible load to
motor inertia ratio (Note 2)
(when converted into
the servo motor shaft)
HG-SR202(B)G1H
HG-SR2024(B)G1H
1.0
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/6
1/11
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
Standard
With
electromagnetic
brake
HG-SR102(B)G1H
HG-SR1024(B)G1H
0.5
Reduction ratio
HG-SR52(B)G1H
HG-SR524(B)G1H
Output
[kW]
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
Servo Amplifiers
Shaft horizontal
(Note 4)
Product List
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. Use the grease lubricated servo motor (special specification) instead of the oil lubricated for applications where the servo motor moves.
4. Do not mount the servo motor in a way tilted to the shaft direction or to the shaft rotation direction. Refer to the asterisk 1 of "Annotations for Geared Servo Motor
Specifications" on p. 2-59 in this catalog. Note that servo motors with special specifications may be available to be mounted with other than the shaft horizontal.
Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for the available models.
5. Be sure to fill the reducer with lubricant oil since the oil is removed before the shipment.
Cautions
2-52
Specifications
Foot mounting
Opposite from the servo motor output shaft direction
40 minutes to 2 at reducer output shaft (Note 2)
Three times of the rated torque
(Refer to HG-SR 2000 r/min series specifications in this catalog for the rated torque.)
For grease lubrication: 3000 r/min (permissible instantaneous speed: 3450 r/min)
For oil lubrication: 2000 r/min (permissible instantaneous speed: 2300 r/min)
Equivalent to IP44
85% to 94%
Notes: 1. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
2. This is a designed value, not guaranteed value.
3. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
2-53
Drawing is schematic only, and the oil cap, the shapes, or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor.
Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
KL
KA
KD
13
QK
Oil cap
LB
KE
FE
FC
FA
FA
Main key
Position mark
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P (1.5 kW or smaller)
MS3102A22-22P (2 kW to 5 kW)
MS3102A32-17P (7 kW)
FD
FF
4-Z
FG
(PE)
FH
Key
C
B
FG
D
A
Sh6
V
U
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
A-A
[Unit: mm]
LA
LB
LK
LS
LT
LP
LW
KL
KA
KB
KD
KC
KE
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
FG
FH
QK
323
(357.5)
100
219
150
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
121
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
11
45
135
60
15
12
40
75
180
35
32
28
336.5
(371)
120
252
204
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
131
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
14
57.5
155
82
20
15
55
95
230
55
50
38
10
350.5
(385)
120
252
204
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
131
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
14
57.5
155
82
20
15
55
95
230
55
50
38
10
1/43
403
(437.5)
150
295
230
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
170
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
18
72.5
195
100
25
22
65
145
330
70
56
50
5.5
14
1/59
473.5
(508)
160
352
300
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
218
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
18
75
238
139
44
25
75
185
410
90
80
60
11
18
364.5
(399)
120
252
204
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
131
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
14
57.5
155
82
20
15
55
95
230
55
50
38
10
417
(451.5)
150
295
230
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
(59)
13.5
170
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
18
72.5
195
100
25
22
65
145
330
70
56
50
5.5
14
(59)
13.5
218
60.7
(95.2)
20.9
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
18
75
238
139
44
25
75
185
410
90
80
60
11
18
1/6
1/11
HG-SR52(B)G1H
HG-SR524(B)G1H
1/17
M8 screw
Depth: 20
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
Reduction ratio
FB
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Model
(Note 3)
LA
LS
LW
LK
50.9
LT
LP (Note 3)
KB
KC
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
1/6
1/11
HG-SR102(B)G1H
HG-SR1024(B)G1H
1/35
1/6
1/11
HG-SR152(B)G1H
HG-SR1524(B)G1H
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/43
1/59
1/17
M10 screw
Depth: 18
M8 screw
Depth: 20
M10 screw
Depth: 18
487.5
(522)
160
352
300
(29)
38.2
(43.5)
374.5
(424)
120
262
204
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
131
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
14
57.5
155
82
20
15
55
95
230
55
50
38
10
M8 screw
Depth: 20
491.5
(541)
160
341
300
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
218
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
18
75
238
139
44
25
75
185
410
90
80
60
11
18
M10 screw
Depth: 18
448
(497.5)
150
295
230
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
170
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
18
72.5
195
100
25
22
65
145
330
70
56
50
5.5
14
(66.5)
218
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
18
75
238
139
44
25
75
185
410
90
80
60
11
18
1/29
1/35
1/43
LVS/Wires
1/6
1/11
HG-SR202(B)G1H
HG-SR2024(B)G1H
M8 screw
Depth: 20
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
1/17
1/29
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR352(B)G1H
HG-SR3524(B)G1H
1/17
1/29
1/35
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR502(B)G1H
HG-SR5024(B)G1H
1/17
160
341
300
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
560
(609.5)
200
381
340
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
262
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
22
137.5
335
125
30
30
80
190
430
90
80
70
12
7.5
20
M12 screw
Depth: 24
531.5
(581)
160
341
300
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
218
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
18
75
238
139
44
25
75
185
410
90
80
60
11
18
M10 screw
Depth: 18
616
(665.5)
220
405
370
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
279
63.7
(113.2)
24.8
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
22
160
380
145
30
30
85
210
470
110
100
80
14
22
M12 screw
Depth: 24
571.5
(621)
160
341
300
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
218
71.7
(121.2)
32
149.1
(96.9)
176
82
18
75
238
139
44
25
75
185
410
90
80
60
11
18
M10 screw
Depth: 18
1/29
1/35
1/43
Product List
1/43
M10 screw
Depth: 18
515.5
(565)
1/59
1/6
1/11
HG-SR702(B)G1H
HG-SR7024(B)G1H
1/17
1/29
1/43
1/59
200
381
340
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
262
71.7
(121.2)
32
149.1
(96.9)
176
82
22
137.5
335
125
30
30
80
190
430
90
80
70
12
7.5
20
656
(705.5)
220
405
370
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
279
71.7
(121.2)
32
149.1
(96.9)
176
82
22
160
380
145
30
30
85
210
470
110
100
80
14
22
747
(796.5)
250
465
430
(44)
38.5
(45.5)
(66.5)
330
71.7
(121.2)
32
149.1
(96.9)
176
82
26
190
440
170
30
35
90
240
530
135
125
95
14
25
M12 screw
Depth: 24
M20 screw
Depth: 34
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Be sure to fill the reducer with lubricant oil since the oil is removed before the shipment.
2-54
Cautions
1/35
616
(665.5)
HG-SR52(B)G5
HG-SR524(B)G5
HG-SR102(B)G5
HG-SR1024(B)G5
HG-SR152(B)G5
HG-SR1524(B)G5
Output
[kW]
Reduction ratio
0.5
1.0
1.5
HG-SR202(B)G5
HG-SR2024(B)G5
2.0
HG-SR352(B)G5
HG-SR3524(B)G5
3.5
HG-SR502(B)G5
HG-SR5024(B)G5
5.0
HG-SR702(B)G5
HG-SR7024(B)G5
7.0
Item
Mounting method
Output shaft rotating direction
Backlash (Note 4)
Maximum torque
Permissible speed (at servo motor shaft)
IP rating (reducer part)
Reducer efficiency (Note 3)
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
Standard
Permissible load to
motor inertia ratio (Note 2)
With
(when converted into the
electromagnetic
servo motor shaft)
brake
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
1/11
1/21
7.91
7.82
10.2
9.96
9.96
12.3
14.9
14.5
16.3
16.2
16.7
19.3
21.7
20.7
20.6
51.4
51.2
53.2
52.2
52.2
83.2
86.7
85.0
10.1
10.0
12.4
12.2
12.2
14.5
17.1
16.7
18.5
18.4
18.9
21.5
23.9
22.9
22.8
61.1
60.9
62.9
61.9
61.9
92.8
96.3
94.6
1/5
110
119
1/11
108
117
1/5
161
171
10 times or less
10 times or less
10 times or less
10 times or less
10 times or less
10 times or less
10 times or less
Mass [kg]
Standard
7.6
7.8
12
With
electromagnetic
brake
Lubrication
method
Mounting
direction
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
9.5
9.7
14
9.0
11
13
15
23
25
11
14
13
16
24
26
19
25
29
35
24
30
34
40
36
42
38
44
43
49
Specifications
Flange mounting
Same as the servo motor output shaft direction
3 minutes or less at reducer output shaft
Three times of the rated torque
(Refer to HG-SR 2000 r/min series specifications in this catalog for the rated torque.)
3000 r/min (permissible instantaneous speed: 3450 r/min)
Equivalent to IP44
77% to 92%
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
4. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
2-55
With flange-output type reducer for high precision applications, flange mounting
HG-SR_(B)G5
Drawing is schematic only, and the shapes or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor. Refer to "Servo
Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
LM
LT
KC
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
LG
LK LH
LD
(Note 5)
60
45
KD
50.9
LF
LE
LC
B
L
KB
(Note 3)
13
LS
LP
(Note 3)
LW
KL
Front view A
KE
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
Main key
Position mark
45
.5
22
(PE)
Key
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P (1.5 kW or smaller)
MS3102A22-22P (2 kW to 5 kW)
MS3102A32-17P (7 kW)
622.5 ( = 135)
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
Electromagnetic
brake connector
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
HG-SR52(B)G5
HG-SR524(B)G5
ratio
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
1/5
213.5
(248)
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
27
225.5
(260)
135
60
115h7
120
84
32H7
227.5
(262)
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
HG-SR102(B)G5
HG-SR1024(B)G5
1/11
1/21
1/33
120
84
32H7
KL
LP
LW
LS
KB
KD
KC
KE
view
+0.4
-0.5
10
85
38.2
(43.5)
152.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
M6
10
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
35
+0.4
-0.5
13
13
94
38.2
(43.5)
164.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
M8
12
11
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
27
+0.4
-0.5
10
85
38.2
(43.5)
166.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
M6
10
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
35
+0.4
-0.5
94
38.2
(43.5)
178.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
M8
12
11
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
13
13
100
165h8
170
122
47H7
53
13
16
107
194.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
14
M8
12
14
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
105
45
85h7
90
59
24H7
27
+0.4
-0.5
10
85
38.2
(43.5)
180.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
M6
10
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
1/11
253.5
(288)
135
60
115h7
120
84
32H7
35
+0.4
-0.5
13
13
94
38.2
(43.5)
192.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
M8
12
11
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
269.5
(304)
190
100
165h8
170
122
47H7
53
+0.5
-0.8
13
16
107
38.2
(43.5)
208.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
14
M8
12
14
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
38.5
(45.5)
203.8
(66.5)
(44)
M8
12
11
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
1/21
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/21
1/5
1/11
1/5
135
60
115h7
120
84
32H7
35
+0.4
-0.5
13
13
116
(Note 5)
287.5
(337)
190
100
165h8
170
122
47H7
53
+0.5
-0.8
13
16
133
(Note 5)
38.5
(45.5)
223.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
M8
12
14
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
291.5
(341)
135
60
115h7
120
84
32H7
35
+0.4
-0.5
13
13
116
(Note 5)
38.5
(45.5)
227.8
(66.5)
(44)
M8
12
11
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
13
16
133
(Note 5)
38.5
(45.5)
247.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
M8
12
14
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
13
16
133
(Note 5)
38.5
(45.5)
263.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
M8
12
14
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
16
133
(Note 5)
38.5
(45.5)
295.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
M8
12
14
149.1
(96.9)
176
82
311.5
(361)
190
100
165h8
170
122
47H7
53
+0.5
-0.8
327.5
(377)
190
100
165h8
170
122
47H7
53
+0.5
-0.8
53
+0.5
-0.8
367.5
( 417)
190
100
165h8
170
122
47H7
13
2-56
Cautions
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. The models with (Note 5) in the LM column of the variable dimension table have the maximum dimension of 180 mm 180 mm in this part.
6. For the front view B, the screws are not placed at equal intervals.
Product List
1/5
1/11
267.5
(317)
LVS/Wires
190
241.5
(276)
1/45
HG-SR702(B)G5
HG-SR7024(B)G5
115h7
LT
1/5
1/5
HG-SR502(B)G5
HG-SR5024(B)G5
60
LM
38.2
(43.5)
1/45
HG-SR352(B)G5
HG-SR3524(B)G5
135
LK
+0.5
-0.8
1/33
HG-SR202(B)G5
HG-SR2024(B)G5
239.5
(274)
Front
LH
LG
255.5
(290)
1/45
HG-SR152(B)G5
HG-SR1524(B)G5
[Unit: mm]
Reduction
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Model
Output
[kW]
Reduction ratio
1/5
HG-SR52(B)G7
HG-SR524(B)G7
0.5
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
HG-SR102(B)G7
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1.0
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
HG-SR152(B)G7
HG-SR1524(B)G7
1.5
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
HG-SR202(B)G7
HG-SR2024(B)G7
2.0
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
HG-SR352(B)G7
HG-SR3524(B)G7
3.5
HG-SR502(B)G7
HG-SR5024(B)G7
5.0
HG-SR702(B)G7
HG-SR7024(B)G7
7.0
Item
Mounting method
Output shaft rotating direction
Backlash (Note 4)
Maximum torque
Permissible speed (at servo motor shaft)
IP rating (reducer part)
Reducer efficiency (Note 3)
1/5
1/11
1/21
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2] (Note 1)
Standard
7.95
7.82
10.2
9.96
9.96
12.3
15.0
14.5
16.3
16.3
16.7
19.4
21.7
20.7
20.7
51.7
51.3
53.3
52.2
52.2
83.5
87.0
Permissible load to
motor inertia ratio (Note 2)
With
(when converted into the
electromagnetic
servo motor shaft)
brake
10.2
10.0
12.4
12.2
10 times or less
12.2
14.5
17.2
16.7
18.5
10 times or less
18.5
18.9
21.6
23.9
22.9
10 times or less
61.4
61.0
61.9
10 times or less
61.9
93.1
96.6
85.1
94.7
1/5
111
121
1/11
108
117
1/5
163
173
Standard
With
electromagnetic
brake
8.0
9.9
13
15
9.4
12
15
17
26
28
8.2
11
22.9
63.0
Mass [kg]
10 times or less
10 times or less
10 times or less
Lubrication
method
Mounting
direction
Grease
(filled)
Any direction
11
13
16
18
27
29
20
26
21
27
32
38
25
31
37
43
39
45
41
47
46
52
Specifications
Flange mounting
Same as the servo motor output shaft direction
3 minutes or less at reducer output shaft
Three times of the rated torque
(Refer to HG-SR 2000 r/min series specifications in this catalog for the rated torque.)
3000 r/min (permissible instantaneous speed: 3450 r/min)
Equivalent to IP44
77% to 92%
Notes: 1. The moments of inertia in the table are the values that are converted into motor shaft for the servo motor with reducer (and with electromagnetic brake).
2. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
3. The reducer efficiency varies depending on the reduction ratio. It also changes depending on the conditions of use, such as output torque, speed, and temperature.
The values in the table represent typical values at the rated torque and speed and at the normal temperature. They are not guaranteed values.
4. The backlash can be converted: 1 minute = 0.0167
2-57
Drawing is schematic only, and the shapes or the mounting screws may differ from those of the actual servo motor. Refer to "Servo
Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
Rotation direction
For reverse rotation command
LR
L
LT
KC
LK
LM
LG
4-M
LD
LH
Servo Amplifiers
With shaft-output type reducer for high precision applications, flange mounting
45
LE
LC
S
(Note 6)
50.9
KB
KD
(Note 3)
13
LS
LP
(Note 3)
LW
Electromagnetic
brake connector
CMV1-R2P (Note 3)
Power connector
MS3102A18-10P (1.5 kW or smaller)
MS3102A22-22P (2 kW to 5 kW)
MS3102A32-17P (7 kW)
1/5
HG-SR52(B)G7
HG-SR524(B)G7
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
HG-SR102(B)G7
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1/11
1/21
1/33
[Unit: mm]
LA
LC
LD
LE
LG
LH
LR
LK
LM
LT
KL
LP
LW
LS
KB
KD
KC
KE
213.5
(248)
105
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
85
38.2
(43.5)
152.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
225.5
(260)
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
94
38.2
(43.5)
164.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
11
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
166.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
178.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
11
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
227.5
(262)
105
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
85
38.2
( 43.5)
239.5
(274)
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
94
38.2
(43.5)
165h8
170
122
50h7
53
13
82
156
16
107
194.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
14
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
85h7
90
59
25h7
27
42
80
10
85
38.2
( 43.5)
180.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
1/11
253.5
( 288)
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
94
38.2
( 43.5)
192.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
11
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
208.8
(59)
13.5
(29)
14
112.5
(79.9)
130
58
1/21
1/11
1/21
1/33
1/21
1/5
1/11
1/5
190
165h8
170
122
50h7
53
13
82
156
16
107
38.2
(43.5)
267.5
(317)
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
116
(Note 6)
38.5
(45.5)
203.8
(66.5)
(44)
11
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
38.5
(45.5)
223.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
287.5
(337)
190
165h8
170
122
50h7
53
13
82
156
16
133
(Note 6)
291.5
( 341)
135
115h7
120
84
40h7
35
13
82
133
13
116
(Note 6)
38.5
( 45.5)
227.8
(66.5)
(44)
11
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
16
133
(Note 6)
38.5
(45.5)
247.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
38.5
(45.5)
263.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
140.9
(96.9)
176
82
38.5
( 45.5)
295.8
(66.5)
(44)
14
149.1
(96.9)
176
82
311.5
(361)
190
165h8
170
122
50h7
53
13
82
156
327.5
(377)
190
165h8
170
122
50h7
53
13
82
156
16
133
(Note 6)
367.5
(417)
190
165h8
170
122
50h7
53
13
82
156
16
133
(Note 6)
2-58
Cautions
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated since the outer frame of
the reducer is made by casting. Make allowance for the actual dimensions in the design of a machine.
2. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity.
3. Only for the models with electromagnetic brake.
4. Dimensions in brackets are for the models with electromagnetic brake.
5. Use a friction coupling to fasten a load.
6. The models with (Note 6) in the LM column of the variable dimension table have the maximum dimension of 180 mm 180 mm in this part.
7. HG-SR_(B)G7K is also available for key shaft motor (with key). Refer to the following page for the shaft-end shape.
Product List
1/5
1/11
269.5
(304)
LVS/Wires
190
105
1/45
HG-SR702(B)G7
HG-SR7024(B)G7
Power connector
Servo motor flange direction
241.5
( 276)
1/5
HG-SR502(B)G7
HG-SR5024(B)G7
1/5
1/45
HG-SR352(B)G7
HG-SR3524(B)G7
38.2
(43.5)
1/33
HG-SR202(B)G7
HG-SR2024(B)G7
255.5
(290)
1/45
HG-SR152(B)G7
HG-SR1524(B)G7
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Reduction ratio
Key
Model
(PE)
Main key
Position mark
KL
Encoder connector
CMV1-R10P
KE
HG-SR52(B)G7K
HG-SR524(B)G7K
36
1/33
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
1/5
25
42
36
M6 screw
Depth: 12
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
50
82
14
70
5.5
M10 screw
Depth: 20
1/5
25
42
36
M6 screw
Depth: 12
1/11
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
50
82
14
70
5.5
M10 screw
Depth: 20
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
1/33
50
82
14
70
5.5
M10 screw
Depth: 20
1/5
40
82
12
70
M10 screw
Depth: 20
50
82
14
70
5.5
M10 screw
Depth: 20
1/21
1/11
1/21
1/21
1/33
1/45
1/5
1/11
1/21
1/45
HG-SR352(B)G7K
HG-SR3524(B)G7K
QK
42
1/45
HG-SR202(B)G7K
HG-SR2024(B)G7K
25
1/11
1/33
HG-SR152(B)G7K
HG-SR1524(B)G7K
M6 screw
Depth: 12
1/45
HG-SR102(B)G7K
HG-SR1024(B)G7K
Variable dimensions
S
HG-SR702(B)G7K
HG-SR7024(B)G7K
1/5
1/11
1/5
Notes: 1. The servo motors with special shaft end are not suitable for frequent start/stop applications.
2. Single pointed key is attached.
3. The dimensions not mentioned in the drawings are the same as those of the straight shaft. Refer to HG-SR_(B)G7 dimensions in this catalog.
2-59
QK
1/11
1/21
HG-SR502(B)G7K
HG-SR5024(B)G7K
Sh7
Reduction
ratio
Model
[Unit: mm]
Servo motor
Gear ratio 5 : 8
1
30000
8
= 3000 r/min
1/n
16
5
tpsa = tpsd = t0 -
Speed
[r/min]
3000
Time [s]
0.05
tpsa
0.05
t psd
0.15
JL1 = W
S 10
2
-3
) = 1.52 10
2
-4
kgm2
-4
kgm2
0.23
0
-4
kgm2
0.75
0.05
0.15
Time [s]
1.5
(7) Result
( 1n ) = 0.08 10
2
0.05
2-60
Cautions
DG24
Torque
[Nm]
-0.85
1.84
( ) = 0.24 10
2
= 0.40 Nm
Product List
Ball screw
LB
1
JL2 =
DB4
32
n
= 7.8 103 kg/m3 (iron)
= 0.23 Nm
(2) Moment of inertia of load (converted into the servo motor shaft)
Moving part
Trms =
LVS/Wires
Wg S
2 103 h
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
t0 1.0
ts
1 cycle tf 1.5
TL =
DB
LB
DG1
DG2
LG
N0 =
V0
PB
V0 = 30000 mm/min
R = 400 mm
t0 = within 1 s
40 times/min
tf = 1.5 s)
1/n = 5/8
W = 60 kg
h = 0.8
= 0.2
PB = 16 mm
V0
Servo Amplifiers
1. Selection criteria
MEMO
3
Model Designation........................................3-1
Combinations of Linear Servo Motor and
Servo Amplifier.............................................3-5
Specifications
LM-H3 series................................................3-7
LM-F series...................................................3-9
LM-K2 series..............................................3-11
LM-U2 series..............................................3-13
Dimensions
LM-H3 series..............................................3-15
LM-F series.................................................3-17
LM-K2 series..............................................3-19
LM-U2 series..............................................3-21
Model Designation
LM-H3 series
LM-H3P2 A-07 P-
Symbol
A
B
C
D
Symbol
2
3
7
LM-H3S 20- 2 8 8 -
Symbol
2
3
7
3-1
Model Designation
LM-FP2B-06 M-
Symbol
Symbol
2
4
5
06
12
18
24
36
48
60
Symbol
2
4
5
LVS/Wires
Symbol
480
576
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LM-FS 20-480-
Symbol
M
Servo Amplifiers
LM-F series
3-2
Model Designation
LM-K2 series
LM-K2P1 A-01 M-
LM-K2S 10-288-
Symbol
1
2
3
3-3
Model Designation
LM-U2PAB-05 M-
Servo Amplifiers
LM-U2SA0-240-
LM-U2P2 B-40 M-
LVS/Wires
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Product List
LM-U2S20-300-
3-4
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3S30-288-CSS0,
LM-H3S30-384-CSS0,
LM-H3S30-480-CSS0,
LM-H3S30-768-CSS0
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
LM-H3S70-288-ASS0,
LM-H3S70-384-ASS0,
LM-H3S70-480-ASS0,
LM-H3S70-768-ASS0
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
LM-FS20-480-1SS0,
LM-FS20-576-1SS0
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
LM-F
series
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0
LM-FS40-480-1SS0,
LM-FS40-576-1SS0
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0
LM-FS50-480-1SS0,
LM-FS50-576-1SS0
MR-J4
MR-J4-40B(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ),
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-700B(-RJ),
MR-J4-700A(-RJ)
MR-J4-11KB(-RJ),
MR-J4-11KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-15KB(-RJ),
MR-J4-15KA(-RJ)
MR-J4-22KB4(-RJ),
MR-J4-22KA4(-RJ)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2 (Note 1)
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is available. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
3-5
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-K2
series
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
LM-K2S30-288-1SS1,
LM-K2S30-384-1SS1,
LM-K2S30-480-1SS1,
LM-K2S30-768-1SS1
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2SA0-240-0SS0,
LM-U2SA0-300-0SS0,
LM-U2SA0-420-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
LM-U2
series
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
LVS/Wires
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
LM-U2S20-300-2SS0,
LM-U2S20-480-2SS0
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
LM-U2SB0-240-1SS0,
LM-U2SB0-300-1SS0,
LM-U2SB0-420-1SS0
MR-J4W3-444B
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
MR-J4-500B(-RJ),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-20B(-RJ),
MR-J4-20B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-20A(-RJ),
MR-J4-20A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-20B(-RJ),
MR-J4-20B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-20A(-RJ),
MR-J4-20A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-60B(-RJ),
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
LM-K2S20-288-1SS1,
LM-K2S20-384-1SS1,
LM-K2S20-480-1SS1,
LM-K2S20-768-1SS1
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2 (Note 1)
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1
LM-K2S10-288-2SS1,
LM-K2S10-384-2SS1,
LM-K2S10-480-2SS1,
LM-K2S10-768-2SS1
MR-J4
MR-J4-40B(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-200B(-RJ),
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
Servo Amplifiers
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is available. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
Product List
Cautions
3-6
Notes: 1. The maximum speed of the linear servo motor or the rated speed of the linear encoder, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit of the linear servo motor speed.
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the linear servo motor, without a load and a regenerative option, decelerates from the
maximum speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m = Mass of load/Mass of motor primary side (coil). Take
measures to keep the regenerative power [W] during operation below the tolerable regenerative power [W]. Use caution, especially when the operating speed changes
frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds). Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
3. This value is applicable when MR-J4W2-44B or MR-J4W3-444B is used. The value is 942 for MR-J4W2-77B or MR-J4W2-1010B.
4. This value is applicable when MR-J4W2-44B or MR-J4W3-444B is used. The value is 497 for MR-J4W2-77B or MR-J4W2-1010B.
5. Use the linear servo motor with 70% or less of the effective load ratio when it is in the servo lock state or in a small reciprocating motion.
3-7
1
2
Speed [m/s]
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Thrust [N]
Thrust [N]
Thrust [N]
480
240
Short-duration
running range
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0 (Note 1, 4)
2400
Short-duration
running range
1920
960
Short-duration
running range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
2
1
Speed [m/s]
720
1440
1
2
Speed [m/s]
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
1800
960 Short-duration
running range
600
Short-duration
running range
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0 (Note 1, 4)
1200
480
480
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0 (Note 1, 4)
960
240
1200
Short-duration
running range
Thrust [N]
Thrust [N]
1
2
Speed [m/s]
480 Short-duration
running range
360
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0 (Note 1, 4)
900
720
120
Thrust [N]
240
600
Short-duration
running range
Thrust [N]
70
Thrust [N]
140 Short-duration
running range
Thrust [N]
175
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Servo Amplifiers
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0 (Note 1, 2, 4)
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC.
2.
: For 1-phase 200 V AC or 1-phase 100 V AC.
3.
: For 1-phase 200 V AC.
4. Thrust drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
3-8
LM-F
LM-F
Notes: 1. The maximum speed of the linear servo motor or the rated speed of the linear encoder, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit of the linear servo motor speed.
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the linear servo motor, without a load and a regenerative option, decelerates from the
maximum speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m = Mass of load/Mass of motor primary side (coil). Take
measures to keep the regenerative power [W] during operation below the tolerable regenerative power [W]. Use caution, especially when the operating speed changes
frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds). Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
3. Use 400 V AC type servo amplifier for this linear servo motor.
4. Use the linear servo motor with 70% or less of the effective load ratio when it is in the servo lock state or in a small reciprocating motion.
3-9
300
0
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0 (Note 1, 5)
Short-duration running
range
Cont. running range (Note 3)
Cont. running range
1
Speed [m/s]
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0 (Note 1, 5)
10800
Short-duration running
range
Cont. running range (Note 3)
Cont. running range
3600
1800
(Note 4)
1
Speed [m/s]
7200
Short-duration running
range
Cont. running range (Note 3)
Cont. running range (Note 4)
1
Speed [m/s]
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0 (Note 2, 5)
18000
Thrust [N]
Thrust [N]
Short-duration running
range
Cont. running range (Note 3)
6000
3000
12000
Short-duration running
range
Cont. running range (Note 3)
Cont. running range (Note 4)
1
Speed [m/s]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Short-duration running
range
2400
2400
0
14400
4800
4800
1200
(Note 4)
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0 (Note 1, 5)
9600
1
Speed [m/s]
1800
900
7200
Thrust [N]
Thrust [N]
600
3600
1200
Short-duration running
range
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0 (Note 1, 5)
3600
2400
1200
600
2400
Thrust [N]
Short-duration running
range
5400
Thrust [N]
600
Thrust [N]
1200
3600
Thrust [N]
1800
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0 (Note 1, 5)
Servo Amplifiers
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0 (Note 1, 5)
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC.
2.
: For 3-phase 400 V AC.
3. Continuous running range (liquid cooling)
4. Continuous running range (natural cooling)
5. Thrust drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
3-10
LM-K2
LM-K2
MR-J4MR-J4W_[kVA]
Secondary side
(magnet)
[kg]
Notes: 1. The maximum speed of the linear servo motor or the rated speed of the linear encoder, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit of the linear servo motor speed.
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the linear servo motor, without a load and a regenerative option, decelerates from the
maximum speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m = Mass of load/Mass of motor primary side (coil). Take
measures to keep the regenerative power [W] during operation below the tolerable regenerative power [W]. Use caution, especially when the operating speed changes
frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds). Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
3. This value is applicable when MR-J4W2-44B or MR-J4W3-444B is used. The value is 584 for MR-J4W2-77B or MR-J4W2-1010B.
4. LM-K2 series has a structure of magnetic attraction counter-force and requires at least two blocks of identical secondary side (magnet).
5. Use the linear servo motor with 70% or less of the effective load ratio when it is in the servo lock state or in a small reciprocating motion.
3-11
1200
720
600
0
1
Speed [m/s]
3000
Thrust [N]
1
Speed [m/s]
2000
1200
1000
0
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1 (Note 2, 4)
3600
Short-duration running
range
240
200
0
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1 (Note 2, 4)
Short-duration running
range
400
Short-duration running
range
2400
1440
1200
0
Short-duration running
range
Thrust [N]
1800
360
300
0
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1 (Note 2, 4)
600
600
Short-duration running
range
Thrust [N]
Thrust [N]
120
100
Thrust [N]
200
900
Short-duration running
range
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1 (Note 1, 4)
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1 (Note 2, 4)
Thrust [N]
6000
4000
2400
2000
Short-duration running
range
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Thrust [N]
300
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1 (Note 2, 4)
Servo Amplifiers
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC or 1-phase 200 V AC.
2.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC.
3.
: For 1-phase 100 V AC.
4. Thrust drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
3-12
Linear servo
motor model Secondary side
(magnet)
LM-U2
LM-U2
Secondary side
(magnet)
[kg]
Notes: 1. The maximum speed of the linear servo motor or the rated speed of the linear encoder, whichever is smaller, is the upper limit of the linear servo motor speed.
2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the linear servo motor, without a load and a regenerative option, decelerates from the
maximum speed to a stop. When a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m = Mass of load/Mass of motor primary side (coil). Take
measures to keep the regenerative power [W] during operation below the tolerable regenerative power [W]. Use caution, especially when the operating speed changes
frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds). Select the most suitable regenerative option for your system with our capacity selection software.
Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power [W] when regenerative option is used.
3. Use the linear servo motor with 70% or less of the effective load ratio when it is in the servo lock state or in a small reciprocating motion.
3-13
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0 (Note 1, 4)
Thrust [N]
1
Speed [m/s]
Thrust [N]
1000
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0 (Note 2, 4)
Short-duration running
2400 range
1200
800
0
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
240
225
Short-duration running
range
3200
Short-duration running
2000
range
600
480
2400
Short-duration running
1200 range
1
Speed [m/s]
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0 (Note 2, 4)
1600
180
150
1
Speed [m/s]
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0 (Note 1, 4)
675
Short-duration running
360 range
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0 (Note 2, 4)
600
400
1
Speed [m/s]
180
150
0
450
225
Short-duration running
200
range
100
75
Thrust [N]
1
Speed [m/s]
120
100
Thrust [N]
60
50
Thrust [N]
360 Short-duration
running range
Thrust [N]
450
240 Short-duration
running range
Thrust [N]
300
120 Short-duration
running range
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Thrust [N]
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
150
Thrust [N]
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Servo Amplifiers
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Notes: 1.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC or 1-phase 200 V AC.
2.
: For 3-phase 200 V AC.
3.
: For 1-phase 100 V AC.
4. Thrust drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
3-14
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
4 wires-AWG 20 (standard OD: 2.12 mm)
Effective length: 400 mm
+ 40
320.3
(40)
32
20
(20)
(25)
Wire mark
Round crimp terminal
(1.25-4)
(40)
21010
+ 40
400 0
(Effective lead
wire length)
(4.9)
Structure
10
Protective tube
(10.3)
(25)
50
25
430.1
(0.7)
32
(42)
320.3
2 or longer
(32)
2 or longer
400 0
(Effective lead wire
21010
length)
128
Secondary side
Structure
[Unit: mm]
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
4 wires-AWG 16 (standard OD: 2.7 mm)
Effective length: 400 mm
400 0
(Effective lead wire
21010 length)
(40)
21010
+ 40
400 0
(Effective lead
wire length)
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
2 or longer
(40)
(20)
(26)
Wire mark
(4.9)
20
25
Protective tube
Structure
65
130.3
26
(10.3)
(60)
32
640.3
2 or longer
(A)
430.1
(0.7)
32
(25)
+ 40
Model
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
Structure
Secondary side
[Unit: mm]
L
128
224
320
416
Variable dimensions
M
A
64
32
2 64 = 128
64
4 64 = 256
32
5 64 = 320
64
L
128
224
320
416
Variable dimensions
M
A
64
32
2 64 = 128
64
4 64 = 256
32
5 64 = 320
64
B
22
23
25
26
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
4 wires-AWG 14 (standard OD: 3.12 mm)
Effective length: 400 mm
(40)
32
32
2 or longer
(A)
M (cumulative
pitch error: 0.3)
480.1
(0.7)
+ 40
400 0
(Effective lead wire
21010
length)
Structure
(15.3)
(9.9)
20
26
(25)
240.3
Wire mark
60
(95)
240.3
100
Protective tube
Protective tube
(40)
21010
400
+ 40
0
(Effective lead
wire length)
[Unit: mm]
(20)
2 or longer
(26)
Wire mark
Structure
Model
Secondary
side
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
B
32
33
35
36
Notes: 1. Power, grounding and thermistor lead wires do not have a long bending life. Fix the lead wires led from the primary side (coil) to a moving part to prevent the lead wires
from repetitive bending.
2. Minimum bending radius of the lead wire equals to six times the standard overall diameter of the lead wire.
3-15
LM-H3S20-384-BSS0
LM-H3S20-480-BSS0
L - 0.2
10.30.2
(5.4)
4.5
10
22
(10)
SUS cover
1
2-C
(4.5)
4.9
Mark "N"
330.3
240.2
480.2
42
(24)
Servo Amplifiers
LM-H3S20-288-BSS0
[Unit: mm]
L
288
384
480
768
LM-H3S30-288-CSS0
LM-H3S30-480-CSS0
L - 0.2
10.30.2
(5.4)
240.2
480.2
Mark "N"
4.9
11.5
(24)
LM-H3S30-768-CSS0
LM-H3S30-384-CSS0
60
(11.5)
1
5.4 or shorter (screw head height)
[Unit: mm]
Model
LM-H3S30-288-CSS0
LM-H3S30-384-CSS0
LM-H3S30-480-CSS0
LM-H3S30-768-CSS0
LM-H3S70-768-ASS0
LM-H3S70-384-ASS0
LVS/Wires
LM-H3S70-288-ASS0
LM-H3S70-480-ASS0
L - 0.2
15.30.2
(5.4)
240.2
480.2
Mark "N"
9.9
11.5
(24)
L
288
384
480
768
Variable dimensions
M
B
5 48 = 240
26
7 48 = 336
28
9 48 = 432
2 10
15 48 = 720
2 16
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
2-C
(5)
37
500.3
SUS cover
Model
LM-H3S20-288-BSS0
LM-H3S20-384-BSS0
LM-H3S20-480-BSS0
LM-H3S20-768-BSS0
Variable dimensions
M
B
5 48 = 240
26
7 48 = 336
28
9 48 = 432
2 10
15 48 = 720
2 16
95
72
850.3
(5)
(11.5)
5.4 or shorter
(screw head height)
L
288
384
480
768
[Unit: mm]
Variable dimensions
M
B
5 48 = 240
26
7 48 = 336
28
9 48 = 432
2 10
15 48 = 720
2 16
3-16
Cautions
Model
LM-H3S70-288-ASS0
LM-H3S70-384-ASS0
LM-H3S70-480-ASS0
LM-H3S70-768-ASS0
2-C
SUS cover
Product List
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
Thermistor cable
Power connector
D/MS3106A18-10P
1000 +100
0
4 or shorter
75
800.5
(19.5)
31
Secondary side
W-phase
U-phase
D
V-phase
27
50
E (grounding)
18
(55)
Key
(0.5)
700.1
Thermistor connector
D/MS3106A14S-9P
(120)
(100)
84
120
660.3
Key
40
60
4 or shorter
(15)
15
80
(18)
(27)
G1, G2
(10)
B
Model
35.8
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0
Power cable
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0
Power connector
4 or shorter
75
800.5
50
Key
(19.5)
31
E (grounding)
Secondary
side
18
(55)
1000
+100
0
D/MS3106A24-22P
(0.5)
700.1
[Unit: mm]
Variable dimensions
M
B
2 80 = 160
23
5 80 = 400
26
8 80 = 640
29
L
290
530
770
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
(No polarity)
Rc1/4
Power cable
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
W-phase
U-phase
D
V-phase
27
A
Thermistor connector
Key
(200)
(180)
164
D/MS3106A14S-9P
730.3
200
730.3
G1, G2
B
40
60
15
(2PNCT-2 cores,
standard OD: 9 mm)
80
(18)
(10)
(15)
4 or shorter
(27)
Thermistor cable
Rc1/4
Model
35.8
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0
Power cable
75.50.1
4 or shorter
1000 +100
0
75
31
25
(0.5)
600.3
Power connector
D/MS3106A24-22P
(25)
Secondary
side
E (grounding)
W-phase
55
30
800.5
50
18
1010
(55)
[Unit: mm]
Variable dimensions
M
B
2 80 = 160
33
5 80 = 400
36
8 80 = 640
39
11 80 = 880
3 12
L
290
530
770
1010
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0
(No polarity)
Key
U-phase
D
V-phase
40
600.3
(240)
(220)
(145)
204
240
600.3
Thermistor connector
D/MS3106A14S-9P
Key
40
60
11 80 = 880
(15)
80
35.8
Thermistor cable
(18)
(15)
4 or shorter
(30)
G1, G2
(10)
(No polarity)
Rc1/4
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. Power and thermistor cables do not have a long bending life. Fix the cables led from the primary side (coil) to a moving part to prevent the cables from repetitive bending.
2. Minimum bending radius of the cable equals to six times the standard overall diameter of the cable.
3-17
LM-FS20-480-1SS0
LM-FS20-576-1SS0
B-9
(for secondary-side mounting)
0
L -0.2
(48)
480.2
19.5
Mark "N"
(10.5)
19
10
960.2
(10)
(24)
24
Model
LM-FS20-480-1SS0
LM-FS20-576-1SS0
82
L
480
576
K
432
528
LM-FS40-576-1SS0
B-9
(for secondary-side mounting)
19.5
480.2
Mark "N"
(10.5)
19
10
960.2
0
L -0.2
(48)
[Unit: mm]
Variable dimensions
M
B
4 96 = 384
25
5 96 = 480
26
162
(19)
200
(10)
Model
[Unit: mm]
L
480
576
Variable dimensions
M
B
4 96 = 384
25
5 96 = 480
26
LM-FS50-576-1SS0 B-9
25
(11)
10
960.2
Mark "N"
14
19
0
L -0.2
K
432
528
LVS/Wires
LM-FS40-480-1SS0
LM-FS40-576-1SS0
(48)
22-M8 screw
(for hanging)
Mold (epoxy)
LM-FS50-480-1SS0
24
2-
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
1800.3
(24)
22-M8 screw
(for hanging)
Mold (epoxy)
LM-FS40-480-1SS0
1
C
2-
(19)
120
1000.3
(19)
240
(10)
202
[Unit: mm]
Model
LM-FS50-480-1SS0
LM-FS50-576-1SS0
L
480
576
Variable dimensions
M
B
4 96 = 384
25
5 96 = 480
26
K
432
528
3-18
Cautions
24
Mold (epoxy)
2-
(24)
Product List
2200.3
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
Effective length: 300 mm
480.2
(17.4)
Round crimp terminal
15
(1.25-4)
2-C0.5
(20.5)
(27.5)
26.5
x.
ma
(15.5)
54
0.5
2-R
Secondary side
300 +30
0
(20.5)
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
80.2
38
(0.6)
115 +0.1
0
79
Wire mark
PVC tube
38
240.3
(0.6)
Mounting part
Mold (omitted)
46
20.50.1
Detailed view of X
[Unit: mm]
Model
L
138
330
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
Variable dimensions
M
K
B
2 48 = 96
115
23
6 48 = 288
307
27
H1
3
1.5
H2
3.5 or longer
2.5 or longer
Mold (omitted)
300 +30
0
74.5
(17.4)
Wire mark
(0.6)
PVC tube
2-C0.5
Mounting part
38
240.3
(LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1: 1.25-4)
(LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1,
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1: 2-4)
(0.6)
15
79
480.2
(20.5)
50
26.5
x.
ma
0.5
(27.5)
Secondary side
2-R
(15.5)
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
Effective length: 300 mm
L
H2
550.1
(20.5)
300
+30
0
38
17
80.2
H1
115 +0.1
0
(6)
(1.25-4)
(17.4)
20.50.1
27.5
40
300 +30
0
17
76.50.1
Model
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
L
138
330
522
Variable dimensions
M
K
2 48 = 96
115
6 48 = 288
307
10 48 = 480
499
B
23
27
2 11
AWG 14
3.12
101
116.50.1
(20.5)
139 +0.1
0
38
(29.4)
79
(0.6)
(20.5)
2-C0.5
Mounting
part
20.50.1
80.2
17
300 +30
0
(0.6)
27.5
15
40
Round
crimp
terminal
(1.25-4)
38
Wire mark
PVC tube
Round
crimp
terminal
(2-4)
20.50.1
240.3
(27.5)
15
x.
ma
26.5
480.2
.5
Mold (omitted)
Secondary
side
114.5
300 +30
0
[Unit: mm]
0
2-R
(6)
Detailed view of X
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
Effective length: 300 mm
(15.5)
3
3.5 or longer
(29.4)
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
2
61
20.50.1
15
40
(17.4)
27.5
(6)
20.50.1
3
3.5 or longer
Detailed view of X
[Unit: mm]
Model
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
L
330
522
Variable dimensions
M
K
6 48 = 288
307
10 48 = 480
499
B
27
2 11
3.12
Notes: 1. Power, grounding and thermistor lead wires do not have a long bending life. Fix the lead wires led from the primary side (coil) to a moving part to prevent the lead wires
from repetitive bending.
2. Minimum bending radius of the lead wire equals to six times the standard overall diameter of the lead wire.
3-19
LM-K2S10-384-2SS1
Servo Amplifiers
LM-K2S10-288-2SS1
LM-K2S10-480-2SS1
L - 0.2
240.3
B-6
(for secondary-side mounting)
11
Mark "N"
5.5
.5
Mark "N"
Mark "S"
Mark "N"
R5
S
Mark "S"
Mark "S"
480.3
(24)
17.4
(5.4)
LM-K2S10-288-2SS1
LM-K2S10-384-2SS1
LM-K2S10-480-2SS1
LM-K2S10-768-2SS1
Variable dimensions
M
5 48 = 240
7 48 = 336
9 48 = 432
15 48 = 720
L
288
384
480
768
5
1.
B
6
8
10
16
LM-K2S20-480-1SS1
LM-K2S20-768-1SS1
LM-K2S20-384-1SS1
Model
LM-K2S20-288-1SS1
[Unit: mm]
46
35
32
(6)
12
L - 0.2
240.3
B-6
(for secondary-side mounting)
N
.5
Mark "N"
5.5
Mark "N"
Mark "S"
Mark "N"
R5
11
Mark "S"
Mark "S"
480.3
(24)
17.4
61
50
42
(6)
12
[Unit: mm]
LM-K2S30-480-1SS1
L - 0.2
160.3
320.3
B-9
(for secondary-side mounting)
Mark "S"
29.4
(5.4)
Mark "N"
24
(6)
R7
N
Mark "N"
Mark "N"
10
S
Mark "S"
Mark "S"
Product List
14
(16)
B
6
8
10
16
LM-K2S30-768-1SS1
LM-K2S30-384-1SS1
L
288
384
480
768
LVS/Wires
LM-K2S30-288-1SS1
13
1.
Model
LM-K2S20-288-1SS1
LM-K2S20-384-1SS1
LM-K2S20-480-1SS1
LM-K2S20-768-1SS1
Variable dimensions
M
5 48 = 240
7 48 = 336
9 48 = 432
15 48 = 720
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(5.4)
13
101
1.
LM-K2S30-288-1SS1
LM-K2S30-384-1SS1
LM-K2S30-480-1SS1
LM-K2S30-768-1SS1
L
288
384
480
768
Variable dimensions
M
8 32 = 256
11 32 = 352
14 32 = 448
23 32 = 736
B
9
12
15
24
Cautions
86
82
[Unit: mm]
Model
Notes: 1. Longitudinal deviation of the secondary side must be within 0.1 mm.
3-20
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
L
50.3
(5)
600.3
Wire mark
(3)
18.50.2
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
Effective length: 400 mm, Round crimp terminal (0.5-4)
(0.45)
24.5
(0.45)
C0.5
15
C0.5
Secondary
side
66.5
51.5
780.1
(62)
25
21010
400
+ 40
0
[Unit: mm]
(Effective lead
wire length)
Model
6.4
(0.8)
(0.8)
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
(8.7)
(8.7)
(25.4)
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
M (cumulative pitch error: 0.3)
1.58
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
50.3
L
130
250
370
Variable dimensions
M
B
2 60 = 120
23
4 60 = 240
25
6 60 = 360
27
(5)
600.3
18.50.2
Wire mark
(3)
Power lead wire (U, V, and W): black, Grounding lead wire (E): green/yellow
Effective length: 400 mm, Round crimp terminal (0.5-4)
(0.45)
24.5
(0.45)
C0.5
15
C0.5
25
Secondary
side
+ 40
400 0
86.5
71.5
(82)
980.1
21010
(Effective lead
wire length)
[Unit: mm]
Model
6.4
(0.8)
(0.8)
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
(8.7)
(8.7)
(25.4)
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
L
130
250
370
Variable dimensions
M
B
2 60 = 120
23
4 60 = 240
25
6 60 = 360
27
1.58
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
L
M (cumulative pitch error: 0.3)
(0.9)
49
C0.5
380.2
Wire mark
83.5
(17.5)
123
50
21010
Secondary
side
(115)
1380.1
(0.9)
22
C0.5
(23)
600.3
5.5
(5.5)
230.3
(0.9)
(18.5)
(0.9)
12
(50.8)
(18.5)
400
+ 40
0
(Effective lead
wire length)
[Unit: mm]
Model
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
L
286
406
526
Variable dimensions
M
B
4 60 = 240
25
6 60 = 360
27
8 60 = 480
29
3.12
Notes: 1. Power, grounding and thermistor lead wires do not have a long bending life. Fix the lead wires led from the primary side (coil) to a moving part to prevent the lead wires
from repetitive bending.
2. Minimum bending radius of the lead wire equals to six times the standard overall diameter of the lead wire.
3-21
Mark "N"
Mark "S"
Mark "N"
600.3
(45)
15
(55)
Mark "S"
(8.7)
62
LM-U2SA0-420-0SS0
8.7
Servo Amplifiers
LM-U2SA0-240-0SS0
25.4
45
(15)
600.3
N (cumulative pitch error: 0.3)
30
(30)
LM-U2SB0-300-1SS0
L
240
300
420
Mark "S"
(8.7)
LM-U2SB0-420-1SS0
Mark "S"
Mark "N"
600.3
15
(45)
(75)
82
8.7
N
3 60 = 180
4 60 = 240
6 60 = 360
12.70.3
Mark "N"
[Unit: mm]
Variable dimensions
M
B
K
3 60 = 180
4
180
4 60 = 240
5
240
6 60 = 360
7
360
(15)
600.3
N (cumulative pitch error: 0.3)
30
(30)
Model
L
240
300
420
LM-U2SB0-240-1SS0
LM-U2SB0-300-1SS0
LM-U2SB0-420-1SS0
N
3 60 = 180
4 60 = 240
6 60 = 360
LVS/Wires
LM-U2S20-300-2SS0
[Unit: mm]
Variable dimensions
M
B
K
3 60 = 180
4
180
4 60 = 240
5
240
6 60 = 360
7
360
LM-U2S20-480-2SS0
L
Mark "N"
Mark "S"
13.8
(18.5)
Mark "S"
Mark "N"
Product List
115
(108)
18.5
50.8
600.3
15
60
K
N (cumulative pitch error: 0.3)
(60)
(15)
70.3
45
70.3
(for grounding)
Model
LM-U2S20-300-2SS0
LM-U2S20-480-2SS0
L
300
480
Variable dimensions
N
B
3 60 = 180
4
6 60 = 360
7
K
270
450
3-22
Cautions
[Unit: mm]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
25.4
Model
LM-U2SA0-240-0SS0
LM-U2SA0-300-0SS0
LM-U2SA0-420-0SS0
LM-U2SB0-240-1SS0
70.3
C
1
(for grounding)
Manufacturer
Model
Magnescale
Co., Ltd.
SR77
SR87
AT343A
AT543A-SC
AT545A-SC
Mitutoyo
Corporation
ST741A
ST742A
ST743A
ST744A
ST748A
RESOLUTE RL40M
LC 493M
LC 193M
LIC 4193M
LIC 4195M
LIC 4197M
LIC 4199M
SR75
SR85
SL710 + PL101-RM/RHM
LIDA 483
LIDA 485
+ EIB 392M
(/16384)
LIDA 487
Absolute
type
Renishaw
Heidenhain
Mitsubishi
serial
interface
compatible
Magnescale
Co., Ltd.
LIDA 489
LIDA 287
LIDA 289
LIF 481
LIP 581
Heidenhain
Incremental
type
A/B/Z-phase
differential
output type
(Note 5, 8)
0.05 m/0.01 m
3.3 m/s
0.05 m
2.0 m/s
2.5 m/s
Maximum
effective
measurement
length (Note 3)
2040 mm
3040 mm
3000 mm
2200 mm
2.5 m/s
2200 mm
Resolution
20 m/4096
(Approx. 0.005 m)
+ EIB 392M
(/16384)
Rated speed
(Note 2)
4.0 m/s
1 nm/50 nm
4.0 m/s
0.05 m/0.01 m
3.0 m/s
0.01 m
4.0 m/s
0.05 m/0.01 m
3.3 m/s
0.1 m
4.0 m/s
20 m/16384
(Approx. 1.22 nm)
4.0 m/s
200 m/16384
(Approx. 12.2 nm)
+ EIB 392M
4 m/4096
(/4096)
(Approx. 0.977 nm)
Nidec Sankyo
Corporation
PSLH041 (Note 7)
0.1 m
Not
designated
0.001 m to
5 m (Note 6)
Two-wire type
Two-wire type
0.5 m
0.1 m
Communication
method
6000 mm
10000 mm
Two-wire type
2040 mm
Four-wire type (Note 4)
4240 mm
3040 mm
28040 mm
Two-wire/
6040 mm Four-wire type (Note 4)
1020 mm
2040 mm
3040 mm
Two-wire type
100000 mm
3040 mm
30040 mm
6040 mm
1020 mm
Four-wire type (Note 4)
10000 mm
1.2 m/s
1020 mm
1440 mm
5.0 m/s
2400 mm
Depends
Depends
on the linear on the linear
encoder
encoder
Two-wire type
A/B/Z-phase
differential output
method
Notes: 1. Contact the relevant linear encoder manufacturer for details on operating environment and specifications of the linear encoder such as ambient temperature, vibration
resistance and IP rating.
2. The rated speed of the linear encoder is applicable when the linear encoder is used with MR-J4 series servo amplifier. The values may differ from the manufacturers'
specifications.
3. The length is specified by the linear encoder manufacturers. The maximum length of the encoder cable between linear encoder and servo amplifier is 30 m.
4. When using the four-wire type linear encoder in fully closed loop control system, use MR-J4-_B_-RJ or MR-J4-_A_-RJ servo amplifier. When using four-wire type linear
encoder with the scale measurement function, use MR-J4-_B_-RJ servo amplifier.
5. When using the A/B/Z-phase differential output type linear encoder, use MR-J4-_B_-RJ or MR-J4-_A_-RJ servo amplifier.
6. Select the linear encoder within this range.
7. Use servo amplifier with software version B3 or later.
8. Output A-phase, B-phase, and Z-phase signals in the differential line driver. The phase difference of the A-phase pulse and the B-phase pulse, and the width of the Z-phase
pulse must be 200 ns or wider. The output pulse of A-phase and B-phase of the A/B/Z-phase differential output linear encoder is in the multiply-by-four count method. Home
position return is not possible with a linear encoder without Z-phase.
LA
LAR
Phase difference: 200 ns or wider
LB
LBR
One pulse of Z-phase: 200 ns or wider
LZ
LZR
3-23
Linear servo motor must be selected according to the purpose of the application.
Select the optimal linear servo motor after completely understanding the characteristics of the guides, the linear encoders
and the linear servo motors.
The maximum speed is 3.0 m/s for LM-H3 series, and 2.0 m/s for LM-F, LM-K2 and LM-U2 series.
Note that the maximum speed may not be reached, depending on the selected linear encoder.
1. Selection criteria
(1) Configurations
V
V
M11
M
Linear
Linear servo
servo motor
motor
primary
primary side
side (coil)
(coil)
M22
M
Load mass
Deceleration
a = 14.4 m/s2
d = 14.4 m/s2
Fmd
Fmd
tt22
tt33
1 cycle
cycle tt00
1
V = 1.8 m/s
Acceleration time
t1 = 0.125 s
Mechanical efficiency
Friction coefficient
t 0 = 2 s
Ff
Ff
kg
Feed speed
Operating cycle
tt11
M2 =
Fma
Fma
M1 = 20 kg
Linear servo
servo motor
motor
Linear
secondary
secondary side
side (magnet)
(magnet)
Load
Load
In order to select a suitable linear servo motor, it is necessary to calculate the maximum thrust required during
acceleration/deceleration and the continuous effective load thrust according to the machine specifications and the
operating patterns. Here the linear servo motor is selected according to linear acceleration/deceleration operating patterns.
t2 = 0.75 s
t3 = 0.125 s
h = 1.0
Select linear servo motors that satisfy the above formula, e.g., LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0, LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0, and LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0.
Calculate thrusts during acceleration and deceleration, and continuous effective load thrust for each linear servo motor selected in (1).
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Resistive force
M = M1 + M2 = 22.3 kg
Ff = (M 9.8 + Magnetic attraction force [N]) (when considering friction only) = 48.4 N
Product List
Notes: 1. The ratio of 35 times is applicable for LM-H3 series. Select a linear servo motor with the mass ratio of 30 times or less for LM-K2 or LM-U2 series, and 15 times
or less for LM-F series.
3-24
Cautions
(4) Result
Select the following:
Linear servo motor: LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
Servo amplifier: MR-J4-70B
The number of the secondary-side (magnet) blocks is determined according to the total distance calculated from the following
equation (Note 2) :
(Total length of aligned secondary side (magnet)) (Maximum feed distance) + (Length of the primary side (coil))
Primary side (coil)
Coil length
1/2
Coil length
1/2
Remainder
Notes: 1. Keep the cumulative pitch error of the mounting screw holes within 0.2 mm. When two or more secondary sides (magnets) are aligned, spaces may exist
between each secondary side (magnet) block, depending on the mounting method and the number of the secondary-side blocks.
2. LM-K2 series has a structure of magnetic attraction counter-force and requires at least two blocks of identical secondary side (magnet). Therefore, the total
number of the secondary side necessary equals to twice the number determined from the equation.
The following table shows the energy charged into the capacitor of the servo amplifier and the inverse efficiency of the linear servo
motor.
The energy consumed by a regenerative resistor is calculated as follows:
Select a suitable regenerative option as necessary to keep the consumed regenerative energy below the regenerative power shown
in the following table:
Tolerable
Tolerable regenerative power of regenerative option [W]
regenerative
Tolerable
regenerative power of external
MR-RB (Note 3)
Capacitor Inverse
regenerative
power of builtServo Amplifier
charging
efficiency
(Note 2)
resistor
in regenerative
5N
51
5R
9F 6K-4
50
032
12
30
3N
31
32 (Note
[J]
[%]
1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4)
(standard
resistor
accessory)
[W]
40 40 13 9 6.7 40 13 9 6.7 3.2 3 10
[W] (Note 4)
MR-J4-20_(-RJ)
9
75
10
30
100
MR-J4-20_1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40_(-RJ)
11
85
10
30
100
MR-J4-40_1(-RJ)
MR-J4-60_(-RJ)
11
85
10
30
100
MR-J4-70_(-RJ)
18
85
20
30
100
300
MR-J4-200_(-RJ)
36
85
100
300
500
MR-J4-350_(-RJ)
40
85
100
300
500
MR-J4-500_(-RJ)
45
90
130
300
500
MR-J4-700_(-RJ)
70
90
170
300
500
MR-J4-11K_(-RJ)
120
90
500
(800)
MR-J4-15K_(-RJ)
170
90
850
(1300)
MR-J4-22K_4(-RJ)
250
90
500
(800)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
Notes: 1. Be sure to cool the unit forcibly with a cooling fan (92 mm 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user.
2. For selecting a regenerative option for MR-J4W_-B, refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for details.
3. Refer to "Regenerative Option" in this catalog for details on the regenerative option.
4. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (two units of 92 mm 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
3-25
4
Model Designation........................................4-1
Servo Amplifier.............................................4-1
Specifications...............................................4-2
Torque Characteristics..................................4-4
Machine Accuracy........................................4-5
Dimensions...................................................4-6
Sizing Example.............................................4-8
Model Designation
TM-RFM
Symbol
Symbol
002
004
006
012
018
040
048
072
120
240
C
E
G
J
Symbol
10
20
130
180
230
330
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM
series
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM018E20
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM048G20
TM-RFM072G20
TM-RFM040J10
TM-RFM120J10
TM-RFM240J10
MR-J4
MR-J4-20B(-RJ),
MR-J4-20B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-20A(-RJ),
MR-J4-20A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-40B(-RJ),
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A(-RJ),
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ)
MR-J4-60B(-RJ),
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
MR-J4-60B(-RJ),
MR-J4-60A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-100B(-RJ),
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-70B(-RJ),
MR-J4-70A(-RJ)
MR-J4-350B(-RJ),
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
MR-J4-500B(-RJ),
MR-J4-500A(-RJ)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2 (Note 1)
MR-J4W3 (Note 1)
MR-J4W2-22B,
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W3-222B,
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-44B,
MR-J4W2-77B
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W2-77B,
MR-J4W2-1010B
Notes: 1. Any combination of the servo motors is available. Refer to "Combinations of Multi-Axis Servo Amplifier and Servo Motors" on p. 1-6 in this catalog.
4-1
Regenerative
braking
frequency *2
004C20
006C20
018E20
Refer to "Combinations of Direct Drive Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 4-1 in this catalog.
130
0.38
84
4
12
0.53
126
6
18
200
500
0.46
126
6
18
0.81
251
12
36
1.3
377
18
54
575
9.6
16.1
4.9
12.9
21.8
1.3
3.9
2.1
6.3
3.2
9.6
3.2
9.6
3.8
12
5.9
18
No limit
5830
2950
464
572
421
MR-J4W_-
[times/min]
No limit
5620
No limit
2370
1430
1050
10.9
16.6
22.4
74.0
111
149
50 times or less
Altitude
Vibration resistance *5
Vibration rank
Compliance to standards
Moment load
Axial load
[Nm]
22.5
70
[N]
1100
3300
[kg]
5.2
6.8
8.4
11
15
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Environment *4 Ambience
15
12.5
Absolute/incremental 20-bit encoder *3 (resolution: 1048576 pulses/rev)
155 (F)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP42) (Note 2)
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight);
no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or splash of oil or water
1000 m or less above sea level
X: 49 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2
V10 *7
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
[s]
3.7
[times/min]
Absolute accuracy
Speed/position detector
Insulation class
Structure
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
0.25
42
2
6
180
(Note 1)
Mass
012E20
MR-J4-
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
Rotor
permissible
load *6
006E20
Servo Amplifiers
18
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. Connectors and gap between rotor and stator are excluded.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, be sure to use the absolute position detection system, and keep the unbalanced torque under
70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Direct Drive Motor Specifications" on p. 4-5 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 7.
Product List
Cautions
4-2
012G20
048G20
072G20
040J10
120J10
240J10
Refer to "Combinations of Direct Drive Motor and Servo Amplifier" on p. 4-1 in this catalog.
230
0.71
251
12
36
2.7
1005
48
144
200
500
330
3.8
1508
72
216
1.2
419
40
120
575
3.4
1257
120
360
100
200
6.6
2513
240
720
230
6.0
37.5
59.3
9.4
40.9
91.4
3.6
11
11
33
16
48
4.3
13
11
33
19
57
202
373
251
125
281
171
MR-J4-
[times/min]
MR-J4W_-
[times/min]
507
313
Moment of inertia J
[ 10-4 kgm2]
Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
238
615
875
1694
3519
6303
50 times or less
(Note 1)
Absolute accuracy
Speed/position detector
Insulation class
Structure
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
[s]
Environment *4 Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance *5
Vibration rank
Compliance to standards
Rotor
permissible
load *6
Mass
Moment load
Axial load
12.5
10
Absolute/incremental 20-bit encoder *3 (resolution: 1048576 pulses/rev)
155 (F)
Totally enclosed, natural cooling (IP rating: IP42) (Note 2)
Operation: 0 C to 40 C (non-freezing), storage: -15 C to 70 C (non-freezing)
Operation: 80 %RH maximum (non-condensing), storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight);
no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or splash of oil or water
1000 m or less above sea level
X: 49 m/s2 Y: 49 m/s2
X: 24.5 m/s2 Y: 24.5 m/s2
V10 *7
Refer to "Conformity with Global Standards and Regulations" on p. 57 in this catalog.
[Nm]
[N]
[kg]
17
93
350
5500
16000
38
52
48
85
150
Notes: 1. Contact your local sales office if the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the value in the table.
2. Connectors and gap between rotor and stator are excluded.
3. When unbalanced torque is generated, such as in a vertical lift machine, be sure to use the absolute position detection system, and keep the unbalanced torque under
70% of the servo motor rated torque.
Refer to "Annotations for Direct Drive Motor Specifications" on p. 4-5 in this catalog for the asterisks 1 to 7.
4-3
12
2
0
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
250
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration running
range
Continuous
running range
250
Speed [r/min]
500
Continuous
running range
250
Speed [r/min]
TM-RFM018E20 (Note 1, 4)
72
Short-duration
running range
Continuous
running range
250
Speed [r/min]
36
18
0
500
TM-RFM048G20 (Note 1, 4)
54
Short-duration running
range
Continuous
running range
250
Speed [r/min]
Short-duration
180 running range
500
500
Continuous
running range
100
Speed [r/min]
200
300
200
Continuous
running range
250
Speed [r/min]
500
TM-RFM240J10 (Note 1, 4)
800
Short-duration
running range
100 Continuous
running range
0
100
Speed [r/min]
Torque [Nm]
Short-duration
running range
60
200
600
400
200
0
Short-duration
running range
LVS/Wires
40
250
Speed [r/min]
400
Torque [Nm]
80
Continuous
running range
TM-RFM120J10 (Note 1, 4)
160
120
40
120
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
10 Continuous
running range
0
250
Speed [r/min]
Torque [Nm]
240
Short-duration
120 running range
Torque [Nm]
160
80
500
TM-RFM072G20 (Note 1, 4)
Short-duration
30 running range
20
500
Torque [Nm]
12
Short-duration running
range
40
TM-RFM040J10 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Torque [Nm]
24
500
TM-RFM012G20 (Note 1, 3, 4)
36
12
48
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
250
Speed [r/min]
18
12
Continuous
running range
TM-RFM012E20 (Note 1, 3, 4)
24
18
4
0
500
TM-RFM006E20 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Short-duration
running range
Torque [Nm]
24
Torque [Nm]
16
Torque [Nm]
TM-RFM006C20 (Note 1, 3, 4)
Torque [Nm]
TM-RFM004C20 (Note 1, 2, 4)
Servo Amplifiers
TM-RFM002C20 (Note 1, 2, 4)
Continuous
running range
100
Speed [r/min]
200
Notes: 1.
Product List
Cautions
4-4
Measuring position
a
b
c
d
Accuracy [mm]
0.05
0.07
0.04
0.02
d
A
* 6. The following is calculation examples of axial and moment loads to the rotor (output shaft) of the direct drive motor. The axial and moment loads must be maintained equal
to or below the permissible value.
Load
Load
Motor
Motor
Axial load
= F + Load mass
F (External force)
Load
F (External force)
L
Bearing
F (External force)
Motor
Dimension A
[mm]
19.1
20.2
24.4
32.5
Axial load
Axial load = Load mass
= F + Load mass
Moment load = F (L + A)
Moment load
=FL
* 7. V10 indicates that the amplitude of the direct drive motor itself is 10 m or less. The following shows mounting posture and measuring position of the direct drive motor
during the measurement:
Measuring position
4-5
3.5
45
.1
130
29
60
1
50
50
0
130
77.5
20
60h7
116.9
111.5
128h7
7
1
B
Encoder connector
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
16 15
Power connector
CE05-2A14S-2PD-D
A
(PE)
62
C
B
D
A
16
Model
17
Detailed view of A
TM-RFM002C20
TM-RFM004C20
TM-RFM006C20
Variable
dimension L
58.5
75.5
92.5
[Unit: mm]
V
U
Power connector
Output shaft side
0.1
18
05
180
45
3.5
90
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
47
100h7
124
180
141.9
136.5
LVS/Wires
178h7
35
Product List
B
Encoder connector
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
16 15
62
Power connector
CE05-2A14S-2PD-D
A
(PE)
W
C
B
V
U
Power connector
Output shaft side
17
Detailed view of A
Model
TM-RFM006E20
TM-RFM012E20
TM-RFM018E20
Variable
dimension L
62
83
104
Cautions
16
B
D
A
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated. Make allowances for the
tolerance when designing a machine.
2.
indicates rotor.
4-6
L
29
20
60
12
00.1
5
230
45
177.5
166.5
230
164
62
130h7
115
206h7
90
2
14.5
B
Encoder connector
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
Power connector
CE05-2A18-10PD-D
21.5
15
(PE)
70
C
B
D
A
Model
Power connector
Output shaft side
16
TM-RFM012G20
TM-RFM048G20
TM-RFM072G20
19.5
Detailed view of A
Variable
dimension L
69
144
194
[Unit: mm]
25
45
0.1
330
34
70
180
KA
240
330
251
200h7
104
160
328h7
10
17
B
Encoder connector
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
17
32.5
95
Power connector
CE05-2A22-22PD-D
(TM-RFM040J10, TM-RFM120J10)
CE05-2A32-17PD-D
(TM-RFM240J10)
16.5
B
A
(PE)
W
C
B
D
A
Power connector
Output shaft side
Model
31
Detailed view of A
TM-RFM040J10
TM-RFM120J10
TM-RFM240J10
Variable dimensions
L
KA
88.5
254
162.5
254.8
273.5
[Unit: mm]
Notes: 1. For dimensions without tolerance, general tolerance applies. The actual dimensions may be 1 mm to 3 mm larger than the dimensions indicated. Make allowances for the
tolerance when designing a machine.
2.
indicates rotor.
4-7
1. Selection criteria
(1) Configurations
DT
200
t0
0.125
tpsd
0.45
1 cycle
tS
tf
0.1
Time [s]
Trms =
= 13.5 Nm
tc = t0 - ts - tpsa - tpsd
2.0
1
DT2 W
8
1
(300 10-3)2 19 = 0.214 kgm2
8
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
0.125
tpsa
q
60
360
(t0 - tp - ts)
270
60
= 200 r/min
=
360
(0.45 - 0.125 - 0.1)
ts: settling time. Here assumed 0.1 s.
JL =
= 19 kg
= 300 mm
= 270 deg
= Within 0.45 s
= 0.125 s
= 2.0 s
= 0 Nm
N0 =
W
DT
q
t0
tp = tpsa = tpsd
tf
TL
Table mass
Rotation table diameter
Rotation angle per cycle
Positioning time
Acceleration/deceleration time
Operating cycle
Load torque
)t
Selection criteria
Load torque during accel./decel. , Max. torque of DD motor
Moment of inertia of load , JR Moment of inertia of DD motor
JR: Recommended load to motor inertia ratio
Select the following direct drive motor to meet the criteria above.
TM-RFM018E20 (rated torque: 18 Nm, max. torque: 54 Nm,
moment of inertia: 149 10-4 kgm2)
0.125
-38.3
0.1
0.125
0.1
Time [s]
2.0
(7) Result
Select the following:
Direct drive motor: TM-RFM018E20
Servo amplifier: MR-J4-100B
[Free capacity selection software]
Capacity selection software (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E) does all the
calculations for you. The capacity selection software is available for
free download. Contact your local sales office for more details.
* Be sure to update your MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E to the latest version.
Product List
LVS/Wires
2p
N0
60
JL N0
=
60
tp
2p
0.214 200
=
9.55 0.125
= 35.9 Nm
Ta = JL
Cautions
4-8
MEMO
Servo amplifier
B-RJ WB B-RJ010 A
A-RJ
A-RJ l: Applicable
........ 5-1
........ 5-2
........ 5-4
...... 5-18
...... 5-22
...... 5-30
...... 5-31
...... 5-32
...... 5-33
...... 5-37
...... 5-38
...... 5-40
...... 5-40
...... 5-41
...... 5-42
...... 5-46
...... 5-48
...... 5-54
...... 5-56
...... 5-57
...... 5-57
...... 5-58
...... 5-59
...... 5-59
...... 5-60
...... 5-61
...... 5-62
...... 5-62
...... 5-63
...... 5-65
...... 5-71
...... 5-73
MR-J4-A-RJ
* Only MR-J4-B and MR-J4-A servo amplifiers are mentioned in this section. Note that options necessary for MR-J4-B-RJ and MR-J4-B-RJ010 are the same as those for MR-J4-B,
and MR-J4-A-RJ for MR-J4-A. For the options for MR-J4-B-RJ, MR-J4-B-RJ010, and MR-J4-A-RJ, refer to those for MR-J4-B and MR-J4-A with the same rated capacity.
* Refer to p. 5-73 in this catalog for conversion of units.
* In this section, a term of servo amplifier includes a combination of drive unit and converter unit.
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Options/Peripheral Equipment
MR-J4 Model Selection System is now available for supporting you to select
options such as encoder cables and power cables which are required to use with
controllers, servo motors, servo amplifiers, and regenerative options of your choice.
When you select a controller, compatible servo motors are shown in a list. Just
follow a guide of selecting servo motor series, rated output, rated speed and
others, compatible servo amplifier and regenerative option will be listed along with
necessary options, and then a system configuration will be complete.
5-1
Servo Amplifiers
Necessary optional cables and connectors vary depending on the servo motor series.
Refer to the following tables for necessary options.
Small
capacity
HG-KR
HG-MR
HG-SR
HG-RR
HG-UR
Reference list
Servo motor power cable
Column A in servo motor power
cable list
Column A in servo motor power
cable list
Column B in servo motor power
cable list
Column B in servo motor power
cable list
Column C in servo motor power
cable list
Column C in servo motor power
cable list
Column B in servo motor power
cable list
Large
capacity
Encoder cable
Notes: 1
. An electromagnetic brake cable is required only for servo motor with electromagnetic brake.
2. An electromagnetic brake connector set is not required for HG-UR series of 1.5 kW or smaller, and HG-RR series as the power connector has electromagnetic brake
terminals.
10 m or
shorter
(direct
connection
type)
IP65
IP65
2 m to 50 m
Long
In direction bending life
of load side
Standard
In opposite
direction of
load side
IP67
C 2 m to 50 m IP67
2 m to 30 m
Standard
Long
bending life
Standard
Long
bending life
Standard
Long
bending life
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L, MR-EKCBL_M-H
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L, MR-EKCBL_M-L
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L, MR-EKCBL_M-H
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L, MR-EKCBL_M-L
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L, MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L, MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L, MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H
Two types of cables are required:
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L, MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L
MR-ENECBL_M-H-MTH
Note
p. 5-12
p. 5-12
p. 5-12
p. 5-12
pp. 5-12
and 5-13
pp. 5-12
and 5-13
p. 5-13
p. 5-14
Cautions
Long
bending life
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H
Reference
Product List
Exceeding
10 m
(junction
type)
In opposite
direction of
load side
Model
LVS/Wires
IP20
Cable lead
Bending life
out direction
Long
In direction
bending life
of load side
Standard
In opposite Long
direction of bending life
load side
Standard
Long
In direction bending life
of load side
Standard
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Medium
capacity
Servo motor
Capacity
Notes: 1. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
5-2
Options/Peripheral Equipment
10 m or
shorter
(direct
connection
type)
Exceeding
10 m
(junction
type)
IP65
IP55
IP rating (Note 1)
B IP67
C IP67
Cable lead
Bending life
out direction
Long
In direction
bending life
of load side
Standard
In opposite Long
direction of bending life
load side
Standard
In direction
of load side
In opposite Standard
direction of
load side
Model
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L
Connect a user-fabricated cable to
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L (optional cable).
Connect a user-fabricated cable to
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L (optional cable).
Model
Reference
p. 5-15
p. 5-15
p. 5-15
p. 5-15
Reference
p. 5-15
p. 5-15
p. 5-15
Note
Note
p. 5-16
p. 5-16
10 m or
shorter
(direct
connection
type)
Exceeding
10 m
(junction
type)
IP65
IP55
IP rating (Note 1)
B IP67
C IP67
Cable lead
Bending life
out direction
Long
In direction
bending life
of load side
Standard
In opposite Long
direction of bending life
load side
Standard
In direction
of load side
In opposite Standard
direction of
load side
Model
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L
Connect a user-fabricated cable to
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L (optional cable).
Connect a user-fabricated cable to
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L (optional cable).
Model
Fabricate a cable that fits to MR-BKCNS1 or
MR-BKCNS2 (optional connector set)
(straight type).
Fabricate a cable that fits to MR-BKCNS1A or
MR-BKCNS2A (optional connector set)
(angle type).
Fabricate a cable that fits to MR-BKCN
(optional connector set).
Reference
Note
p. 5-17
p. 5-17
p. 5-17
p. 5-17
Reference
Note
p. 5-17
p. 5-17
p. 5-17
Notes: 1. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
5-3
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
For HG-KR/HG-MR rotary servo motor series: encoder cable length 10 m or shorter
For leading the cables out in direction of load side (Note 1)
Power cable
(23)
Electromagnetic brake cable
(1)
Servo motor
For leading the cables out in opposite direction of load side (Note 1)
Power cable
(24)
Electromagnetic brake cable
(35)
Encoder cable
(2)
(34)
Encoder cable
Servo motor
Notes: 1. Cables for leading two different directions may be used for one servo motor.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
5-4
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
For HG-KR/HG-MR rotary servo motor series: encoder cable length over 10 m
For leading the cables out in direction of load side (Note 4)
(25) Power cable
To servo amplifier power connector (CNP3/CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
Encoder cable
(3) (Note 1)
(5)
(7)
Encoder cable
(8) (Note 1)
(10)
(11)
Servo motor
For leading the cables out in opposite direction of load side (Note 4)
(26) Power cable
To servo amplifier power connector (CNP3/CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C)
(Note 2)
(37) Electromagnetic brake cable
(Note 3)
Encoder cable
(4) (Note 1)
(5)
(7)
Encoder cable
(9) (Note 1)
(10)
(11)
Servo motor
Notes: 1. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to fix the cable before using.
2. Relay a cable using MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L or MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to fix the cable before using.
3. Relay a cable using MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L or MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life. Thus, be sure to fix the cable before using.
4. Cables for leading two different directions may be used for one servo motor.
5. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
5-5
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Encoder cable
(40) (41)
(10)
(11) (12)
(13) (14)
Servo motor
Encoder cable
(40) (41)
(10)
(11) (12)
(13) (14)
Servo motor
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
For HG-JR rotary servo motor 1000 r/min series (6 kW to 12 kW) and 1500 r/min series (7 kW to 15 kW)
Power connector set
To servo amplifier power connector (TE1-1)
(30)
Encoder cable
(16)
LVS/Wires
(15)
Servo motor
For HG-JR rotary servo motor 1000 r/min series (15 kW to 37 kW) and 1500 r/min series (22 kW to 55 kW)
To servo amplifier encoder connector (CN2)
(15)
Product List
Encoder cable
(16)
(33)
Servo motor
Cautions
Notes: 1. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
2. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5-6
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Encoder cable
(10)
(11) (12)
Servo motor
(13) (14)
For fully closed loop control (MR-J4-B/A, MR-J4-DU_B/A, or MR-J4W2-B, and rotary servo motor) (Note 3)
WB
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-_B_/MR-J4-DU_B_
MR-J4-_A_/MR-J4-DU_A_
MOTOR
CN2
SCALE
(20)
HG-KR/HG-MR/HG-SR/
HG-JR/HG-RR (Note 6)/HG-UR
servo motor series
To load-side encoder
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2-_B
CN2A
(17)
(Note 1)
CN2B
(6)
(22)
(7)
For fully closed loop control (MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ or MR-J4-DU_B-RJ/A-RJ, and rotary servo motor) (Note 3)
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-_B_-RJ/MR-J4-DU_B_-RJ
MR-J4-_A_-RJ/MR-J4-DU_A_-RJ
CN2
CN2L
HG-KR/HG-MR/HG-SR/
HG-JR/HG-RR/HG-UR
servo motor series
To load-side encoder
(17)
(Note 1)
(6)
(7)
Notes: 1. Contact the relevant linear encoder manufacturers for connectors to connect with the head cables.
2. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
3. Connections other than mentioned are the same as those for each rotary servo motor. Refer to cables and connectors for relevant servo motors in this catalog.
4. Necessary encoder cables vary depending on the servo motor series. Refer to cables and connectors for relevant servo motors in this catalog.
5. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
6. HG-RR series is compatible only with the 1-axis servo amplifier.
7. An electromagnetic brake connector set is not required for HG-UR series of 1.5 kW or smaller, and HG-RR series as the power connector has electromagnetic brake
terminals.
5-7
WB
A
Servo Amplifiers
THM
Junction cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector
(CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C)
SCALE
(17)
(21)
(Note 1)
Linear encoder
(17)
Junction cable
(6)
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector
(CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C)
(7)
(22)
(17)
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector
(CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C)
(Note 2)
(17)
Linear encoder
(Note 1)
(17)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(Note 2)
THM
Thermistor cable
SCALE
(17)
(Note 2)
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Junction cable
(21)
(Note 1)
(6)
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Junction cable
(7)
LVS/Wires
Linear encoder
(17)
(22)
Product List
(Note 2)
Thermistor cable
(Note 2)
Linear encoder
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(17)
(Note 2)
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Cautions
(Note 2)
(17)
(17)
Notes: 1. Contact the relevant linear encoder manufacturers for connectors to connect with the head cables.
2. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Motors" in this catalog for these connectors.
3. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
4. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5-8
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
A-RJ
For MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-A-RJ and LM-H3/LM-K2/LM-U2 linear servo motor with a serial linear encoder
When using a junction cable for linear servo motor
Linear servo motor
secondary side
(magnet)
THM
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Junction cable
SCALE
(17)
(21)
(Note 1)
Linear encoder
(17)
(6)
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Junction cable
(7)
(22)
Linear encoder
(Note 1)
(17)
Linear encoder
head cable
(Note 2)
(17)
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
(Note 1)
(17)
For MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-A-RJ and LM-F linear servo motor with a serial linear encoder
When using a junction cable for linear servo motor
Linear servo motor
secondary side
(magnet)
(Note 2)
THM
Thermistor cable
SCALE
(17)
(Note 2)
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Junction cable
(21)
(Note 1)
Linear encoder
(17)
(6)
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
Junction cable
(7)
(22)
(Note 2)
Thermistor cable
(Note 2)
Linear encoder
Linear encoder
head cable
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 1)
(17)
(17)
(Note 2)
To servo amplifier
encoder connector (CN2)
(17)
Notes: 1. Contact the relevant linear encoder manufacturers for connectors to connect with the head cables.
2. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Motors" in this catalog for these connectors.
3. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
4. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5-9
B-RJ
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
For MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ and LM-H3/LM-K2/LM-U2 linear servo motor with an A/B/Z-phase differential output type
linear encoder
Linear servo motor
secondary side
(magnet)
(Note 1)
Linear encoder
(17)
To servo amplifier load-side encoder connector (CN2L)
(6)
Linear encoder
head cable
(17)
(7)
For MR-J4-B-RJ/A-RJ and LM-F linear servo motor with an A/B/Z-phase differential output type linear encoder
Linear servo motor
secondary side
(magnet)
(Note 2)
Thermistor cable
(17)
(Note 2)
Linear encoder
head cable
(Note 1)
(17)
Linear encoder
(6)
(7)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1. Contact the relevant linear encoder manufacturers for connectors to connect with the head cables.
2. Refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Motors" in this catalog for these connectors.
3. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
4. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
5-10
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
A-RJ
(18)
To servo amplifier encoder connector (CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C)
(19)
(18)
To servo amplifier encoder connector (CN2/CN2A/CN2B/CN2C)
Absolute position
storage unit
To servo amplifier power connector (CNP3/TE4/CNP3A/CNP3B/CNP3C) (Note 2)
Notes: 1. Cables drawn with dashed lines need to be fabricated by user. Refer to relevant Servo Motor Instruction Manual for fabricating the cables.
2. The connector for U, V, and W varies depending on the servo amplifier capacities. Refer to the dimensions of the relevant servo amplifier in this catalog for details.
5-11
(1)
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L *1
0.3 m
IP20
Encoder cable
(4) (opposite to load-side
lead)
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L *1
0.3 m
MR-EKCBL20M-H *1
MR-EKCBL30M-H (Note 3) *1
MR-EKCBL40M-H (Note 3) *1
MR-EKCBL50M-H (Note 3) *1
MR-EKCBL20M-L *1
MR-EKCBL30M-L (Note 3) *1
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
20 m
30 m
(Note 2, 5)
MR-EKCBL2M-H *1
2m
MR-EKCBL5M-H *1
5m
(7)
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
Encoder connector
Junction connector
IP20
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
IP20
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
IP20
(Note 5)
MR-ECNM
Junction connector
IP20
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
For connecting loadside encoder, or
linear encoder
Junction connector
Junction connector
IP65
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
Encoder connector
IP65
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L *1
0.3 m
(Note 4)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L *1
0.3 m
(Note 4)
LVS/Wires
(8)
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(direct connection
type)
Encoder connector
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
Description
(3)
IP65
Application
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(direct connection
type)
(Note 1)
IP65
Model
IP rating
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A1-H *1
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A1-H *1
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A1-H *1
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A1-L *1
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A1-L *1
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A1-L *1
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A2-H *1
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A2-H *1
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A2-H *1
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A2-L *1
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A2-L *1
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A2-L *1
Cable
length
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
Item
Servo Amplifiers
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Junction connector
Product List
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life.
3. This encoder cable is available in four-wire type. Parameter setting is required to use the four-wire type encoder cable. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual
for details.
4. The encoder cable is rated IP65 while the junction connector itself is rated IP67.
5. Use MR-EKCBL_M-H and MR-ECNM to connect to an output cable for AT343A, AT543A-SC or AT545A-SC scales manufactured by Mitutoyo Corporation.
*1. For unlisted lengths of the cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@
melsc.jp)
Cautions
5-12
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Item
Model
MR-J3ENSCBL2M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL5M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL10M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL20M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL30M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL40M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL50M-H *1
MR-J3ENSCBL2M-L *1
MR-J3ENSCBL5M-L *1
MR-J3ENSCBL10M-L *1
MR-J3ENSCBL20M-L *1
MR-J3ENSCBL30M-L *1
Cable
length
2m
5m
10 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
2m
5m
10 m
20 m
30 m
IP rating
(Note 1)
IP67
(12)
(Note 5)
(one-touch connection
type)
(screw type)
MR-J3SCNS
IP67
MR-ENCNS2 *2
IP67
MR-J3SCNSA *2
IP67
(14)
(Note 5)
(one-touch connection
type)
(screw type)
MR-ENCNS2A *2
IP67
Application
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
For HG-SR/
HG-JR53, 73, 103,
153, 203, 353,
503, 703, 903,
534, 734, 1034,
1534, 2034, 3534,
5034, 7034, 9034/
HG-RR/HG-UR
(direct connection
type)
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
For HG-SR/
HG-JR53, 73, 103,
153, 203, 353,
503, 703, 903,
534, 734, 1034,
1534, 2034, 3534,
5034, 7034, 9034/
HG-RR/HG-UR
(direct connection
type)
(straight type)
For HG-SR/
HG-JR53, 73, 103,
153, 203, 353, 503,
703, 903, 534, 734,
1034, 1534, 2034,
3534, 5034, 7034,
9034/
HG-RR/HG-UR
(straight type)
For HG-SR/
HG-JR53, 73, 103,
153, 203, 353,
503, 703, 903,
534, 734, 1034,
1534, 2034, 3534,
5034, 7034, 9034/
HG-RR/HG-UR
(angle type)
Description
Junction connector or
encoder connector
Servo amplifier
connector
Junction connector or
encoder connector
Servo amplifier
connector
Encoder connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.5 mm2 (AWG 20) or smaller
Cable OD: 5.5 mm to 9.0 mm (Note 4)
Encoder connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.5 mm2 (AWG 20) or smaller
Cable OD: 5.5 mm to 9.0 mm (Note 4)
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life.
3. A screw thread is cut on the encoder connector of HG-SR/HG-JR/HG-RR/HG-UR series, and the screw type connector can be used.
4. Cable clamps and bushings for cable OD of 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm and of 7.0 mm to 9.0 mm are included in the set.
5. The connector contains a plug and contacts. Using contractors for other plugs may damage the connector. Be sure to use the enclosed contacts.
For unlisted lengths and fabricating cables
*1. For unlisted lengths of the cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@
melsc.jp)
*2. For fabricating encoder cables with these connectors, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email:
osb.webmaster@melsc.jp)
5-13
Cable
length
MR-ENECBL2M-H-MTH
2m
MR-ENECBL5M-H-MTH
5m
MR-ENECBL10M-H-MTH
10 m
MR-ENECBL20M-H-MTH
20 m
MR-ENECBL30M-H-MTH
30 m
MR-ENECBL40M-H-MTH
40 m
MR-ENECBL50M-H-MTH
50 m
IP rating
(Note 1)
IP67
Application
For HG-JR601, 801,
12K1, 15K1, 20K1,
25K1, 30K1, 37K1,
701M, 11K1M, 15K1M,
22K1M, 30K1M,
37K1M, 6014, 8014,
12K14, 15K14, 20K14,
25K14, 30K14, 37K14,
701M4, 11K1M4,
15K1M4, 22K1M4,
30K1M4, 37K1M4,
45K1M4, 55K1M4
MR-J3CN2
IP67
For TM-RFM
(connecting direct
drive motor and servo
amplifier, or absolute
position storage unit
and servo amplifier)
IP67
For TM-RFM
(connecting direct
drive motor and
absolute position
storage unit)
MR-J3DDCNS
MR-J3DDSPS
MR-J4FCCBL03M
MR-J4THCBL03M
MR-J3THMCN2
0.3 m
For branching
thermistor
0.3 m
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.3 mm2 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG 22 to 16)
Cable OD: 6.8 mm to 10 mm
Encoder connector or
Servo amplifier
absolute position storage connector
unit connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.25 mm2 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG 23 to 20)
Cable OD: 7.8 mm to 8.2 mm
Encoder connector
Absolute position
storage unit connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.25 mm2 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG 23 to 20)
Cable OD: 7.8 mm to 8.2 mm
Junction connector
Junction connector
Junction connector
5-14
Cautions
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor/absolute position storage unit.
If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servo motor/absolute position storage unit differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life.
3. Servo system will not operate correctly when the junction cables for fully closed loop control and for linear servo motor are used mistakenly or interchangeably. Make sure
of the model before placing an order.
Product List
LVS/Wires
IP67
Encoder connector
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
MR-ENECNS
Encoder connector
Description
Model
Servo Amplifiers
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
IP rating
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A1-H *1
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A1-H *1
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A1-H *1
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A1-L *1 (Note 3)
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A1-L *1 (Note 3)
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A1-L *1 (Note 3)
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A2-H *1
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A2-H *1
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A2-H *1
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A2-L *1 (Note 3)
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A2-L *1 (Note 3)
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A2-L *1 (Note 3)
Cable
length
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L
0.3 m
IP55
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L
0.3 m
IP55
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
Item
(23)
(25)
Model
(Note 1)
IP65
Application
Description
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(direct connection
type)
Power connector
Lead-out
IP65
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(direct connection
type)
* The cable is not shielded.
Power connector
Lead-out
* The cable is not shielded.
Power connector
MR-PWCNF *2
MR-PWCNS4 *2
MR-PWCNS5 *2
MR-PWCNS3 *2
IP67
For TM-RFM_C20/
TM-RFM_E20
IP67
IP67
IP67
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.3 mm2 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG 22 to 16)
Cable OD: 8.3 mm to 11.3 mm
Power connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 2 mm2 to 3.5 mm2 (AWG 14 to 12)
Cable OD: 10.5 mm to 14.1 mm
Power connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 5.5 mm2 to 8 mm2 (AWG 10 to 8)
Cable OD: 12.5 mm to 16 mm
Power connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 14 mm2 to 22 mm2 (AWG 6 to 4)
Cable OD: 22 mm to 23.8 mm
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life.
3. Shielded power cable MR-PWS3CBL_M-A_-L is also available. Contact your local sales office.
For unlisted lengths and fabricating cables
*1. For unlisted lengths of the cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@
melsc.jp)
*2. For fabricating servo motor power cables or electromagnetic brake cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION
DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@melsc.jp)
5-15
Model
Cable
length
IP rating
Application
(Note 1)
Servo Amplifiers
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Description
Power connector
MR-PWCNS1 *1
IP67
For HG-RR103,
153, 203/
HG-UR72, 152
Applicable cable
Wire size: 2 mm2 to 3.5 mm2 (AWG 14 to 12)
Cable OD: 9.5 mm to 13 mm
Power connector
MR-PWCNS2 *1
IP67
Applicable cable
Wire size: 5.5 mm2 to 8 mm2 (AWG 10 to 8)
Cable OD: 13 mm to 15.5 mm
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
(33)
MR-PWCNF *1
Cable
length
IP rating
(Note 1)
IP67
Application
For HG-JR15K1,
20K1, 25K1, 30K1,
37K1, 22K1M,
30K1M, 37K1M,
15K14, 20K14,
25K14, 30K14,
37K14, 22K1M4,
30K1M4, 37K1M4,
45K1M4, 55K1M4
Description
Power connector
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.3 mm2 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG 22 to 16)
Cable OD: 8.3 mm to 11.3 mm
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
For fabricating cables
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Model
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Item
*1. For fabricating servo motor power cables or electromagnetic brake cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION
DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@melsc.jp)
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
5-16
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Motors" in this catalog for the detailed models.
IP rating
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A1-H *1
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A1-H *1
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A1-H *1
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A1-L *1
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A1-L *1
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A1-L *1
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A2-H *1
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A2-H *1
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A2-H *1
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A2-L *1
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A2-L *1
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A2-L *1
Cable
length
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
0.3 m
IP55
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
0.3 m
IP55
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(junction type)
IP67
Item
Electromagnetic brake
(34) cable (Note 2)
(load-side lead)
Electromagnetic brake
cable (Note 2)
(35)
(opposite to load-side
lead)
Electromagnetic brake
(36) cable (Note 2)
(load-side lead)
Electromagnetic brake
cable (Note 2)
(37)
(opposite to load-side
lead)
(38)
Electromagnetic brake
connector set (Note 4)
(one-touch connection
type)
Model
MR-BKCNS1 *2
Electromagnetic brake
(39) connector set (Note 3, 4)
(screw type)
MR-BKCNS2 *2
Electromagnetic brake
connector set (Note 4)
(40)
(one-touch connection
type)
MR-BKCNS1A
Electromagnetic brake
(41) connector set (Note 3, 4)
(screw type)
(42)
Electromagnetic brake
connector set
*2
MR-BKCNS2A *2
MR-BKCN
(Note 1)
IP65
Application
Description
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(direct connection
type)
Electromagnetic brake connector
Lead-out
IP65
For HG-KR/HG-MR
(direct connection
type)
* The cable is not shielded.
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
For HG-SR/
HG-JR53B, 73B,
103B, 153B, 203B,
353B, 503B, 703B,
903B, 534B, 734B,
1034B, 1534B,
2034B, 3534B,
5034B, 7034B, 9034B
(straight type)
For HG-SR/
HG-JR53B, 73B,
103B, 153B, 203B,
353B, 503B, 703B,
903B, 534B, 734B,
1034B, 1534B,
2034B, 3534B,
5034B, 7034B, 9034B
(angle type)
For HG-JR601B,
801B, 12K1B, 701MB,
11K1MB, 15K1MB,
6014B, 8014B,
12K14B, 701M4B,
11K1M4B, 15K1M4B/
HG-UR202B, 352B,
502B
(straight type)
Applicable cable
Wire size: 1.25 mm2 (AWG 16) or smaller
Cable OD: 9.0 mm to 11.6 mm
Applicable cable
Wire size: 1.25 mm2 (AWG 16) or smaller
Cable OD: 9.0 mm to 11.6 mm
Applicable cable
Wire size: 0.3 mm2 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG 22 to 16)
Cable OD: 5.0 mm to 8.3 mm
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life.
3. A screw thread is cut on the electromagnetic brake connector of HG-SR/HG-JR series, and the screw type connector can be used.
4. The connector contains a plug and contacts. Using contractors for other plugs may damage the connector. Be sure to use the enclosed contacts.
For unlisted lengths and fabricating cables
*1. For unlisted lengths of the cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@
melsc.jp)
*2. For fabricating servo motor power cables or electromagnetic brake cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION
DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@melsc.jp)
5-17
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-H (Note 2)
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A1-L (Note 2)
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-H (Note 2)
MR-J3ENCBL_M-A2-L (Note 2)
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L (Note 2)
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L (Note 2)
MR-EKCBL_M-H
MR-EKCBL_M-L
MR-ECNM
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L (Note 2)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L (Note 2)
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H (Note 2)
MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L (Note 2)
MR-J3SCNS (Note 2, 3)
Housing: 1-172161-9
Connector pin: 170359-1
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
or an equivalent product
Cable clamp: MTI-0002
(Toa Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.)
Encoder connector
2174053-1
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
Encoder connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Junction connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Product List
LVS/Wires
Model
Junction connector
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Model
2174053-1
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
Junction connector
Model
Encoder connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Model
2174053-1
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
Model
Encoder connector
Servo Amplifiers
Model
Notes: 1. Cable clamps and bushings for cable OD of 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm and of 7.0 mm to 9.0 mm are included in the set.
2. The cable or the connector set may contain different connectors but still usable.
3. The connector contains a plug and contacts. Using contractors for other plugs may damage the connector. Be sure to use the enclosed contacts.
Cautions
5-18
Options/Peripheral Equipment
MR-ENCNS2 (Note 3)
Model
MR-J3SCNSA (Note 2, 3)
Model
MR-ENCNS2A (Note 3)
Model
MR-ENECBL_M-H-MTH
MR-ENECNS
Encoder connector
Encoder connector
MR-J3DDCNS
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Encoder connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Encoder connector
Plug: D/MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Backshell: CE02-20BS-S-D (straight)
Cable clamp: CE3057-12A-3-D
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
Model
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Model
MR-J3CN2
or
Plug: RM15WTPZK-12S
Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8(72)
(Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
or
Connector set: 54599-1019
(Molex)
Notes: 1. Cable clamps and bushings for cable OD of 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm and of 7.0 mm to 9.0 mm are included in the set.
2. The cable or the connector set may contain different connectors but still usable.
3. The connector contains a plug and contacts. Using contractors for other plugs may damage the connector. Be sure to use the enclosed contacts.
5-19
MR-J3DDSPS
Encoder connector
Plug: RM15WTPZK-12S
Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8(72)
(Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)
MR-J4FCCBL03M
MR-J4THCBL03M
MR-J3THMCN2
Plug: RM15WTPZ-12P(72)
Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8(72)
(Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.)
Junction connector
Plug: 36110-3000FD
Shell kit: 36310-F200-008
(3M)
Model
Servo Amplifiers
Model
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(3M)
Model
Power connector
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-H (Note 1)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A1-L (Note 1)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-H (Note 1)
MR-PWS1CBL_M-A2-L (Note 1)
Plug: KN4FT04SJ1-R
Socket contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited)
Power connector
Model
Plug: KN4FT04SJ2-R
Socket contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L (Note 1)
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L (Note 1)
Model
Model
Power connector
MR-PWCNF
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
MR-PWCNS4
Notes: 1. The cable or the connector set may contain different connectors but still usable.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
5-20
Options/Peripheral Equipment
MR-PWCNS5
Model
Power connector
Plug: CE05-6A32-17SD-D-BSS (straight)
Cable clamp: CE3057-20A-1-D
(DDK Ltd.)
MR-PWCNS3
Model
Power connector
Plug: CE05-6A22-23SD-D-BSS (straight)
Cable clamp: CE3057-12A-2-D
(DDK Ltd.)
MR-PWCNS1
Model
Power connector
Plug: CE05-6A24-10SD-D-BSS (straight)
Cable clamp: CE3057-16A-2-D
(DDK Ltd.)
MR-PWCNS2
Model
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-H
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A1-L
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-H
MR-BKS1CBL_M-A2-L
Model
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
Model
MR-BKCNS1 (Note 1, 2)
Model
MR-BKCNS2 (Note 2)
Model
MR-BKCNS1A (Note 1, 2)
Model
MR-BKCNS2A (Note 2)
Model
MR-BKCN
Power connector
Plug: D/MS3106A10SL-4S(D190)
(DDK Ltd.)
Cable clamp: YSO10-5 to 8 (straight)
(Daiwa Dengyo Co., Ltd.)
Notes: 1. The cable or the connector set may contain different connectors but still usable.
2. The connector contains a plug and contacts. Using contractors for other plugs may damage the connector. Be sure to use the enclosed contacts.
5-21
Servo amplifier
CN2 connector
Connector (3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
Connector (Molex)
54599-1019 (gray)
54599-1016 (black)
HG-KR/
HG-MR
Feature (Note 1)
IP65
Connector
(TE Connectivity Ltd.
Company)
Crimping tools
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
2174053-1
Straight type
Angle type
Feature (Note 1)
One-touch
connection type
Screw type
Angle
One-touch
connection type
Screw type
Socket contact
CMV1-SP10S-M1
5.5 to 7.5
CMV1-SP10S-M2
7.0 to 9.0
CMV1S-SP10S-M1
5.5 to 7.5
CMV1S-SP10S-M2
CMV1-AP10S-M1
CMV1-AP10S-M2
7.0 to 9.0
CMV1S-AP10S-M1
5.5 to 7.5
CMV1S-AP10S-M2
7.0 to 9.0
LVS/Wires
Contact
Solder type
Straight
Type of connection
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-SR/
HG-JR53,
73, 103, 153,
203, 353, 503,
703, 903, 534,
734, 1034,
IP67
1534, 2034,
3534, 5034,
7034, 9034/
HG-RR/
HG-UR
Type
Applicable
servo motor
Servo Amplifiers
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Product List
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. Contact Toa Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
3. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector.
Cautions
Rotary
Linear
Direct
5-22
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Straight type
Plug
Encoder connector for HG-JR 1000 r/min series and 1500 r/min series (IP67 rated) Rotary
HG-JR601,
801, 12K1,
15K1, 20K1,
25K1, 30K1,
37K1, 701M,
11K1M, 15K1M,
22K1M, 30K1M,
37K1M, 6014,
8014, 12K14,
15K14, 20K14, IP67
25K14, 30K14,
37K14, 701M4,
11K1M4,
15K1M4,
22K1M4,
30K1M4,
37K1M4,
45K1M4,
55K1M4
Backshell
(DDK Ltd.)
Applicable Feature
(Note 1)
servo motor
Model
Type
Straight
Model
Model
Backshell
Cable
clamp
Plug
CE02-20BS-S-D
D/MS3106A20-29S(D190)
CE3057-12A-3-D
Angle
Backshell
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
Angle type
Cable
clamp
CE-20BA-S-D
Straight type
Plug
Cable
clamp
Angle type
Plug
Cable
clamp
Encoder connector for HG-JR 1000 r/min series and 1500 r/min series
(general environment) Rotary
Applicable
Feature (Note 1)
servo motor
HG-JR601,
801, 12K1,
15K1, 20K1,
25K1, 30K1,
37K1, 701M,
Straight
11K1M, 15K1M,
22K1M, 30K1M,
37K1M, 6014,
8014, 12K14,
General
15K14, 20K14,
environment
25K14, 30K14,
37K14, 701M4,
11K1M4,
15K1M4,
Angle
22K1M4,
30K1M4,
37K1M4,
45K1M4,
55K1M4
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
Model
Model
Cable OD
[mm]
D/MS3106B20-29S
D/MS3057-12A
D/MS3108B20-29S
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector.
Rotary
5-23
Linear
Direct
Encoder connector for TM-RFM series and absolute position storage unit
connector (servo amplifier side) Direct
Applicable
servo motor
Feature
Application
For encoder or
absolute position
IP67
storage unit (servo
amplifier side)
TM-RFM
Straight RM15WTPZK-12S
JR13WCCA-8(72)
Applicable
servo motor
Feature
Application
Type
(Note 1)
For absolute
position storage
IP67
unit (encoder side)
TM-RFM
General
environment
Plug
Connector (3M)
36110-3000FD
Shell kit
36310-F200-008
General
environment
LM-F
Cable receptacle
(DDK Ltd.)
Feature (Note 1)
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
D/MS3101A14S-9S
D/MS3057A-6A
LVS/Wires
(Note 1)
IP65
Connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry,
Limited)
Plug: KN4FT04SJ1-R
Socket contact:
ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
Crimping tools
(Japan Aviation Electronics
Industry, Limited)
For contactor:
CT160-3-TMH5B
Product List
HG-KR/
HG-MR
Feature
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LM-H3/
LM-K2/
LM-U2/
LM-F
Feature (Note 1)
Encoder connector for TM-RFM series and absolute position storage unit
connector (encoder side) Direct
Type
(Note 1)
Servo Amplifiers
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor/absolute position storage unit.
If the IP rating of the servo amplifier/servo motor/absolute position storage unit differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. Contact Taisei Co., Ltd.
3. Contact Toa Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
Cautions
Rotary
Linear
Direct
5-24
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Straight type
Plug
Cable
clamp
Angle type
Plug
Cable
clamp
Feature (Note 1)
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
Model
CE3057-10A-2-D
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-6A18-10SD-D-BSS
General
environment (Note 2)
D/MS3106B18-10S
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-6A22-22SD-D-BSS
CE3057-10A-1-D
Straight
D/MS3057-10A
CE3057-12A-2-D
CE3057-12A-1-D
Cable OD [mm]
8.5 to 11
10.5 to 14.1
14.3 or smaller
(bushing ID)
9.5 to 13
12.5 to 16
General
environment (Note 2)
D/MS3106B22-22S
D/MS3057-12A
15.9 or smaller
(bushing ID)
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-6A32-17SD-D-BSS
CE3057-20A-1-D
14 mm2 to 22 mm2
(AWG 6 to 4)
22 to 23.8
General
environment (Note 2)
D/MS3106B32-17S
D/MS3057-20A
14 mm2 to 22 mm2
(AWG 6 to 4)
23.8 or smaller
(bushing ID)
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-8A18-10SD-D-BAS
General
environment (Note 2)
D/MS3108B18-10S
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-8A22-22SD-D-BAS
Angle
CE3057-10A-2-D
CE3057-10A-1-D
D/MS3057-10A
CE3057-12A-2-D
CE3057-12A-1-D
8.5 to 11
10.5 to 14.1
14.3 or smaller
(bushing ID)
9.5 to 13
12.5 to 16
D/MS3108B22-22S
D/MS3057-12A
15.9 or smaller
(bushing ID)
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-8A32-17SD-D-BAS
CE3057-20A-1-D
14 mm2 to 22 mm2
(AWG 6 to 4)
22 to 23.8
General
environment (Note 2)
D/MS3108B32-17S
D/MS3057-20A
14 mm2 to 22 mm2
(AWG 6 to 4)
23.8 or smaller
(bushing ID)
General
environment (Note 2)
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. Not compliant with EN.
3. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
Rotary
5-25
Linear
Direct
Cable
clamp
Plug
Power connector for HG-JR 1000 r/min series (6 kW to 12 kW) and 1500 r/min series
(7 kW to 15 kW) (Note 4) Rotary
Model
Type
CE05-6A32-17SD-D
Straight
Backshell
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
Model
Model
CE05-32BS-S-DOB
Cable OD
[mm]
CE3057-24A-1-D
30 to 32.5
22 mm (AWG 4)
2
27.5 to 29.6
Straight type
Angle type
Cable
clamp
Plug
Plug
Cable
clamp
HG-RR103, 153,
203/
HG-UR72, 152
HG-RR103, 153,
203/
HG-UR72, 152
IP67
EN compliant
General
environment (Note 3)
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-6A22-23SD-D-BSS
Straight
D/MS3106B22-23S
CE05-6A24-10SD-D-BSS
General
environment (Note 3)
D/MS3106B24-10S
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-8A22-23SD-D-BAS
General
environment (Note 3)
IP67
EN compliant
General
environment (Note 3)
Angle
D/MS3108B22-23S
CE05-8A24-10SD-D-BAS
D/MS3108B24-10S
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
Model
9.5 to 13
CE3057-12A-2-D
CE3057-12A-1-D
D/MS3057-12A
D/MS3057-16A
5.5 mm to 8 mm
(AWG 10 to 8)
2
D/MS3057-12A
D/MS3057-16A
19.1 or smaller
(bushing ID)
12.5 to 16
15.9 or smaller
(bushing ID)
13 to 15.5
CE3057-16A-2-D
CE3057-16A-1-D
15 to 19.1
9.5 to 13
CE3057-12A-2-D
CE3057-12A-1-D
12.5 to 16
15.9 or smaller
(bushing ID)
13 to 15.5
CE3057-16A-2-D
CE3057-16A-1-D
Cable OD [mm]
5.5 mm to 8 mm
(AWG 10 to 8)
2
LVS/Wires
HG-RR353, 503/
HG-UR202, 352,
502
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-RR353, 503/
HG-UR202, 352,
502
Feature (Note 1)
Applicable servo
motor
CE3057-24A-2-D
Backshell
(DDK Ltd.)
Servo Amplifiers
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
15 to 19.1
19.1 or smaller
(bushing ID)
Product List
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
3. Not compliant with EN.
4. This connector is usable only when the outer diameter of the cable used for HG-JR 1000 r/min series (6 kW to 12 kW) and 1500 r/min series (7 kW to 15 kW) is larger than
23.8 mm.
Cautions
Rotary
Linear
Direct
5-26
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Plug
Cable
clamp
Plug
(DDK Ltd.)
Feature (Note 1)
Type
Model
ACS-08RL-MS14F
IP67
EN compliant
CE05-6A14S-2SD-D
Straight
ACS-12RL-MS14F
YSO14-5 to 8
YSO14-9 to 11
General
D/MS3106B14S-2S
environment (Note 3)
Straight D/MS3057-6A
Manufacturer
Nippon Flex
Co., Ltd.
Cable receptacle
(DDK Ltd.)
Feature (Note 1)
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
General
environment
D/MS3101A18-10S
D/MS3057-10A
14.3 or smaller
(bushing ID)
General
environment
D/MS3101A24-22S
D/MS3057-16A
19.1 or smaller
(bushing ID)
(Note 3)
(Note 3)
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
3. Not compliant with EN.
Rotary
5-27
Linear
Direct
Connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics
Industry, Limited)
Crimping tool
(Japan Aviation Electronics
Industry, Limited)
Plug: JN4FT02SJ1-R
For contactor:
Socket contact:
CT160-3-TMH5B
ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
IP65
Applicable
servo motor
Feature (Note 1)
Type
Type of connection
Straight
Screw type
One-touch
connection type
Angle
Screw type
CMV1-#22BSC-C3-100
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
3. Contact Taisei Co., Ltd.
LVS/Wires
Contact
Solder type
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HG-SR/
HG-JR53B,
73B, 103B,
153B, 203B,
353B, 503B,
703B, 903B,
IP67
534B, 734B,
1034B, 1534B,
2034B, 3534B,
5034B, 7034B,
9034B
One-touch
connection type
Straight type
HG-KR/
HG-MR
Feature (Note 1)
Servo Amplifiers
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Product List
Cautions
Rotary
Linear
Direct
5-28
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Straight type
Electromagnetic brake connector for HG-JR 1000 r/min series (6 kW to 12 kW) and
1500 r/min series (7 kW to 15 kW)/HG-UR (2 kW or larger) series (IP67 rated) Rotary
Applicable
servo motor
Feature
Model
(Note 1)
HG-JR601B,
801B, 12K1B,
701MB, 11K1MB,
15K1MB, 6014B,
8014B, 12K14B,
IP67
701M4B,
11K1M4B,
15K1M4B/
HG-UR202B,
352B, 502B
Model
Manufacturer
ACS-08RL-MS10F
ACS-12RL-MS10F
Straight
YSO10-5 to 8
D/MS3106A10SL-4S(D190)
ACA-08RL-MS10F
ACA-12RL-MS10F
Angle
Nippon Flex
Co., Ltd.
Feature
HG-JR601B,
801B, 12K1B,
701MB, 11K1MB,
15K1MB, 6014B,
8014B, 12K14B, General
Straight
701M4B,
environment
11K1M4B,
15K1M4B/
HG-UR202B,
352B, 502B
Cable clamp
(DDK Ltd.)
Model
Model
D/MS3106A10SL-4S
Cable clamp
Plug
Daiwa Dengyo
Co., Ltd.
YLO10-5 to 8
(Note 1)
Angle type
Cable
clamp
Daiwa Dengyo
5 to 8.3
Co., Ltd.
0.3 mm2 to 1.25 mm2
(AWG 22 to 16)
4 to 8
Nippon Flex
Co., Ltd.
8 to 12
Electromagnetic brake connector for HG-JR 1000 r/min series (6 kW to 12 kW) and
1500 r/min series (7 kW to 15 kW)/HG-UR (2 kW or larger) series
(general environment) Rotary
Applicable
servo motor
Plug
D/MS3057-4A
5 to 8.3
Plug
Cable
clamp
Cable OD
[mm]
Notes: 1
. The IP rating indicated is for the connector's protection against ingress of dust and water when coupled to a servo amplifier/servo motor. If the IP rating of the servo
amplifier/servo motor differs from that of these connectors, overall IP rating depends on the lowest of all.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
Rotary
5-29
Linear
Direct
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
For 22 kW or smaller
Servo amplifier
Controller
CNP1
(5) (6) ( 7 )
(8)
CNP2
(1)
(Note 3)
(16)
CN5
Setup software
MR Configurator2
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CNP3
Servo amplifier
(10)
CNP2
CNP3
(19)
(5) (6) ( 7 )
CN2
CN8
CN2
(Note 2) CN2L
(8)
CN1B
(9)
(Note 1)
CN4
CN5
CN3
CN1A
(18)
CN1B
(Note 2) CN2L
CNP1
CN4
To load-side encoder
For 30 kW or larger
Controller
(16)
(10)
(19)
(8)
Drive unit
CN6
Converter unit
CN5
(20)
CN40
CN40A
(21)
CN3
(22)
(23)
CNP1
CN1
Drive unit
CN6
CN3
CN40
CN8
CN3
CN5
(20)
CN40A
(21)
(22)
CN1A
CN8
CN1B
CN2
(5) (6) ( 7 )
(Note 2) CN2L
(Note 2) CN2L
(8)
CN4
(9)
(Note 1)
CN4
LVS/Wires
CN2
CN3
CN1A
(23)
CN1B
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
CN1
(18)
(5) (6) ( 7 )
Converter unit
CNP1
Setup software
MR Congurator2
R32MTCPU
R16MTCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
QD77MS
LD77MS
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
MR-MC211
R32MTCPU
R16MTCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
QD77MS
LD77MS
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
MR-MC211
Product List
Cautions
5-30
Options/Peripheral Equipment
WB
Controller
R32MTCPU
R16MTCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
Q170MSCPU
RD77MS
QD77MS
LD77MS
Q173SCCF
MR-MC210
MR-MC211
(5) (6) ( 7 )
(8)
(16)
Setup software
MR Configurator2
CN5
CNP1
CNP2
(2)
CNP3A
CNP3B
CNP3C
CN3
(11) (12)
CN1A
CN1B
CNP2
(19)
(5) (6) ( 7 )
CN2A
CN4
CNP1
(18)
CNP3A
CNP3B
(8)
CN2B
CN2C
CN5
(13)
CN8
CNP3C
CN3
CN8
CN1A
CN1B
CN2A
CN2B
(9)
(Note 2)
CN2C
CN4
(15)
(14)
(Note 1)
Battery case: MR-BT6VCASE
Battery: MR-BAT6V1 5 pcs
Notes: 1. MR-BT6VCASE and MR-BAT6V1 are not required when using the linear servo motor or when configuring incremental system with the MR-J4W_-B servo amplifier.
2. Be sure to attach a cap to CN1B connector of the final axis.
3. Refer to "Junction Terminal Block" in this catalog.
4. CNP3C and CN2C connectors are available for MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier.
5-31
CN5
(1)
(Note 4)
QD77GF
CN1A
(Note 1)
CN1B
(Note 1)
CN2
(10)
CN8
CNP2
CNP3
(16)
Setup software
MR Configurator2
CN4
CN1A
(Note 1)
CNP3
CN10B
CN2L
CN8
CN1B
(Note 1)
CN2
Ethernet cable
Refer to "Ethernet
Cable Specifications"
in this page.
(Note 2)
CN10A
CN10B
CN2L
CC-Link IE
Field Network
(Note 3)
(Note 2)
CN3
CNP2
(18)
(19)
CN10A
CN5
CNP1
CN4
Notes: 1. This connector is not for use. Be sure to attach a cap supplied with the servo amplifier.
2. This connector is not for use.
3. When branching off CC-Link IE Field Network with a switching HUB, use DT135TX (Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.).
4. The connectors are for 3.5 kW or smaller servo amplifiers. Terminal blocks are mounted for 5 kW or larger servo amplifiers.
CC-Link IE
Field Network
Simple Motion module
Servo amplifier
CN3
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
CNP1
B-RJ010
Description
Category 5e or higher, (double shielded/STP) straight cable
The cable must meet either of the following standards:
IEEE802.3 1000BASE-T
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B (Category 5e)
RJ-45 connector with shield
LVS/Wires
For details, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@melsc.jp)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1
. Use wiring parts recommended by CC-Link Partner Association for wiring the CC-Link IE Field Network.
2. CC-Link IE Field Network cables are not compatible with CC-Link IE Controller Network.
Product List
Cautions
5-32
Options/Peripheral Equipment
A-RJ
For 22 kW or smaller
Servo amplifier
Controller
RD75P
RD75D
QD70P
QD70D
QD75P_N
QD75D_N
LD75P
LD75D
FX3U
FX3UC
FX3G
FX3GC
FX2N-_GM
FX2N-_PG
FX1S
CN5
CNP1
(3)
(4)
(17)
CN3
CN8
CNP2
(1)
(Note 5)
CN1
Setup software
MR Configurator2
(Note 4)
(16)
CN6
(18)
CNP3
(19)
CN2
(Note 3) CN2L
CN4
For 30 kW or larger
Controller
RD75P
RD75D
QD70P
QD70D
QD75P_N
QD75D_N
LD75P
LD75D
FX 3U
FX 3UC
FX 3G
FX 3GC
FX 2N -_GM
FX 2N -_PG
FX 1S
(3)
(4)
CNP1
CN1
Drive unit
CN6
CN5
CN40
CN40A
CN3
(20)
CN3
(17)
CN8
(21)
CN1
(22)
(23)
Setup software
MR Congurator2
(Note 4)
(16)
CN6
RS-422/RS-232C
conversion cable (Note 2)
(18)
(19)
CN2
(Note 3) CN2L
CN4
5-33
Model
Cable
IP
length rating
Application
Description
CNP1
connector
For MR-J4-200B(-RJ)/
MR-J4-200B-RJ010/
MR-J4-200A(-RJ)/
MR-J4-350B(-RJ)/
MR-J4-350B-RJ010/
MR-J4-350A(-RJ)
CNP2
connector
CNP3
connector
Open tool
CNP1/CNP3 connector
Applicable wire size (Note 2): AWG 16 to 10
Insulator OD: up to 4.7 mm
CNP2 connector
Applicable wire size (Note 2): AWG 18 to 14
Insulator OD: up to 3.9 mm
CNP1
connector
CNP2
connector
CNP3
connector
Open tool
For MR-J4-350B4(-RJ)
or smaller/
MR-J4-350A4(-RJ)
or smaller
Open tool
For CNP1/CNP2/CNP3
(Standard accessory)
CNP3
connector
CNP1
connector
CNP2
connector
For MR-J4-100B(-RJ)
or smaller/
MR-J4-40B1(-RJ) or
smaller/
MR-J4-100B-RJ010
or smaller/
MR-J4-100A(-RJ)
or smaller/
MR-J4-40A1(-RJ) or
smaller
Servo Amplifiers
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the detailed models.
CNP1 connector
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(Standard accessory)
For MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B
LVS/Wires
For CNP1/CNP2/CNP3_
CNP2 connector
Open tool
Product List
Notes: 1
. This connector set is not required for 5 kW or larger servo amplifiers since terminal blocks are mounted. Refer to servo amplifier dimensions in this catalog for details.
2. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in this catalog for examples of wire size selection.
3. Press bonding type is also available. Refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for details.
Cautions
5-34
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Item
(3) Connector set
For CN1
Cable
IP
length rating
Model
MR-J3CN1
MR-J2M-CN1TBL05M
0.5 m
MR-J2M-CN1TBL1M
1m
For controller/CN1A/CN1B
For CN1B
For CN3
Connector set
(Qty: 1 pc)
Connector set
(12)
(Qty: 20 pcs)
(11)
For MR-J4-_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)
For connecting
MR-J4-_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ) and
MR-TB50
MR-J3BUS015M
0.15 m
MR-J3BUS03M
0.3 m
MR-J3BUS05M
0.5 m
MR-J3BUS1M
1m
3m
5m
MR-J3BUS10M-A *1
10 m
MR-J3BUS20M-A *1
20 m
MR-J3BUS30M-B *1
30 m
MR-J3BUS40M-B
*1
40 m
MR-J3BUS50M-B *1
50 m
MR-J3BUS3M
SSCNET III cable (Note 1)
(standard cable outside
(6) cabinet)
Compatible with
SSCNET III(/H)
SSCNET III cable (Note 1, 3)
(long distance cable,
(7) long bending life)
Compatible with
SSCNET III(/H)
SSCNET III
connector set
(8) (Note 1, 2)
Compatible with
SSCNET III(/H)
SSCNET III
connector cap
(9)
Compatible with
SSCNET III(/H)
MR-J3BUS5M-A
*1
MR-J3BCN1
(Standard accessory)
MR-CCN1
MR-J2CMP2
MR-ECN1
MR-TBNATBL05M
0.5 m
MR-TBNATBL1M
1m
Application
Description
Servo amplifier connector
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
SSCNET III/(H) connector SSCNET III/(H) connector
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010
For MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For connecting
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B and
MR-TB26A
Servo amplifier
connector
Junction terminal
block connector
Notes: 1
. Read carefully through the precautions enclosed with the options before use.
2. Dedicated tools are required. Contact your local sales office for more details.
3. When SSCNET III/H is used, refer to "Products on the Market for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for cables over 50 m or with ultra-long bending life.
For unlisted lengths
*1. For unlisted lengths of the cables, please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@
melsc.jp)
5-35
Model
MR-BT6V1CBL03M
Cable
IP
length rating
1m
MR-BT6V2CBL03M
0.3 m
Servo amplifier
connector
Junction connector
For CN5
Personal computer
(16) communication cable MR-J3USBCBL3M
(USB cable)
3m
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010/
MR-J4-A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
For CN6
1m
For MR-J4-A(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010/
MR-J4-A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B
3m
For connecting
MR-J3-D05 or other
safety control device with
MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010/
MR-J4-A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
0.5 m
For MR-J4-DU_B_/
MR-J4-DU_A_/
MR-CR55K_
(Standard accessory)
For CN8
Protection
coordination cable
MR-J3CDL05M
MR-J2CN1-A
For MR-J4-DU_B_/
MR-J4-DU_A_/
MR-CR55K_
(Standard accessory)
For MR-CR55K_
(Standard accessory)
For MR-CR55K_
(23)
Magnetic contactor
wiring connector
Cautions
Product List
(20)
MR-D05UDL3M-B
LVS/Wires
Personal computer
connector A connector
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Short-circuit
connector
(18)
MR-J3CN6CBL1M
Battery case
connector
For MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010/
MR-J4-A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B
Description
For CN4
MR-BT6V1CBL1M
MR-BT6V2CBL1M
For connecting
MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010/
MR-J4-A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-B/
MR-J4W3-B and
MR-BT6VCASE
0.3 m
Application
Servo Amplifiers
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog for the detailed models.
5-36
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
Functional safety unit
MR-D30
Servo amplifier
CNP1
CN10A
CNP2
(24)
CN10B
CNP3
(24)
Refer to "Details of Optional Connector for MR-D30" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Item
For CN10A/CN10B
(24)
Connector
(Qty: 2 pcs)
Model
(Standard accessory of
MR-D30)
Cable
length
IP rating
Application
For MR-J3-D05
Description
B-RJ
Servo amplifier
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo amplifier
CN8A
CN8B
CN8 (Note 1)
CN9
CN10
(25)
CN8 (Note 1)
(25)
(26)
(27)
Refer to "Details of Optional Cables and Connectors for MR-J3-D05" in this catalog for the detailed models.
Item
Model
Cable
length
IP rating
Application
For MR-J3-D05
(Standard accessory of
MR-J3-D05)
For MR-J3-D05
(26) Connector
For CN10
(Standard accessory of
MR-J3-D05)
MR-D05UDL3M-B
For CN9
For CN8
3m
For connecting
MR-J3-D05 or other
safety control device
with
MR-J4-_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_B_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-_B_-RJ010/
MR-J4-A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4-DU_A_(-RJ)/
MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B
(27) Connector
Notes: 1. Be sure to attach a short-circuit connector supplied with the servo amplifier when the STO function is not used.
5-37
Description
Model
Model
Model
CNP1 connector
06JFAT-SAXGDK-HT10.5
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP1 connector
03JFAT-SAXGFK-43
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
05JFAT-SAXGDK-H5.0
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP2 connector
05JFAT-SAXGDK-HT7.5
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP2 connector
06JFAT-SAXYGG-F-KK
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Model
CNP3 connector
03JFAT-SAXGFK-XL
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Open tool
J-FAT-OT-EXL
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP3 connector
Open tool
03JFAT-SAXGDK-HT10.5
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
J-FAT-OT-XL
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP3A/B/C connector
04JFAT-SAGG-G-KK
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Open tool
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
06JFAT-SAXGFK-XL
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP2 connector
J-FAT-OT
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP1 connector
03JFAT-SAXGDK-H7.5
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Open tool
05JFAT-SAXGDK-H5.0
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
CNP3 connector
CNP2 connector
Servo Amplifiers
Model
J-FAT-OT-EXL
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
MR-J3CN1
MR-J2M-CN1TBL_M
MR-J3BUS_M
MR-J3BUS_M-A
MR-J3BCN1
Connector: D7950-B500FL
(3M)
Connector: PF-2D103
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited)
Product List
Model
LVS/Wires
Model
Connector: PF-2D103
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited)
Cautions
Notes: 1. Solder type (connector: 10150-3000PE and shell kit: 10350-52F0-008) (3M) is also usable. Contact the manufacturer directly.
5-38
Options/Peripheral Equipment
MR-J3BUS_M-B
Connector: CF-2D103-S
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited)
Model
MR-CCN1
Model
MR-J2HBUS_M
Connector: 52316-2019
Shell kit: 52370-2070
(Molex)
or an equivalent product
or
Press bonding type (Note 2)
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Shell kit: 10320-3210-000
(3M)
or an equivalent product
Model
MR-TBNATBL_M
Model
MR-BT6V1CBL_M
Model
MR-BT6V2CBL_M
Model
MR-J3CN6CBL1M
Connector: 52316-2019
Shell kit: 52370-2070
(Molex)
or an equivalent product
or
Press bonding type (Note 2)
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Shell kit: 10320-3210-000
(3M)
or an equivalent product
Connector: 10126-3000PE
Shell kit: 10326-52F0-008
(3M)
or an equivalent product
MR-J2CMP2
MR-ECN1
Model
Connector: CF-2D103-S
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited)
Connector: 10126-6000EL
Shell kit: 10326-3210-000
(3M)
or an equivalent product
Connector: 10126-6000EL
Shell kit: 10326-3210-000
(3M)
or an equivalent product
Contact: SPHD-001G-P0.5
Housing: PAP-02V-0
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Contact: SPHD-001G-P0.5
Housing: PAP-02V-0
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Junction connector
Contact: SPAL-001GU-P0.5
Housing: PALR-02VF-O
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Notes: 1. Press bonding type (connector: 10120-6000EL and shell kit: 10320-3210-000) (3M) is also usable. Contact the manufacturer directly.
2. Solder type (connector: 10120-3000PE and shell kit: 10320-52F0-008) (3M) is also usable. Contact the manufacturer directly.
3. Press bonding type (connector: 10140-6000EL and shell kit: 10314-3210-000) (3M) is also usable. Contact the manufacturer directly.
5-39
MR-J3CDL05M
MR-J2CN1-A
Connector: 10120-3000PE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
(3M)
or equivalent product
Connector: PCR-S20FS+
Case: PCR-LS20LA1
(Honda Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
Connector: 17JE23090-02(D8A)K11-CG
(DDK Ltd.)
Model
Magnetic contactor wiring
connector
(Standard accessory of
converter unit)
Model
Servo Amplifiers
Model
Model
Connector
for CN10A/CN10B of functional
safety unit
(Standard accessory of MR-D30)
Model
Connector
for CN10 of safety logic unit
(Standard accessory of
MR-J3-D05)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Model
Connector
for CN9 of safety logic unit
(Standard accessory of
MR-J3-D05)
Connector: 1-1871940-4
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
LVS/Wires
Connector: 1-1871940-8
(TE Connectivity Ltd. Company)
Product List
Cautions
5-40
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Contact the relevant manufacturers directly. When fabricating a cable with the following connectors, refer to the relevant manufacturers'
instruction manuals for wiring and assembling procedures.
Model
RS-422/RS-232C
conversion cable
Model
B-RJ
WB
Description
BMJ-8
B
Model
A-RJ
Application
Description
TM10P-88P
Branch connector
A-RJ
Diatrend Corp.
Model
Application
RS-422 connector
RS-422 connector
A-RJ
Description
Servo amplifier connector
DSV-CABV
Application
Description
SC-J3BUS_M-C
_ = cable length
(100 m max. (Note 1), unit of 1 m)
Notes: 1
. The maximum wiring distance between stations is 100 m for SSCNET III/H and 50 m for SSCNET III.
Contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. for power cables with a press bonding type connector for MR-J4W2-_B/
MR-J4W3-_B servo amplifiers and power cables for servo motors.
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
WB
A-RJ
Unlisted lengths of cables between servo amplifier and servo motor, EMC cables, and special cables for connecting servo amplifier and
servo motor with multiple cables are available. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. OVERSEAS BUSINESS
PROMOTION DIVISION (Email: osb.webmaster@melsc.jp)
Example) Configuration using three encoder junction cables
Replacing only the cable of the moving part in the cable chain is possible.
Resetting after transporting a machine is easy because the servo amplifier side and the servo motor side can be separated.
Cable chain
(moving part)
Control cabinet
Machine side
Servo amplifier
CNP1
CNP2
HG-KR/HG-MR series
CNP3
CN2
HG-SR/HG-JR/HG-RR/HG-UR series
5-41
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Specifications
A combination of MR-D30 functional safety unit and MR-J4-_B_-RJ servo amplifier expands the safety observation function. (Note 4)
Output
[A]
[A]
Standards certified by CB
Compliance to global
standards
CE marking
Mass
[kg]
TM = 20 [year]
Using input device: 15 ms or less
Depends on a command resolution (0.1 r/min or less at 22-bit position command)
6 points 2 systems
3 points 2 systems
SIL 2, Category 3 PL d/SIL 3, Category 4 PL e (Note 3)
SIL 2, Category 3 PL d/SIL 3, Category 4 PL e (Note 3)
SIL 2, Category 3 PL d
SIL 2, Category 3 PL d
SIL 2, Category 3 PL d/SIL 3, Category 4 PL e (Note 3)
EMC: EN 61800-3
MD: EN ISO 13849-1, EN 61800-5-2, EN 62061
Natural cooling, open
(IP20 when mounted on servo amplifier and IP00 for MR-D30 alone)
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing), storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation/storage: 5 %RH to 90 %RH (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
1000 m or less above sea level
5.9 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 57 Hz
0.15
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1. This is the value applicable when all I/O signals are used. The current capacity can be decreased by reducing the number of I/O points.
2. Time from STO input to energy shut off.
3. To meet SIL 3, Category 4 PL e, an input diagnosis using test pulse is required.
4. MR-D30 functional safety unit is not compatible with the drive unit.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Environment
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance
Safety function
(IEC/EN 61800-5-2)
DC = 90 [%]
Safety performance
MR-D30
24 V DC
0.3
24 V DC 10%
0.8 (Note 1)
EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 PL d and Category 4 PL e
IEC 61508 SIL 2 and SIL 3
EN 62061 SIL CL 2 and SIL CL 3
EN 61800-5-2 SIL 2 and SIL 3
MTTFd 100 [year]
Model
Rated voltage
Rated current
Voltage
Power supply capacity
Product List
Cautions
5-42
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
System configuration for using I/O device of functional safety unit (Note 2)
The following is a system configuration example to use the safety function by using input/output devices (CN10A and CN10B) of
MR-D30 functional safety unit.
Functional safety unit
MR-D30
MR-J4-B-RJ
CNP1
24 V DC power
supply for I/O
CN5
CN3
CN10A
(Note 1)
CN8
CNP2
Safety controller/
safety programmable controller
CN1A
CNP3
CN1B
CN10B
WS0-CPU0
WS0-CPU1
QS001CPU + QS0J65BT
Safety signal
CN2
Safety signal
CN2L
CN4
System configuration for using input signal of SSCNET III/H compatible Motion controller (Note 2)
The following is a system configuration example to use the safety function from SSCNET III/H compatible Motion controller through
SSCNET III/H.
Functional safety unit
MR-D30
MR-J4-B-RJ
(Note 3)
CNP1
CN10A
(Note 1)
CN8
CNP2
Q173DSCPU
Q172DSCPU
CN1A
CN5
CN3
Safety signal
Safety signal
CNP3
CN1B
CN10B
CN2
CN2L
CN4
Notes: 1. Disconnect the short-circuit connector attached to CN8 connector of the servo amplifier, and do not connect anything when using MR-D30.
2. The wirings are the same as MR-J4-B-RJ servo amplifier except for the mentioned wiring.
3. The safety function has obtained the approval of Certification Body by the combination of Q17nDSCPU, Q173DSXY and QnUD(E)(H)CPU.
5-43
B-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
Connection Example
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B-RJ
CN9
CN70
CN90
CN7
CN10A
DC24VA
(Note 1, 2)
DC24VA
10
PLSA
12
DICOMA
DICOMA
11
DI1A
DI2A
13
DI3A
DI4A
14
6
DI6A
15
10 m or shorter
24 V DC (Note 3)
DC24VB
10
PLSB
12
DICOMB
DICOMB
11
DI1B
DI2B
13
DI3B
DI4B
14
DI5B
DI6B
15
DO1A
R
A
1
17
DO2A
R
A
2
DO3A
R
A
3
(Note 1, 2)
10 m or shorter
CN10B
24 V DC (Note 3)
DO24VB
DO1B
R
A
4
17
DO2B
R
A
5
DO3B
R
A
6
(Note 1, 2)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(Note 1, 2)
CN10B
DC24VB
DO24VA
DI5A
24 V DC (Note 3)
24 V DC (Note 3)
CN10A
10 m or shorter
10 m or shorter
3. Provide an external power supply of 24 V DC 10% for the interface. When all input/output points are used, the total current capacity of 0.8 A is required. The current
capacity can be decreased by reducing the number of I/O points. For convenience of illustration, the diagram shows separate 24 V DC power supplies for input and output
signals. However, the input and output signals can share a common power supply.
Product List
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1. Separate all of the external wirings into two systems. Connect separately even for the input and output power supply (24 V DC and 0 V common) connection. Do not wire
between CN10A and CN10B.
2. Assign each I/O device by the combination of connector pins shown in the table below. Refer to "MR-D30 Instruction Manual" for each device.
Cautions
5-44
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
Dimensions
104.2
28
99.2
20
95.4
97
161
114.5
24.5
[Unit: mm]
5-45
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
The safety logic unit has SS1 and STO functions. Servo amplifier achieves Safe stop 1 (SS1) function by adding the MR-J3-D05.
Specifications
Shut-off output
[kg]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Compliance to
CE marking
standards
Safety
performance
Standards certified by CB
Response performance (when
delay time is set to 0 s) (Note 4)
Mean time to dangerous failure
(MTTFd)
Average diagnostic coverage
(DCavg)
Probability of dangerous
Failure per Hour (PFH)
0.5 (Note 1, 2)
Output type
MR-J3-D05
24 V DC
24 V DC 10%
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1
. Inrush current of approximately 1.5 A flows instantaneously when the power is switched on. Select an appropriate capacity of a power supply considering the inrush
current.
2. Power-on duration of the safety logic unit is 100,000 times.
3. _ in signal name represents a symbol which indicates a number and axis name.
4. Contact your local sales office for test pulse input.
Product List
Cautions
5-46
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Connection example
MR-J3-D05
DC24 V
CN9
Servo amplifier
SDI1A+
SDI1A
SDO1A+
SDO1A
CN8
4 STO1
5 STO2
CN10
3 STOCOM
STOA
6 TOFB1
RESA
7 TOFB2
8 TOFCOM
CN_ (Note 3)
(Note 2)
EM2 (A-axis)
CN9
Servo amplifier
SDI1B+
SDI1B
SDO1B+
SDO1B
CN8
4 STO1
5 STO2
CN10
3 STOCOM
SDI2B+
SDI2B
STOB
6 TOFB1
RESB
7 TOFB2
8 TOFCOM
CN_ (Note 3)
SDI2A+
SDI2A
SRESA+
SRESA
SDO2A+
SDO2A
TOFA
(Note 2)
EM2 (B-axis)
(Note 1) (Note 1)
1A
1B
4A
4B
SW1
SW2
3A
3B
1A
1B
6A
6B
8A
2A
2B
3A
3B
SRESB+
SRESB
SDO2B+
SDO2B
TOFB
4A
4B
2A
2B
5A
5B
8B
+24 V
0V
7A
7B
FG
Notes: 1. Set delay time of STO output with SW1 and SW2.
2. This connection is for source interface.
3. This connector is CN3 for MR-J4-_B_, MR-J4-DU_B_, and MR-J4W_-B; and CN1 for MR-J4-_A_ and MR-J4-DU_A_.
Dimensions
22.5
19.5
(80)
9.75
86
80
192
168
182
12
5 mounting hole
5-47
[Unit: mm]
Regenerative Option
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
200 V/100 V
100
100
100
100
300
300
Notes: 1
. Be sure to cool the unit forcibly with a cooling fan (92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user.
2. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
3. The power values in this table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers.
4. This is the resultant resistance when three units of MR-RB137 are connected in parallel.
5. The regenerative resistor enclosed with the servo amplifiers 11 kW to 22 kW does not have a protective cover, and touching the resistor (including the wiring screws) may
cause a burn or an electric shock. Provide safety measures such as a protective cover or use MR-RB_ regenerative option.
LVS/Wires
1300
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
MR-J4-DU30KB/A
MR-J4-DU37KB/A
26 26
MR-CR55K
34
14
Product List
1. The regenerative option causes a temperature rise of 100 C or higher relative to the ambient temperature. Fully examine heat dissipation, installation position, wires used before
installing the unit. Use flame-retardant wires or apply flame retardant on wires, and keep the wires clear of the unit.
2. Use twisted wires for connecting the regenerative option to the servo amplifier, and keep the wire length to a maximum of 5 m.
3. Use twisted wires for connecting a thermal sensor, and make sure that the sensor does not fail to work properly due to inducted noise.
Cautions
5-48
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Regenerative Option
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
400 V
External
regenerative
resistor (standard
Servo amplifier
Built-in
accessory) (Note 6)
model
regenerative
GRZG400resistor
2.5 5 4 2 5 5
MR-J4-60B4/A4
15
MR-J4-100B4/A4
15
MR-J4-200B4/A4
100
MR-J4-350B4/A4
100
MR-J4-500B4/A4 130 (Note 3)
MR-J4-700B4/A4 170 (Note 3)
1H-4
(Note 1)
34-4
(Note 1)
MR-RB
3U-4
5G-4
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
54-4
5U-4
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
10
500
(800)
10
-
3M-4
3G-4
(Note 1)
5K-4
(Note 2)
500
(800)
82
100
100
-
120
300
300
-
47
300
300
-
26
300
-
22
300
47
500
500
-
26
500
-
22
500
MR-J4-15KB4/A4
MR-J4-22KB4/A4
MR-CR55K4
Regenerative option
(Note 2)
MR-J4-11KB4/A4
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
6K-4
850
(1300)
850
(1300)
3900
Notes: 1. Be sure to cool the unit forcibly with a cooling fan (92 mm 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user.
2. The value in brackets is applicable when cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min) are installed, and then [Pr. PA02] is changed.
3. The servo amplifier built-in regenerative resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the servo motor is used within the rated speed and the
recommended load to motor inertia ratio. Contact your local sales office if the operating motor speed or the load to motor inertia ratio exceeds the rated speed or the
recommended ratio.
4. The power values in this table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers.
5. This is the resultant resistance when three units of MR-RB13V-4 are connected in parallel.
6. The regenerative resistor enclosed with the servo amplifiers 11 kW to 22 kW does not have a protective cover, and touching the resistor (including the wiring screws) may
cause a burn or an electric shock. Provide safety measures such as a protective cover or use MR-RB_ regenerative option.
1. The regenerative option causes a temperature rise of 100 C or higher relative to the ambient temperature. Fully examine heat dissipation, installation position, wires used before
installing the unit. Use flame-retardant wires or apply flame retardant on wires, and keep the wires clear of the unit.
2. Use twisted wires for connecting the regenerative option to the servo amplifier, and keep the wire length to a maximum of 5 m.
3. Use twisted wires for connecting a thermal sensor, and make sure that the sensor does not fail to work properly due to inducted noise.
5-49
Regenerative Option
WB
A-RJ
Connections
[Unit: mm]
B-RJ010
Servo Amplifiers
Dimensions
B-RJ
6 mounting
hole
(6)
30
15
(12)
Terminal arrangement
TE1
G3
MR-RB032
144
156
168
P
C
Applicable wire size (Note 3):
0.2 mm2 to 2.5 mm2 (AWG 24 to 12)
Mounting screw size: M5
G3
G4
P
C
12
TE1
G4
5
(20)
99
119
1.6
Model
MR-RB032
Mass [kg]
0.5
6 mounting
hole
Terminal arrangement
TE1
G3
(6)
40
36
15
G4
MR-RB
144
156
168
12
6
(20)
149
169
Model
MR-RB12
MR-RB14
Mass [kg]
C
D
G3
(Note 1)
G4
(Note 2)
G3
G4
P
C
P+
C
TE1
Disconnect P+ and D.
Regenerative option
P
5
Servo amplifier
5 m or shorter
1.1
6 mounting
hole
MR-RB-4
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Terminal arrangement
TE1
G3
(6)
TE1
144
156
168
G4
G3
G4
C
Applicable wire size (Note 3):
0.2 mm2 to 4.0 mm2 (AWG 24 to 10)
Mounting screw size: M5
P
C
6
(24)
2
149
173
Model
MR-RB1H-4
Mass [kg]
1.1
LVS/Wires
Notes: 1
. Create a sequence circuit that turns off the magnetic contactor when abnormal overheating occurs.
2. G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative option overheats abnormally.
3. The wire size shows wiring specification of the connector. Refer to "Wires, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Magnetic Contactors" in this catalog for examples of wire
size selection.
Product List
Cautions
5-50
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Regenerative Option
B
Dimensions
[Unit: mm]
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Connections
142
82.5
Terminal arrangement
P
C
G3
30
G4
G3
150
8.5
125
8.5
10
B-RJ
90
100
Servo amplifier
G4
101.5
82.5
318
B
Cooling fan intake
(Note 2, 3)
(30)
Model
79
MR-RB30
MR-RB3N
MR-RB31
MR-RB32
MR-RB34
MR-RB3M-4
MR-RB3G-4
MR-RB34-4
MR-RB3U-4
Variable
dimensions
A
B
G3
(Note 1)
G4
(Note 4)
5 m or shorter
17
335
2.9
23
341
Terminal arrangement
P
C
350
162.5
B
12.5
200
162.5
7 14
slotted hole
133
2.3
P+
12.5
82.5
82.5
49
Regenerative option
Mass
[kg]
Disconnect P+ and D.
12
(30)
7
120
Model
MR-RB50
MR-RB5N
MR-RB51
MR-RB5G-4
MR-RB54-4
MR-RB5U-4
Servo amplifier
G3
Regenerative option
G4
Terminal screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M6
Variable
dimensions
A
B
17
217
23
223
Mass
[kg]
P+
Built-in C
regenerative
resistor
C
G3
(Note 1)
G4
(Note 4)
5 m or shorter
Cooling fan (Note 2, 3)
5.6
Notes: 1
. Create a sequence circuit that turns off the magnetic contactor when abnormal overheating occurs.
2. When using MR-RB3M-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4, MR-RB3U-4, MR-RB50, MR-RB5N, MR-RB51, MR-RB5G-4, MR-RB54-4, or MR-RB5U-4, cool the unit forcibly with
a cooling fan (92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user.
3. When using MR-RB30, MR-RB3N, MR-RB31, MR-RB32, or MR-RB34, it may be necessary to cool the unit forcibly with a cooling fan (92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow:
1.0 m3/min), depending on the operating environment. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details. The cooling fan must be prepared by user.
4. G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative option overheats abnormally.
5-51
Regenerative Option
A-RJ
Connections
[Unit: mm]
Standard accessory
GRZG400-0.8, GRZG400-0.6, GRZG400-0.5 (for 200 V)
GRZG400-2.5, GRZG400-2 (for 400 V)
B-RJ010
Servo Amplifiers
Dimensions
B-RJ
(Note 1)
(C)
(A)
(2.4)
(K)
5 m or shorter
1.6
40
Servo amplifier
Serial connection (Note 2)
(330)
10
Qty.
4
5
5
4
5
40
411
(47)
Resistance value
[]
800
1300
1300
800
1300
3.2 (0.8 5 4)
3 (0.6 5 5)
2.5 (0.5 5 5)
10 (2.5 5 4)
10 (2 5 5)
500
850
850
500
850
Variable
dimensions
A
C
K
10
5.5
39
16
8.2
46
10
5.5
39
Cooling fan
(2 units of 92 mm 92 mm,
minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min)
Leave a space of 70 mm or
longer between each resistor.
Mass/
unit [kg]
0.8
GRZG400-0.8
GRZG400-0.6
GRZG400-0.5
GRZG400-2.5
GRZG400-2
385
Tolerable
regenerative power
[W]
P+
9.5
30
10
427
500
5 m or shorter
Servo amplifier
TE1
P
Terminal arrangement
43
15
15
230
15
197
TE1
15
215
G4 G3 C
(Note 3)
P+
C
G3
G4
(42)
82.5
MR-RB5R
MR-RB9F
MR-RB9T
MR-RB5K-4
MR-RB6K-4
Tolerable
regenerative power
[W]
500
850
850
500
850
Description
Mass [kg]
800
1300
1300
800
1300
GRZG400-0.8 5 4
GRZG400-0.6 5 5
GRZG400-0.5 5 5
GRZG400-2.5 5 4
GRZG400-2 5 5
10
11
11
10
11
Product List
Model
82.5
82.5
Regenerative option
LVS/Wires
230
260
15
2.3
10
10
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
480
G4 G3
Model
10
5-52
Cautions
Notes: 1
. To increase the regenerative braking frequency, install cooling fans (2 units of 92 mm 5 92 mm, minimum air flow: 1.0 m3/min), and then change [Pr. PA02]. The cooling
fans must be prepared by user.
2. By installing a thermal sensor, create a safety circuit that shuts off the main circuit power supply when abnormal overheating occurs.
3. G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative option overheats abnormally.
Options/Peripheral Equipment
Regenerative Option
B
Dimensions
A-RJ
MR-RB139, MR-RB137-4
Converter unit
30
10
Connections
[Unit: mm]
B-RJ
P1
P2
(Note 4)
427
500
480
(Note 3)
P C
G3
G4
TE1
C
10
230
15
2.3
197
10
15
R1 S1
(400)
(400)
R400S400
R
A
Power supply
24 V DC
43
R1 S1 G4 G3
Regenerative
option
Cooling fan
1-phase
200 V AC
or
1-phase
400 V AC
15
MR-RB137, MR-RB13V-4
215
260
230
15
R1 S1 G4 G3 C
Converter unit
P1
P2
(Note 4)
(Note 3)
R400 S400 G4 G3 C
P C
G3
Model
MR-RB139
MR-RB137
MR-RB137-4
MR-RB13V-4
Mass [kg]
10
11
10
11
Notes: 1. One unit of cooling fan is attached for MR-RB137-4 and MR-RB13V-4.
2. Three units of MR-RB137 or MR-RB13V-4 are required per converter unit.
3. Connect the regenerative option to the converter unit, and keep the total length of the wiring within 5 m.
4. Disconnect a short-circuit bar between P1 and P2 when using the power factor improving DC reactor.
5-53
1-phase
200 V AC
or
1-phase
400 V AC
G4
Regenerative
option
Cooling fan
R1 S1
(400) (400)
P C
G3
G4
Regenerative
option
Cooling fan
R1 S1
(400) (400)
P C
G3
G4
Regenerative
option
Cooling fan
R1 S1
(400) (400)
R
A
Power supply
24 V DC
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
200 V class
Power regeneration
common converter
FR-CV-
11K
15K
22K
30K
37K
55K
7.5
11
15
30
37
55
3.75
3.5
5.5
5
7.5
7
22
6
11
11
15
15
18.5
15
27.5
22
33
46
61
90
115
145
215
Power regeneration
common converter
FR-CV-H
30K
37K
55K
22
37
11
11
30
1
15
15
18.5
15
55
2
27.5
22
43
57
71
110
Product List
Notes: 1
. This is a time for the protective function of FR-CV-(H) to activate. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the time for the protective function of the servo
amplifier to activate.
2. The mentioned value is a power supply capacity for FR-CV-(H). The actually required capacity depends on the sum of the power supply capacities for the servo amplifiers
connected.
LVS/Wires
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Capacity
[kW]
Maximum number of connectable servo amplifiers
Total capacity of connectable servo amplifiers
[kW]
Maximum servo amplifier capacity
[kW]
Total rated current of
[A]
connectable servo motors
Output
Short-time rating
Regenerative
braking torque
Continuous rating
Rated input AC voltage/frequency
Permissible AC voltage fluctuation
Power supply
Permissible frequency fluctuation
Power supply capacity (Note 2)
[kVA]
IP rating (JEM 1030), cooling method
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance
Molded-case circuit breaker or earth-leakage current
breaker
Magnetic contactor
22K
400 V class
Capacity
[kW]
Maximum number of connectable servo amplifiers
Total capacity of connectable servo amplifiers
[kW]
Maximum servo amplifier capacity
[kW]
Total rated current of
[A]
connectable servo motors
Output
Short-time rating
Regenerative
braking torque
Continuous rating
Rated input AC voltage/frequency
Permissible AC voltage fluctuation
Power supply
Permissible frequency fluctuation
Power supply capacity (Note 2)
[kVA]
IP rating (JEM 1030), cooling method
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Ambience
Altitude
Vibration resistance
Molded-case circuit breaker or earth-leakage current
breaker
Magnetic contactor
7.5K
Servo Amplifiers
FR-CV power regeneration common converter is suitable for 200 V class servo amplifiers ranged from 100 W to 22 kW, and
FR-CV-H for 400 V class servo amplifiers ranged from 11 kW to 22 kW.
5-54
Cautions
1. Capacity of FR-CV-(H) [W] Total rated capacity of servo amplifiers connected to FR-CV-(H) [W] 5 2
2. Keep the total rated current of the servo motors to be used equal to or below the applicable current [A] of FR-CV-(H).
3. The number of the servo amplifiers and the total capacities for the servo amplifiers to be connected must be equal to or lower than the mentioned values in the specifications.
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Power supply
3-phase
200 V AC to
230 V AC
or
3-phase
380 V AC to
480 V AC
MCCB
(Note 7)
MC
R/L11
R2/L12
S/L21
S2/L22
T2/L32
T/L31
(Note 11)
Servo amplifier
L11
R2/L1
L21
S2/L2
T2/L3
(Note 10)
P/L+
P4
(Note 5)
NCN2
N/LR/L11
S/L21
T/MC1
Step-down transformer
(Note 8)
RESET
RES
SD
EM1
Off
On
MC
M
C
SK
EM1
SD
RDYA
RSO
(Note 1)
RA1
P24
RDYB
Servo motor
(Note 1, 6)
EM1
(Note 4)
RA1
DOCOM
DICOM
(Note 2)
Controller
(Note 3)
SE
A
B
R
A
1
(Note 1)
C
DC24 V
Notes: 1. Create a sequence that shuts off the main circuit power when either:
An alarm occurs on FR-CV-(H) or the servo amplifier, or
EM1 (Forced stop 1) is validated.
2. For the servo amplifier, create a sequence that switches the servo-on after FR-CV-(H) is ready.
3. RSO signal turns off when FR-CV-(H) is ready to run after the reset signal is input to FR-CV-(H). Create a sequence that makes the servo inoperative when the RSO signal
is on.
4. Create a sequence that stops the servo motor with the emergency stop input to the servo system controller when an alarm occurs on FR-CV-(H). When the emergency
stop input is not available in the servo system controller, stop the servo motor with the forced stop input to the servo amplifier as shown in the diagram.
5. Disconnect the short-circuit bar between P3 and P4 when using FR-CV-(H).
6. Set [Pr. PA04] to "0 0 _ _" to enable EM1 (Forced stop 1).
7. When wires used for L11 and L21 are thinner than those for L1, L2, and L3, use a molded-case circuit breaker.
8. When FR-CV-H is used, a step-down transformer is required if coil voltage of the magnetic contactor is in 200 V class.
9. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for the examples of selecting wire sizes.
10. Use twisted wires for connecting the DC power supply between FR-CV-(H) and the servo amplifiers, and keep the wire length to a maximum of 5 m.
11. Inputs/outputs (main circuit) of FR-CV-(H) and the servo amplifier include high frequency components, and they may interfere with peripheral communication devices.
In this case, the interference can be reduced by installing radio noise filter (FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H) or line noise filter (FR-BSF01 or FR-BLF).
12. When using FR-CV-(H), be sure to use a dedicated stand-alone reactor (FR-CVL or FR-CVL-H). Do not use a power factor improving AC reactor (FR-HAL or FR-HAL-H) or
a power factor improving DC reactor (FR-HEL or FR-HEL-H) with FR-CV-(H).
5-55
Dynamic Brake
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Fig.
DBU-22K-4
Dimensions
Connections
100
U V W
Screw size: M4
Malfunction
RA1
2.3
On
20
25
Mass
[kg]
170 163.5
235
228
U, V, W
5.5
(AWG 10)
2
(AWG 14)
Step-down
transformer
(Note 4)
MCCB
L2
L3
L11
10
ALM
L21
DB
(Note 2)
228
280
260
a b 13 14
Screw size: M3.5
43
(Note 6) EM2
SD
150
2.3
26
73.8
10
51
25
195
25
200
TE1
15
TE2
179.5
U, V, W
6.7
Malfunction
RA1
30
TE1
330
390
370
a b 13 14
Screw size: M3.5
Ready
on/off
Emergency stop
switch
15
230
260
230
15
2.3
15
220
235
MC1
MC2
MC
30
10
15
10
Converter unit
L+
L-
L1
L2
L3
L11
L21
EM1
DOCOM
15
Mass
[kg]
U, V, W
DBU-37K-R1
DBU-55K-4-R5
8
11
14
(AWG 6)
2
(AWG 14)
L+
L-
U
V
W
ALM
DB
(Note 2)
DICOM
R
A
2
24 V DC
DOCOM
EM2
(Note 6)
SD
L11
L21
RA2
R
A
1
(Note 6)
Main circuit
power supply
(Note 3)
14
a
b
13 U V W
Dynamic
brake
(DBU)
Notes: 1. The wire size is applicable when 600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wire (HIV wires) is used.
2. Validate DB (Dynamic brake interlock) by [Pr. PD07] to [Pr. PD09] for MR-J4-B/MR-J4-B4/MR-J4-DU_B/MR-J4-DU_B4.
3. The terminals 13 and 14 are normally opened outputs. If the dynamic brake is welded, the terminals 13 and 14 will be opened. Thus, create an external sequence circuit
that SON (Servo-on) does not turn on when the terminals 13 and 14 are opened.
4. A step-down transformer is required if the servo amplifier is in 400 V class, and coil voltage of the magnetic contactor is in 200 V class.
5. When using DBU-11K-4 or DBU-22K-4, the power supply voltage must be between 1-phase 380 V AC and 463 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz. Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier
Instruction Manual for details.
6. Create a circuit to turn off EM2 (Forced stop 2) when the main circuit power is turned off to prevent an unexpected restart of the servo amplifier.
5-56
Cautions
Model
Servo motor
U
V
M
W
Drive unit
Product List
MCCB
TE1
M
C
SK
Step-down
transformer
(Note 4)
TE2
(DBU)
2 (AWG 14)
10
178.5
Mass
[kg]
U V W
Screw size: M5
TE2
Dynamic
brake
LVS/Wires
DBU-11K-4
DBU-22K-4
13 U V W
14
Dynamic brake
interlock
15
Model
(Note 3)
(Note 5) a
RA2
210
170
15
(Note 6)
Main circuit
power supply
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
DOCOM
U V W
Screw size: M4
Mounting screw size: M6
24 V DC
DICOM
TE2
RA2
TE2
U
V
W
U
V
W
L1
TE1
TE1
Servo motor
Servo amplifier
MC
RA1
26
SK
MC
Emergency
stop switch
DBU-11K
DBU-15K
DBU-22K-R1
Off
b 13 14
MC
Model
DBU-55K-4-R5
Terminal arrangement
DBU-37K-R1
[Unit: mm]
Fig.
Servo Amplifiers
Use the following optional external dynamic brake with the 11 kW or larger servo amplifiers.
Without the external dynamic brake, a servo motor does not stop immediately at emergency stop and falls in free-run status, causing an
accident such as machine collision, etc. Take measures to ensure safety on the entire system when not using the dynamic brake.
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
The absolute position data can be retained by mounting the battery on the 1-axis servo amplifier. MR-BAT6V1SET is reusable by
replacing the built-in MR-BAT6V1 batteries.
MR-BAT6V1SET is not required for the linear servo motor system or the incremental system.
Appearance
Mounting method
For 200 V, 3.5 kW or smaller
100 V, 0.4 kW or smaller, and
400 V, 2 kW or smaller
Model: MR-BAT6V1SET
Nominal voltage: 6 V
Nominal capacity: 1650 mAh
Lithium content: 1.2 g
Primary battery: 2CR17335A
Mass: 55 g
Notes: 1. MR-BAT6V1SET is an assembled battery composed of lithium metal batteries of CR17335A. This battery is not subject to the dangerous goods (Class 9) of the UN
Recommendations. To transport lithium metal batteries and lithium metal batteries contained in equipment by means of transport subject to the UN Recommendations,
take actions to comply with the following regulations: the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the Technical Instruction (ICAO-TI) by
the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) by the International Maritime Organization (IMO).
To transport the batteries, check the latest standards or the laws of the destination country and take actions. Contact your local sales office for more details.
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Use these battery and junction battery cable when the absolute position data needs to be retained while the servo amplifier and the
servo motor are disconnected for shipping. The servo motor does not have a super capacitor (for holding an absolute position data
for a short period) in the encoder. When MR-BAT6V1BJ and MR-BT6VCBL03M are used together, the absolute position data can be
held even when the servo amplifier is disconnected from the servo motor. These battery and cable are compatible with the 1-axis servo
amplifier used with HG servo motor series (Note 2).
When purchasing MR-BAT6V1BJ for the first time, please purchase MR-BT6VCBL03M together.
The batteries built in MR-BAT6V1BJ are not replaceable.
Dimensions
Servo amplifier
69.3
38.5
34.8
Connections (Note 4)
Model: MR-BAT6V1BJ
System: Electronic battery backup type
Nominal voltage: 6 V
Nominal capacity: 1650 mAh
Primary battery: 2CR17335A
Mass: 66 g
CN2
MR-BT6VCBL03M
Encoder cable
(Note 3)
CN4
(Note 3)
Servo motor
MR-BAT6V1BJ
Notes: 1. MR-BAT6V1BJ is an assembled battery composed of lithium metal batteries of CR17335A. This battery is not subject to the dangerous goods (Class 9) of the UN
Recommendations. To transport lithium metal batteries and lithium metal batteries contained in equipment by means of transport subject to the UN Recommendations,
take actions to comply with the following regulations: the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the Technical Instruction (ICAO-TI) by
the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) by the International Maritime Organization (IMO).
To transport the batteries, check the latest standards or the laws of the destination country and take actions. Contact your local sales office for more details.
2. These battery and cable will be compatible with the direct drive motors in the future.
3. To hold the absolute position data, keep the connections from the battery to the encoder. Connections to CN2 and CN4 connectors can be disconnected.
4. Start up the absolute position detection system after MR-BAT6V1BJ and MR-BT6VCBL03M are connected.
5-57
Servo motor
Rotary servo motor
Direct drive motor
8
0
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
0
4
1
4
2
4
Number of axes
3
4
5
4
4
3
6
2
Dimensions (assembled)
4.6
120
Model: MR-BAT6V1
Nominal voltage: 6 V
Nominal capacity: 1650 mAh
Lithium content: 1.2 g
Primary battery: 2CR17335A
Mass: 34 g
MR-BT6V1CBL_M
(optional)
130
130
MR-BAT6V1
[Unit: mm]
(70)
25
7
1
Mass: 0.18 kg
Connections
Servo amplifier
Servo amplifier
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1
. MR-BAT6V1 is an assembled battery composed of lithium metal batteries of CR17335A. This battery is not subject to the dangerous goods (Class 9) of the UN
Recommendations. To transport lithium metal batteries and lithium metal batteries contained in equipment by means of transport subject to the UN Recommendations,
take actions to comply with the following regulations: the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the Technical Instruction (ICAO-TI) by
the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) by the International Maritime Organization (IMO).
To transport the batteries, check the latest standards or the laws of the destination country and take actions. Contact your local sales office for more details.
Absolute position data of up to eight axes of the servo motors can be retained by using the battery case and the batteries. When the
direct drive motors are used, the total number of axes connected to the direct drive motors must be four or less. Refer to the following
table for the connectable number of the each servo motor. The rotary servo motors and the direct drive servo motors used in incremental
system, and the rotary servo motors and the synchronous encoders used for load side in the fully closed loop control system are also
included in the number of the connectable axes. The linear servo motors are not included in the number of the connectable axes.
This battery case is also usable in a system having MR-J4-_B_(-RJ) and MR-J4W_-_B servo amplifiers in combination.
The case stores five batteries by connecting to the connectors. The batteries are not included in the battery case. Please purchase the
batteries separately.
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifier
LVS/Wires
MR-BT6VCASE
CN4
MR-BT6VCASE
MR-BT6V2CBL_M (Note 1)
CN10
CN10
MR-BT6V1CBL_M (Note 1)
CN4
Product List
CN4
CN4
MR-BT6V2CBL_M (Note 1)
MR-BT6V1CBL_M (Note 1)
Notes: 1. This is an optional cable. Refer to "Cables and Connectors for Servo Amplifiers" in this catalog.
Cautions
5-58
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
A-RJ
This absolute position storage unit is required for configuring absolute position detection system using the direct drive motor.
This unit is not required when the servo system is used in incremental method.
Dimensions
19
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
19
16
RM15WTRZB-12S(72)
(Encoder side)
R3
5
Item
Ambient
temperature
Ambient
humidity
20
20
45.2
45.2
63
81
[Unit: mm]
69.8
79.8
Ambience
Altitude
6
22
30
15
Environment
Operation: 0 C to 55 C (non-freezing),
storage: -20 C to 65 C (non-freezing)
Operation: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing),
storage: 90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas,
inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or splash of oil or
water
1000 m or less above sea level
When the surface A is mounted: 49 m/s2
(directions of X, Y, and Z axes)
When the surface B is mounted: 5.9 m/s2
(directions of X, Y, and Z axes)
Mass: 0.26 kg
Vibration
resistance
Notes: 1. When mounting the absolute position storage unit outside a cabinet, be sure to mount the surface A with 4 screws. When mounting the unit inside a cabinet, mounting the
surface B with 2 screws is also possible.
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
By using the heat sink outside mounting attachment on the servo amplifier of 11 kW to 22 kW, the heat generating section can be mounted
outside a cabinet, enabling to dissipate about 50% of the heat from the unit to outside the cabinet. This allows smaller cabinet size.
Servo amplifier model
Heat sink outside mounting attachment model
MR-J4-11KB/A, /MR-J4-11KB4/A4
MR-J4ACN15K
MR-J4-15KB/A, /MR-J4-15KB4/A4
MR-J4-22KB/A, MR-J4-22KB4/A4 MR-J3ACN
Mounting
[Unit: mm]
Fig.
A
B
Panel cut dimensions
20.6
145
163
4-M10 screw
(125)
Panel
196
218
Panel
3.2
154
108.3
510
Punched
hole
18
535
(400)
35
410
Servo amplifier
(262.3)
3.2
155
Panel
105
(260)
5-59
(11.5)
535
39.5 (125)
331
39.5
145
35
(400)
Servo amplifier
Punched
hole
236
255
270
4-M10 screw
510
203
Panel
18
20
[Unit: mm]
WB
Dimensions (Note 1)
[Unit: mm]
Stranded wire
9 10 11 12 13 S
27
Operating tool
14
Strip length
32 V AC/DC 0.5A
0.08 mm2 to 1.5 mm2
(AWG 28 to 14)
0.32 mm to 1.2 mm
3.4 mm or shorter
210-619 (WAGO) or an equivalent
210-119SB (WAGO) or an equivalent
5 mm to 6 mm
14
Applicable
wire (terminal
Solid wire
side)
Insulator OD
55
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 S
Rating
26
(35)
Specifications
57
739
739
250V 1.5
(7.5)
Notes: 1. The lengths in brackets apply when the junction terminal block is mounted on a 35 mm wide DIN rail.
A-RJ
(31.1)
26.6
23.6
250V 1.5
Servo Amplifiers
235
[Unit: mm]
2-4.5
MR-TB50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
244
46.5
Panel cutting
3-4.8
equally divided
5V
12V 0V
+2
0
0.2
72
600.1
801
SERIALNO.
70
50
MANUAL
TYPE
Packing t2.0
[Unit: mm]
LVS/Wires
3.6
A-RJ
Mounting
[Unit: mm]
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
2.5
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
50
(25)
50
49
25
2
1
Dimensions
20
7.6
Product List
27.00.5
8.89
Cautions
5-60
Options/Peripheral Equipment
A-RJ
Dimensions
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03
CNP1
CN3
(Note 1)
CNP1
CN3
(Note 1)
CN3
CNP2
CNP2
CNP2
CNP3
CNP3
CNP3
16.5
14.5
23.75
11.75
Punched hole
1.25
1.5
13
13 1.5
24
17
48
21.5
Servo amplifier
CNP1
10.5
80
Servo amplifier
15
125
Servo amplifier
72
81.5
18.5
20
5-M3 screw
(Note 1)
5-4 hole
40
40
(Front view)
(Side view)
(Rear view)
[Unit: mm]
(Note 2)
RS-422
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 3)
Specifications
Model
Power supply
Item
Parameter mode
Functions
Monitor mode
Diagnosis mode
Alarm mode
Test operation mode
Point table mode
Display
Ambient temperature in
operation
Ambient humidity in operation
Environment
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Atmosphere
Mass
[g]
5-61
Description
MR-PRU03
Receives power from the servo amplifier
Basic setting parameters, gain/filter parameters, extension setting parameters, I/O setting
parameters, extension setting 2 parameters, extension setting 3 parameters, option setting
parameters, special setting parameters, linear/DD motor setting parameters, positioning control
parameters
Cumulative feedback pulses, rotary servo motor/linear servo motor speed, droop pulses,
cumulative command pulses, command pulse frequency, analog speed command voltage/analog
speed limit voltage, analog torque limit voltage/analog torque command voltage, regenerative
load ratio, effective load ratio, peak load ratio, instantaneous torque, position within onerevolution, ABS counter, load to motor inertia ratio, bus voltage, load-side encoder cumulative
feedback pulses, load-side encoder droop pulses, load-side encoder information 1, load-side
encoder information 2, servo motor thermistor temperature, cumulative feedback pulses (unit of
motor side), electrical angle, motor-side/load-side position deviation, motor-side/load-side speed
deviation, encoder inside temperature, settling time, oscillation detection frequency, the number
of tough drive operations, unit power consumption, unit total power consumption, current position,
command position, command remaining distance, point table No./program No./station position
No., step No., override voltage, override level
External I/O (DIDO) display, software version, Automatic VC offset, servo motor information,
cumulative power-on
Current alarm, alarm history
JOG operation, positioning operation, forced digital output (DO), single-step feed
Position data, servo motor speed, acceleration/deceleration time constants, dwell, sub function,
M code
LCD system (16 characters 5 4 lines)
-10 C to 55 (non-freezing)
90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
-20 C to 65 (non-freezing)
90 %RH maximum (non-condensing)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
130
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Dimensions
Servo Amplifiers
This filter effectively controls noise emitted from the power supply side of the servo amplifier and is especially effective for radio
frequency bands 10 MHz or lower. The FR-BIF(-H) is designed for the input only.
Connections
[Unit: mm]
Approx. 300
5 hole
MCCB
42
29
Leakage current: 4 mA
58
29
44
Terminal block
MC
L1
L2
Power
supply
L3
MCCB
Servo
amplifier
MC
L1
L2
Power
supply
L3
FR-BIF
or
FR-BIF-H
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
This filter is effective in suppressing radio noise emitted from the power supply side and the output side of the servo amplifier, and also in
suppressing high-frequency leakage current (zero-phase current), especially within 0.5 MHz to 5 MHz band.
FR-BSF01
For wire size of 3.5 mm2
(AWG 12) or smaller
FR-BLF
For wire size of 5.5 mm2
(AWG 10) or larger
7
2.3
4.5
(65)
35
130
85
80
11.250.5
(65)
Attach a line noise filter on wires of the main circuit power supply (L1, L2, and L3) of the
servo amplifier, and of the motor power (U, V, and W). Pass each of the wires through the
line noise filter equal times in a same direction.
For the main circuit power supply, the effect of the filter rises as the number of passes
increases, but generally four passes would be appropriate. For the servo motor power,
passes must be four times or less. Do not pass the grounding wire through the filter.
Otherwise, the effect of the filter is reduced.
Wind the wires to pass through the filter as the required number of passes as shown in
Fig.1. If the wires are too thick to wind, use two or more filters to have the required number
of passes as shown in Fig.2.
Place the line noise filters as close to the servo amplifier as possible for their best
performance.
160
180
Fig. 1
MCCB
Fig. 2
MC
Servo amplifier
Power
supply
L1
L2
L3
Power
supply
MCCB
L1
L2
Servo
amplifier
L3
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
LVS/Wires
MC
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
(22.5)
2-5
31.5
(110)
950.5
Connections
[Unit: mm]
Dimensions
FR-BIF
or
FR-BIF-H
Servo
amplifier
White
Red Blue Green
This filter is effective in preventing noise when attached to the pulse output cable of the pulse train output controller or the motor
encoder cable.
ESD-SR-250 (manufactured by NEC TOKIN Corporation)
ZCAT3035-1330 (manufactured by TDK)
GRFC-13 (manufactured by Kitagawa Industries Co., Ltd.)
E04SRM563218 (manufactured by Seiwa Electric Mfg. Co. Ltd.)
Surge Killer
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Attach surge killers to AC relays and AC valves around the servo amplifier. Attach diodes to DC relays and DC valves.
Product List
Example)
Example) Surge killer: CR-50500 (manufactured by Okaya Electric Industries Co., Ltd.)
Diode: A diode with breakdown voltage four or more times greater than the relay drive voltage, and with current capacity two or more times greater than the relay drive
current.
Cautions
5-62
Options/Peripheral Equipment
EMC Filter
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
The following filters are recommended as a filter compliant with the EMC directive for the power supply of the servo amplifier.
EMC filter model
Rated current
[A]
Rated voltage
[V AC]
Leakage current
[mA]
Mass [kg]
HF3010A-UN (Note 2)
10
250
3.5
HF3010A-UN2 (Note 2)
10
250
3.5
HF3030A-UN (Note 2)
30
250
5.5
HF3040A-UN (Note 2)
HF3100A-UN (Note 2)
TF3005C-TX
TF3020C-TX
TF3030C-TX
TF3040C-TX
TF3060C-TX
40
100
5
20
30
40
60
250
250
500
500
500
500
500
6.5
6.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.0
12
6.0
6.0
7.5
12.5
12.5
Rated current
[A]
Rated voltage
[V AC]
Leakage current
[mA]
Mass [kg]
Fig.
HF3200A-UN (Note 2)
200
250
18
TF3150C-TX
150
500
5.5
31
(Note 1, 3)
MR-J4-10B/A to MR-J4-100B/A
MR-J4-10B1/A1 to MR-J4-40B1/A1
MR-J4W2-22B
MR-J4W3-222B
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4-200B/A, MR-J4-350B/A
MR-J4W2-77B, MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-444B
MR-J4-500B/A, MR-J4-700B/A
MR-J4-11KB/A to MR-J4-22KB/A
MR-J4-60B4/A4, MR-J4-100B4/A4
MR-J4-200B4/A4 to MR-J4-700B4/A4
MR-J4-11KB4/A4
MR-J4-15KB4/A4
MR-J4-22KB4/A4
Converter unit
MR-CR55K
MR-CR55K4
Drive unit
(Note 1, 3)
MR-J4-DU30KB/A
MR-J4-DU37KB/A
MR-J4-DU30KB4/A4
MR-J4-DU37KB4/A4
MR-J4-DU45KB4/A4
MR-J4-DU55KB4/A4
Fig.
B
C
Connections
IN
Power
supply
EMC filter
OUT
1-phase 200 V AC
Servo amplifier
MCCB
MC
L1
L2
L3
L11
IN
Power
supply
EMC filter
OUT
Servo amplifier
MC
L2
L3
L11
L1
L21
Power
supply
L21
1-phase 100 V AC
MCCB
(Note 1)
IN
EMC filter
OUT
MCCB
Servo amplifier
MC
L2
L11
L1
Power
supply
IN
EMC filter
OUT
Converter unit
MC
L1
L2
L3
L11
L21
L21
Drive unit
L11
L21
Notes: 1. Connect the power supply to L1 and L3 terminals. Do not connect anything to L2. The connections are different from MR-J3 series servo amplifiers. Be careful not to make
a connection error when replacing MR-J3 with MR-J4.
5-63
EMC Filter
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
IN
6-R3.25 length 8
(Input side)
OUT
(Output side)
3-M5
(41)
1552
M4
441
2584
3-M5
1252
1104
322
3-M4
654
2732
2884
851
702
851
2102
3005
1402
2605
1603
IN
1001
2902
3085
3325
1401
1502
(160)
1705
HF3200A-UN
OUT
3-M6
(Output side)
IN
3-6.5 length 8
(Input side)
M6
3-M8
1452
1601
1752
(17)
22 22
OUT
(Output side)
3-6.5 3-M10
IN
1001
3902
4125
4385
M8
(91.5)
1001
LVS/Wires
1001
4801
5005
1802
(190)
2005
(67.5)3
1001
1601
1805
M4
M4
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
HF-3040C-TX, TF3060C-TX
3-M6 IN
8-R3.25 length 8
(Input side)
M4
1252
3-M4
M4
3-M4
16
M6
(12.2)
OUT
(Output side)
1552
6-R3.25 length 8
(For M6)
IN
(Input side)
2005
3801
4005
3-M8
16
1451
OUT
(Output side)
1653
2-6.5
2-6.5 8
3-M8
HF-3100A-UN
IN
(Input side)
M4
4-5.57
OUT
(Output side)
852
IN
(Input side) 3-M4
HF3030A-UN, HF3040A-UN
1401
HF3010A-UN, HF3010A-UN2
[Unit: mm]
Servo Amplifiers
Dimensions
A-RJ
TF3150C-TX
M8
2583
2452
2251
2002
231
271
OUT
(Output side)
3-M8
3-M8
271
Product List
IN
(Input side)
M4
M4
1102
1501
1501
4525
M4
2102
(227)
2603
Cautions
5003
1501
5-64
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
This boosts the power factor of servo amplifier and reduces the power supply capacity. Use either the DC reactor or the AC reactor.
As compared to the AC reactor (FR-HAL or FR-HAL-H), the DC reactor (FR-HEL or FR-HEL-H) is more recommended since the DC reactor
is more effective in power factor improvement, smaller and lighter, and its wiring is easier. (The DC reactor uses two wires, while the AC
reactor uses six wires.)
Servo amplifier
model
MR-J4-10B/A
MR-J4-20B/A
MR-J4-40B/A
MR-J4-60B/A
MR-J4-70B/A
MR-J4-100B/A
MR-J4-200B/A
MR-J4-350B/A
MR-J4-500B/A
MR-J4-700B/A
MR-J4-11KB/A
MR-J4-15KB/A
MR-J4-22KB/A
MR-J4-60B4/A4
MR-J4-100B4/A4
Servo amplifier
model
MR-J4-200B4/A4
MR-J4-350B4/A4
MR-J4-500B4/A4
MR-J4-700B4/A4
MR-J4-11KB4/A4
MR-J4-15KB4/A4
MR-J4-22KB4/A4
Fig.
FR-HEL-0.4K
FR-HEL-0.75K
FR-HEL-1.5K
FR-HEL-2.2K
FR-HEL-3.7K
FR-HEL-7.5K
FR-HEL-11K
Converter unit
model
FR-HEL-15K
MR-CR55K
FR-HEL-22K
FR-HEL-30K
FR-HEL-H1.5K
FR-HEL-H2.2K
C
MR-CR55K4
Fig.
E
FR-HEL-H15K
FR-HEL-H22K
FR-HEL-H30K
Connections
Servo amplifier
Converter unit
MR-DCL
FR-HEL-(H)
P1
P3
(Note 2)
(Note 1)
P2
P4
5 m or shorter
5 m or shorter
Notes: 1. Disconnect the short-circuit bar between P3 and P4 when using the DC reactor.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit bar between P1 and P2 when using the DC reactor.
Dimensions
P1
2-d mounting
hole (Note 1)
[Unit: mm]
D or shorter (Note 2)
H2
W1
W2
Model
FR-HEL-0.4K
FR-HEL-0.75K
FR-HEL-1.5K
FR-HEL-2.2K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
Mass
[kg]
70
85
85
85
60
74
74
74
71
81
81
81
61
61
70
70
M4
M4
M4
M4
0.4
0.5
0.8
0.9
5-65
Terminal
screw
size
M4
M4
M4
M4
B-RJ
B-RJ010
[Unit: mm]
D3
4-d mounting
hole (Note 1)
P P1
D or shorter (Note 3)
B
W1
D1
D2
D3
Mass
[kg]
FR-HEL-3.7K
FR-HEL-7.5K
FR-HEL-11K
77
86
105
55
60
64
92
113
133
82
98
112
66
81
92
57
72
79
37
43
47
M4
M4
M6
1.5
2.5
3.3
FR-HEL-15K
105
64
133
115
97
84
48.5
M6
4.1
H2
Terminal
screw
size
M4
M5
M6
2 (AWG 14)
3.5 (AWG 12)
5.5 (AWG 10)
M6
8 (AWG 8)
14 (AWG 6)
D2
D12
W1
W2
Variable dimensions
W
Model
(Note 2)
D or shorter
D3 or shorter (Note 3)
W1
D1
D2
D3
105
114
64
72
93
100
175
200
117
125
104
101
115
135
M6
M6
5.6
7.8
Terminal
screw
size
M10
M10
22 (AWG 4)
38 (AWG 2)
Terminal
screw
size
D or shorter
(D3)
H2.5
P1
4-d mounting
hole (Note 1)
FR-HEL-22K
FR-HEL-30K
Mass
[kg]
LVS/Wires
D2
D12
Variable dimensions
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Model
W1
W2
H2
P1
Servo Amplifiers
Dimensions
A-RJ
W1
D2
W2.5
D11
FR-HEL-H1.5K
FR-HEL-H2.2K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
D3
Mass
[kg]
66
76
50
50
100
110
80
80
74
74
54
54
37
37
M4
M4
1.0
1.3
M3.5
M3.5
Product List
Model
2 (AWG 14)
2 (AWG 14)
Cautions
5-66
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
B-RJ010
Dimensions
A-RJ
[Unit: mm]
D or shorter
(D3)
P1
H2.5
Model
W1
D2
W2.5
D11
W1
D1
D2
D3
86
96
105
55
60
75
120
128
137
95
105
110
89
100
105
69
80
85
45
50
53
M4
M5
M5
2.3
3.5
4.5
Terminal
screw
size
(D3)
P1
H2.5
Terminal
screw
size
M4
M4
M5
Mass
[kg]
D or shorter
FR-HEL-H3.7K
FR-HEL-H7.5K
FR-HEL-H11K
Variable dimensions
W1
D2
W2.5
Terminal cover
D11
Terminal block
(M3.5 screw) for
thermal sensor
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
D3
Mass
[kg]
FR-HEL-H15K
105
75
152
125
115
95
62
M5
5.0
M6
FR-HEL-H22K
FR-HEL-H30K
133
133
90
90
178
178
120
120
95
100
75
80
53
56
M5
M5
6.0
6.5
M6
M6
Model
Terminal screw
H or shorter
P1 P2
G
X1.5
D or shorter
Model
(W1)
W or shorter
Mounting hole for M8
MR-DCL30K
MR-DCL37K
MR-DCL30K-4
MR-DCL37K-4
MR-DCL45K-4
MR-DCL55K-4
W1
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw
size
135
255
215
80
232
9.5
M12
135
135
135
135
205
225
240
260
200
200
200
215
75
80
80
80
175
197
212
232
6.5
7
7.5
9.5
M8
M8
M8
M8
Variable dimensions
5-67
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
For MR-J4-B/A
Servo amplifier
model
FR-HAL-0.4K
FR-HAL-0.75K
FR-HAL-1.5K
FR-HAL-2.2K
FR-HAL-3.7K
FR-HAL-7.5K
FR-HAL-11K
Total continuous
thrust of linear servo
motors
Power factor
improving AC
reactor model
Fig.
FR-HAL-0.75K
FR-HAL-1.5K
FR-HAL-2.2K
FR-HAL-3.7K
Power factor
improving AC
reactor model
Fig.
378 W or less
-
FR-HAL-0.75K
FR-HAL-1.5K
FR-HAL-2.2K
FR-HAL-3.7K
(Note 2)
450 W or less
150 N or less
100 W or less
Over 450 W to 600 W Over 150 N to 240 N Over 100 W to 377 W
Over 600 W to 1 kW Over 240 N to 300 N Over 377 W to 545 W
Over 1 kW to 2 kW Over 300 N to 720 N Over 545 W to 838 W
FR-HAL-15K
FR-HAL-22K
FR-HAL-30K
FR-HAL-H1.5K
FR-HAL-H2.2K
FR-HAL-H3.7K
FR-HAL-H7.5K
FR-HAL-H11K
Total continuous
thrust of linear servo
motors
450 W or less
150 N or less
Over 450 W to 600 W Over 150 N to 240 N
Over 600 W to 1 kW Over 240 N to 300 N
Over 1 kW to 2 kW Over 300 N to 450 N
(Note 2)
FR-HAL-H15K
FR-HAL-H22K
FR-HAL-H30K
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes: 1. Refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for selecting a power factor improving AC reactor when combining multiple servo motors among the rotary
servo motor, the linear servo motor or the direct drive motor.
2. When using the power factor improving AC reactor, install one reactor for each servo amplifier.
Connections
3-phase 200 V AC or
3-phase 400 V AC
1-phase 200 V AC
1-phase 100 V AC
Servo amplifier
MCCB
FR-HAL-(H)
X
R
S
L1
L2
L3
Servo amplifier
Servo amplifier
MCCB
Power
supply
MC
FR-HAL
MCCB
L1
L2
L3
(Note 1)
Power
supply
MC
FR-HAL
L1
LVS/Wires
Power
supply
MC
MR-J4-10B(1)/A(1)
MR-J4-20B(1)/A(1)
MR-J4-40B(1)/A(1)
MR-J4-60B/A
MR-J4-70B/A
MR-J4-100B/A
MR-J4-200B/A
MR-J4-350B/A
MR-J4-500B/A
MR-J4-700B/A
MR-J4-11KB/A
MR-J4-15KB/A
MR-J4-22KB/A
MR-J4-60B4/A4
MR-J4-100B4/A4
MR-J4-200B4/A4
MR-J4-350B4/A4
MR-J4-500B4/A4
MR-J4-700B4/A4
MR-J4-11KB4/A4
MR-J4-15KB4/A4
MR-J4-22KB4/A4
Power factor
improving AC reactor Fig.
model (Note 2)
Servo Amplifiers
This boosts the power factor of servo amplifier and reduces the power supply capacity.
L2
Notes: 1. Connect the power supply to L1 and L3 terminals. Do not connect anything to L2. The connections are different from MR-J3 series servo amplifiers. Be careful not to make
a connection error when replacing MR-J3 with MR-J4.
Product List
Cautions
5-68
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
Dimensions
A-RJ
[Unit: mm]
R X S Y T Z
D or shorter (Note 2)
A
Model
W1
D2
D1
FR-HAL-0.4K
FR-HAL-0.75K
FR-HAL-1.5K
FR-HAL-2.2K
FR-HAL-3.7K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw size
1042
1042
1042
115 (Note 2)
115 (Note 2)
84
84
84
40
40
99
99
99
115
115
72
74
77
77
83
51
56
61
71
81
40
44
50
57
67
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
0.6
0.8
1.1
1.5
2.2
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
R X S Y T Z
D or shorter (Note 2)
W1
D2
W2
D1
Model
FR-HAL-7.5K
FR-HAL-11K
FR-HAL-15K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw size
130
160
160
50
75
75
135
164
167
100
111
126
98
109
124
86
92
107
M6
M6
M6
4.2
5.2
7.0
M5
M6
M6
D or shorter (Note 2)
S
X
T
Y
W1
W or shorter (Note 2)
H5
D2
D12
Model
FR-HAL-22K
FR-HAL-30K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw size
185
185
75
75
150
150
158
168
100
100
87
87
M6
M6
9.0
9.7
M8
M10
5-69
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
[Unit: mm]
R X S Y T Z
D or shorter (Note 2)
H5
Model
FR-HAL-H1.5K
FR-HAL-H2.2K
FR-HAL-H3.7K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw size
135
135
135
120
120
120
115
115
115
59
59
69
59.6
59.6
70.6
45
45
57
M4
M4
M4
1.5
1.5
2.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
D2
D1
W1
W0.5
Y T Z
150
125
Servo Amplifiers
Dimensions
D or shorter (Note 2)
H5
D2
D1
W1
W0.5
FR-HAL-H7.5K
FR-HAL-H11K
FR-HAL-H15K
Variable dimensions
W
W1
D1
D2
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw size
160
160
220
145
145
200
142
146
195
91
91
105
91
91
90
75
75
70
M4
M4
M5
5.0
6.0
9.0
M4
M5
M5
W1
D1
D2
Mass
[kg]
Terminal
screw size
220
220
200
200
215
215
170
170
90
96
70
75
M5
M5
9.5
11
M8
M8
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Model
Y T Z
LVS/Wires
R X S
D or shorter (Note 2)
Model
W1
W0.5
Product List
180
H5
D2
D1
FR-HAL-H22K
FR-HAL-H30K
Variable dimensions
Cautions
5-70
Options/Peripheral Equipment
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Specifications
Item
Types of machine component
Item
Output of results
Printing
Data saving
Moment of inertia calculation
function
Description
Horizontal ball screws, vertical ball screws, rack and pinions, roll feeds, rotating tables, carts, elevators,
conveyors, linear servo, other (direct inertia input) devices
Servo amplifier, servo motor, regenerative option, moment of inertia of load, load to motor inertia
ratio, peak torque, peak torque ratio, effective torque, effective torque ratio, regenerative power (Note 4),
regenerative power ratio
Prints entered specifications, operating pattern, calculation process, graph of selection process feed
speed (or motor speed) and torque, and sizing results.
Entered specifications, operating patterns and sizing results are saved with a file name.
Cylinder, square block, variable speed, linear movement, hanging, conical, conical base
System requirements
IBM PC/AT compatible model running with the following requirements.
Components
OS (Note 3)
Personal computer (Note 2)
CPU
Memory
Free hard disk space
Browser
Monitor
Keyboard
Mouse
Printer
Communication cable
Notes: 1. Be sure to use the latest version of this software. Contact your local sales office for updating your software.
2. This software may not run correctly, depending on a personal computer being used.
3. For 64-bit operating system, this software is compatible with Windows 7 or later.
4. MR-J4W_ outputs regenerative energy.
5-71
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Adjustment
Others
System requirements
IBM PC/AT compatible model running with the following requirements.
Memory (recommended)
Free hard disk space
Communication interface
Browser
Monitor
Cautions
Keyboard
Mouse
Printer
Communication cable
Product List
CPU (recommended)
LVS/Wires
OS (Note 2)
MR Configurator2 (Note 3)
Microsoft Windows 8.1 Enterprise Operating System
Microsoft Windows 8.1 Pro Operating System
Microsoft Windows 8.1 Operating System
Microsoft Windows 8 Enterprise Operating System
Microsoft Windows 8 Pro Operating System
Microsoft Windows 8 Operating System
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise Operating System
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate Operating System
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional Operating System
Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium Operating System
Microsoft Windows 7 Starter Operating System
Microsoft Windows Vista Enterprise Operating System
Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate Operating System
Microsoft Windows Vista Business Operating System
Microsoft Windows Vista Home Premium Operating System
Microsoft Windows Vista Home Basic Operating System
Microsoft Windows XP Professional Operating System, Service Pack2 or later
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition Operating System, Service Pack2 or later
Desktop PC: Intel Celeron processor 2.8 GHz or more
Laptop PC: Intel Pentium M processor 1.7 GHz or more
512 MB or more (32-bit OS), 1 GB or more (64-bit OS)
1 GB or more
Use USB port
Windows Internet Explorer 4.0 or later
Resolution 1024 5 768 or more, 16-bit high color,
Compatible with above personal computers.
Compatible with above personal computers.
Compatible with above personal computers.
Compatible with above personal computers.
MR-J3USBCBL3M
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Components
Notes: 1. Available only in the standard control mode. The motor-less operation is currently available only in the standard control mode and will be available in the fully closed loop
control mode, the linear servo motor control mode, and the direct drive motor control mode in the future.
2. Available only with MR-J4-_B_, MR-J4-_B_-RJ, MR-J4-DU_B_, MR-J4-DU_B_-RJ, MR-J4W_-B, and MR-J4-_B_-RJ010.
3. Available only with MR-J4-_A_, MR-J4-_A_-RJ, MR-J4-DU_A_, and MR-J4-DU_A_-RJ.
4. Available only in the standard control mode with MR-J4-_A_, MR-J4-_A_-RJ, MR-J4-DU_A_, and MR-J4-DU_A_-RJ.
5. Available only in the fully closed loop control mode.
6. Available only in the linear servo motor control mode.
7. Available only in the standard control mode, the fully closed loop control mode, and the direct drive motor control mode.
Test mode
Description
New/Open/Close/Save/Save As/Delete Project, Read Other Format, Write Other Format, System Setting,
Print Preview, Print, Exit MR Configurator2
Parameter Setting, Axis Name Setting (Note 3), Parameter Converter (Note 4)
Display All, I/O Monitor, Graph, ABS Data Display
Alarm Display, Alarm Onset Data, Drive Recorder, No Motor Rotation, System Configuration,
Life Diagnosis, Machine Diagnosis, Fully Closed Loop Diagnosis (Note 5), Linear Diagnosis (Note 6)
JOG Mode (Note 7), Positioning Mode, Motor-Less Operation (Note 1), DO Forced Output, Program Operation,
Test Mode Information
One-touch Tuning, Tuning, Machine Analyzer
Servo Assistant, Update Parameter Setting Range, Machine Unit Conversion Setting (Note 2), Help
Specifications
Servo Amplifiers
Notes: 1. This software may not run correctly, depending on a personal computer being used.
2. For 64-bit operating system, this software is compatible with Windows 7 or later.
3. Be sure to use the latest version of this software. Contact your local sales office for updating your software.
5-72
Options/Peripheral Equipment
5-73
SI (metric) unit
1 [kg]
1 [mm]
1 [Nm]
1 [(10-4 kgm2)]
1 [N]
n [C] 9/5 + 32
6
B
Servo amplifier
B-RJ WB B-RJ010 A
A-RJ l: Applicable
l ........ 6-1
........ 6-4
........ 6-6
MR-J4-B/MR-J4-DU_B
B-RJ
MR-J4-B-RJ/MR-J4-DU_B-RJ
l
WB
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B
B-RJ010
MR-J4-B-RJ010
A MR-J4-A/MR-J4-DU_A
A-RJ MR-J4-A-RJ/MR-J4-DU_A-RJ
* Only MR-J4-B and MR-J4-A servo amplifiers are mentioned in this section. Note that low-voltage switchgear and wires for MR-J4-B-RJ and MR-J4-B-RJ010 are the same as those
for MR-J4-B, and MR-J4-A-RJ for MR-J4-A. For the low-voltage switchgear and wires for MR-J4-B-RJ, MR-J4-B-RJ010, and MR-J4-A-RJ, refer to those for MR-J4-B and MR-J4-A
with the same rated capacity.
* Refer to p. 5-65 in this catalog for conversion of units.
Low-Voltage Switchgear/Wires
Low-Voltage Switchgear/Wires
Mitsubishi Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers
WS-V Series
"WS-V Series" is the new circuit breakers that have a lot of superior aspects such as higher breaking
capacity, design for easy use, standardization of accessory parts, and compliance to the global
standards.
Features
Technologies based on long years of experience are brought together to
achieve improved performance
The new circuit breaking technology "Expanded ISTAC" has improved the currentlimiting performance and upgraded the overall breaking capacity.
Expansion of the conductor under the stator shortens the contact parting time of the
mover as compared to the conventional ISTAC structure.
The current-limiting performance has been improved remarkably. (The maximum
peak current value has been reduced by approx. 10%.)
Current C
Reaction circuit
Fixed conductor
Current B
(Conventional model:
105 165 86 mm)
Current
(New model:
105 165 68 mm)
250-RG
Model Name
NF250-SGW
Arc
Movable conductor
50 %
UP
250-H
20 %
UP
250-S
WS-V Series
WS Series
38.8%
UP
250-C
20 %
UP
125-RG
20
40
60
80
100
kA at 400 V AC lcu
120
140
160
For 125AF
For 250AF
New models
For 32 to 250AF
One type
Applicable accessories
AL
AX
AL+AX
SHT
UVT
Style
Lineup of UL 489 listed circuit breakers with 54 mm width "Small Fit"
The compact breakers contribute to a size reduction of machines, and IEC 35 mm rail mounting is standard.
NF50-SVFU
NF100-CVFU
NV50-SVFU
NV100-CVFU
NF125-SVU
6-1
NF125-HVU
NF250-SVU
NF250-HVU
Features
Just 36 mm wide for 10 A-frame type!
General-purpose magnetic contactor with smallest width* in the industry.
The width of MS-T series is reduced by 32% as compared to the prior MS-N series, enabling a more compact panel.
S-T10
*Based on Mitsubishi Electric research as of March 2014 in the general-purpose magnetic contactor industry for 10 A-frame class.
[Unit: mm]
Frame size
11 A
13 A
43
1/L1
Front view
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
75
13
13
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
13
21
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
21
43
31
13
21
32
44
22
14
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
14
2/T1
S-N10
4/T2
Front view
6/T3
14
14
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
14
22
43
36
New
MS-T series
5/L3
63
53
43
13
25 A
m!
-7 m
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
S-N25
43
63
m!
-12 m
!
mm
-20
S-T20
S-T25
Standardization
Covers provided as standard equipment
Terminal cover and auxiliary contact unit covers are provided as standard
equipment. Not only ensuring your safety, but also saving you time and cost of
selecting and purchasing the covers separately.
rs are
Cove ed as
attachdard.
stan
Coil designation
AC24 V
AC48 V
AC100 V
AC200 V
AC300 V
AC400 V
AC500 V
LVS/Wires
LVS/Wires
Product
Product List
List
AC12 V
AC24 V
AC48 V
AC100 V
AC120 V
AC127 V
AC200 V
AC220 V
AC230 V
AC260 V
AC380 V
AC400 V
AC440 V
AC500 V
Options/Peripheral
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Equipment
Covers + Contactor
Direct
Direct Drive
Drive Motors
Motors
S-T10
22
S-N20
m!
-10 m
Linear
Linear Servo
Servo Motors
Motors
MS-N series
20 A
Rotary
Rotary Servo
Servo Motors
Motors
Compact
Global Standard
Conforms to various global standards
Not only major global standards such as IEC, JIS, UL, CE, and CCC but also ship standards and other country standards are planned
to be certified.
: Compliant as standard
International
S-T10 to S-T32
MSO-T10 to MSO-T25
TH-T18(KP) to TH-T25(KP)
Japan
Germany
BS/EN
England
Europe
Safety Standard
UL
CSA
U.S.A
Canada
EC Directive
CE Marking
Certification Body
TV
CCC
GB
Europe
Germany
China
Cautions
Cautions
Model
IEC
Applicable Standard
JIS
DIN/VDE
*1
*1. The Motor Starters will be certified under each type name of the Magnetic contactors and the Thermal Overload Relays on the condition that the Magnetic contactors and
the Thermal Overload Relays are used in combination.
6-2
Low-Voltage Switchgear/Wires
Environment-friendly Mitsubishi MS-N series ensures safety and conforms to various global standards. Its
compact size contributes to space-saving in a machine. The MS-N series is suitable for MELSERVO-J4 series as
well as other Mitsubishi FA equipment and can be used globally.
Features
Bifurcated contact adopted to achieve high contact reliability
Contact reliability is greatly improved by combining bifurcated moving contact and stationary contact.
This series responds to the various needs such as the application to safety circuit.
S-N35CX
Gap
IEC
International
Applicable Standard
JIS
DIN/VDE
Japan
Germany
BS/EN
England
Europe
Safety Standard
UL
CSA
U.S.A
Canada
Auxiliary
normally
closed
contact
: Compliant as standard
EC Directive
CE Marking
Certification Body
TV
CCC
GB
Europe
Germany
China
*1
*1. The Motor Starters are certified under each type name of the Magnetic contactors and the Thermal Overload Relays on the condition that the Magnetic contactors and the
Thermal Overload Relays are used in combination.
6-3
B-RJ
B-RJ010
A-RJ
Servo Amplifiers
The following are examples of wire sizes when 600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV wires) are used.
The wire size for U, V, W, and varies depending on the servo motor. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in
this catalog for details on wires for each servo motor.
Servo amplifier model
MR-J4-20B/A
MR-J4-20B1/A1
MR-J4-40B/A
MR-J4-60B/A
MR-J4-70B/A
MR-J4-100B/A
MR-J4-350B/A
MR-J4-500B/A (Note 2)
MR-J4-700B/A (Note 2)
MR-J4-15KB/A (Note 2)
MR-J4-22KB/A
(Note 2)
MR-J4-60B4/A4
MR-J4-100B4/A4
MR-J4-350B4/A4
MR-J4-500B4/A4 (Note 2)
MR-J4-700B4/A4 (Note 2)
MR-J4-15KB4/A4 (Note 2)
MR-J4-22KB4/A4
(Note 2)
(Note 1)
AWG 16 to 10 (Note 4)
S-N35
2 to 5.5
(AWG 14 to 10)
S-N50
8 (AWG 8)
2 to 8 (AWG 14 to 8)
S-N50
14 (AWG 6)
S-N65
22 (AWG 4)
S-N95
38 (AWG 2)
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N20 (Note 6),
S-T21
S-N20 (Note 6),
S-T21
S-N20,
S-T21
1.25 to 2
(AWG 16 to 14)
2 (AWG 14)
2 (AWG 14)
2 (AWG 14)
2 (AWG 14)
2 (AWG 14)
(Note 1)
2 (AWG 14)
S-N25
S-N35
8 (AWG 8)
S-N50
14 (AWG 6)
Product List
MR-J4-11KB4/A4 (Note 2)
2 (AWG 14)
LVS/Wires
MR-J4-200B4/A4
AWG 18 to 14 (Note 4)
2 (AWG 14)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
MR-J4-11KB/A (Note 2)
U, V, W,
MR-J4-200B/A
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N10,
S-T10
S-N20 (Note 6),
S-T21
S-N20,
S-T21
MR-J4-40B1/A1
30 A frame 5 A
(30 A frame 5 A)
30 A frame 5 A
(30 A frame 5 A)
30 A frame 10 A
(30 A frame 10 A)
30 A frame 10 A
(30 A frame 5 A)
30 A frame 15 A
(30 A frame 10 A)
30 A frame 15 A
(30 A frame 10 A)
30 A frame 15 A
(30 A frame 10 A)
30 A frame 15 A
(30 A frame 10 A)
30 A frame 20 A
(30 A frame 20 A)
30 A frame 30 A
(30 A frame 30 A)
50 A frame 50 A
(50 A frame 50 A)
100 A frame 75 A
(60 A frame 60 A)
MR-J4-10B(1)/A(1)
Molded-case circuit
Magnetic
breaker (Note 5, 7)
contactor (Note 3, 7)
8 (AWG 8)
3.5 (AWG 12)
(Note 1)
6-4
Cautions
Low-Voltage Switchgear/Wires
B-RJ
A-RJ
The following are examples of wire sizes when 600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV wires) are used.
The wire size for U, V, W, and
varies depending on the servo motor. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in
this catalog for details on wires for each servo motor.
Converter unit
MR-CR55K
(Note 7)
Molded-case circuit
breaker (Note 8, 9)
Drive unit
MR-J4-DU30KB/A
MR-J4-DU37KB/A
MR-J4-DU30KB4/A4
U, V, W,
S-N150
38 (AWG 2)
60 (AWG 2/0)
S-N180
60 (AWG 2/0)
60 (AWG 2/0)
S-N95
22 (AWG 4)
1.25 to 2
(AWG 16 to 14)
5.5 (AWG10)
(Note 1)
22 (AWG 4)
S-N125
22 (AWG 4)
S-N150
38 (AWG 2)
38 (AWG 2)
S-N180
38 (AWG 2)
38 (AWG 2)
WB
MR-CR55K4
(Note 7)
MR-J4-DU37KB4/A4
Magnetic
contactor (Note 1, 8) L1, L2, L3,
MR-J4-DU45KB4/A4
MR-J4-DU55KB4/A4
38 (AWG 2)
The following are examples of wire sizes when 600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV wires) are used.
The wire size for U, V, W, and
varies depending on the servo motor. Refer to "Selection Example in HIV Wires for Servo Motors" in
this catalog for details on wires for each servo motor.
Servo amplifier
model
MR-J4W2-22B
MR-J4W2-44B
MR-J4W2-77B
MR-J4W2-1010B
MR-J4W3-222B
MR-J4W3-444B
Molded-case circuit
breaker
Magnetic
contactor
Refer to the
following tables.
Refer to the
following
tables.
AWG 18 to 14
2 (AWG 14)
(Note 2)
WB
Molded-case circuit
breaker (Note 3, 8)
30 A frame 5 A
30 A frame 10 A
30 A frame 15 A
30 A frame 20 A
U, V, W,
Magnetic
contactor (Note 1, 8)
S-N10
S-N10
S-N10
S-N20 (Note 5)
WB
Molded-case circuit
breaker (Note 3, 8)
30 A frame 10 A
30 A frame 15 A
30 A frame 20 A
Magnetic
contactor (Note 1, 8)
S-N10
S-N10
S-N20
Notes: 1. Be sure to use a magnetic contactor with an operation delay time of 80 ms or less. The operation delay time is the time interval from current being applied to the coil until
closure of contacts.
2. The wire size shows applicable size for the servo amplifier connector.
3. When complying with IEC/EN/UL/CSA standard, refer to "MELSERVO-J4 Instructions and Cautions for Safe Use of AC Servos" enclosed with the servo amplifier.
4. Refer to "MR-J4W_-_B Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual" for selecting a molded-case circuit breaker when combining multiple servo motors among the rotary servo
motor, the linear servo motor or the direct drive motor.
5. S-N18 can be used when auxiliary contact is not required.
6. Keep the wire length to the regenerative option within 5 m.
7. When connecting the wires to the terminal blocks, be sure to use the screws attached to the terminal blocks.
8. Install one molded-case circuit breaker and one magnetic contactor for each servo amplifier or drive unit.
9. When complying with IEC/EN/UL/CSA standard, refer to "MR-J4-DU/MR-CR Instructions and Cautions for Safe Use of AC Servos" enclosed with the converter unit and the
drive unit. When using a power improving reactor, use a molded-case circuit breaker listed in the brackets.
6-5
B-RJ
WB
B-RJ010
A-RJ
HG-SR121, 201
HG-SR301
HG-SR421
HG-SR52, 102
HG-SR152, 202
HG-SR352
HG-SR502
HG-SR524, 1024
2 (AWG 14)
HG-JR5034
22 (AWG 4)
38 (AWG 2)
60 (AWG 2/0)
38 (AWG 2)
22 (AWG 4)
HG-UR72
HG-UR202
LVS/Wires
HG-UR352, 502
2 (AWG 14)
HG-RR203
HG-UR152
8 (AWG 8)
HG-JR45K1M4, 55K1M4
HG-RR353, 503
8 (AWG 8)
14 (AWG 6)
HG-RR103, 153
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
22 (AWG 4)
HG-JR15K1M
14 (AWG 6)
(Note 5)
HG-SR702
Servo Amplifiers
The following are examples of wire sizes when 600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV wires) with a length of
30 m are used. Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" when using cab-tire cables for supplying power (U, V, and W) to
HG-SR/HG-JR/HG-RR/HG-UR series.
Notes: 1. Use a fluorine resin wire of 0.75 mm2 (AWG 18) for wiring to the servo motor power connector.
2. This size is applicable for wiring length of 10 m or shorter. For over 10 m, use MR-PWS2CBL03M-A_-L and extend it with HIV wire of 1.25 mm2 (AWG 16).
3. When complying with UL/CSA standard, extend the wire using MR-PWS2CBL03M-A_-L and HIV wire of 2 mm2 (AWG 14).
4. Use a fluorine resin wire of 0.5 mm2 (AWG 20) when connecting to servo motor electromagnetic brake connector.
5. When complying with UL/CSA standard, use 2 mm2 (AWG 14). Refer to "Servo Motor Instruction Manual (Vol. 3)" for details.
6. The same wire size is applicable when the torque is maximally increased.
7. This size is applicable for wiring length of 10 m or shorter. For over 10 m, extend the wire with HIV wire of 1.25 mm2 (AWG 16).
Product List
Cautions
6-6
Low-Voltage Switchgear/Wires
B-RJ
WB
A-RJ
The following are examples of wire sizes when 600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV wires) with a length of
30 m are used.
Wire size [mm2]
For power and grounding (U, V, W, E)
(general environment)
1.25 (AWG 16) (Note 1)
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
2 (AWG 14)
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
2 (AWG 14)
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
2 (AWG 14)
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
Natural cooling
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0
Liquid cooling
Natural cooling
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
Natural cooling
Liquid cooling
Natural cooling
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1
Liquid cooling
8 (AWG 8) (Note 3)
Liquid cooling
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
8 (AWG 8) (Note 2)
Natural cooling
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0
2 (AWG 14)
Liquid cooling
Natural cooling
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0
2 (AWG 14)
Liquid cooling
Liquid cooling
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
2 (AWG 14)
3.5 (AWG 12)
Natural cooling
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
Liquid cooling
Natural cooling
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
8 (AWG 8)
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0, LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0, LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0,
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0, LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0, LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
2 (AWG 14)
TM-RFM040J10
TM-RFM240J10
TM-RFM120J10
Notes: 1. When complying with UL/CSA standard, use 2 mm2 (AWG 14). Refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction Manual for details.
2. Use a wire which has a heat resistance temperature of 105 C for wiring to the servo motor power connector.
3. Use a wire which has a heat resistance temperature of 150 C for wiring to the servo motor power connector.
6-7
Servo Amplifiers
MEMO
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
Product List
Servo amplifiers
Item
Model
MR-J4-20B
0.2 kW
MR-J4-40B
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60B
0.6 kW
MR-J4-70B
0.75 kW
MR-J4-100B
1 kW
2 kW
3.5 kW
MR-J4-500B
5 kW
MR-J4-700B
7 kW
MR-J4-11KB
11 kW
MR-J4-15KB
15 kW
MR-J4-22KB
22 kW
MR-J4-10B1
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60B4
0.6 kW
MR-J4-100B4
1 kW
MR-J4-200B4
2 kW
MR-J4-350B4
3.5 kW
5 kW
7 kW
MR-J4-11KB4
11 kW
MR-J4-15KB4
15 kW
MR-J4-22KB4
22 kW
100 V
MR-J4-20B1
class
MR-J4-40B1
400 V
MR-J4-500B4
class
MR-J4-700B4
200 V MR-J4-DU30KB
class MR-J4-DU37KB
Drive unit
MR-J4-DUB (Note 1)
37 kW
30 kW
400 V MR-J4-DU37KB4
class MR-J4-DU45KB4
37 kW
MR-J4-DU55KB4
55 kW
MR-J4-10B-RJ
0.1 kW
MR-J4-20B-RJ
0.2 kW
MR-J4-40B-RJ
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60B-RJ
0.6 kW
MR-J4-70B-RJ
0.75 kW
MR-J4-100B-RJ
1 kW
2 kW
3.5 kW
MR-J4-500B-RJ
5 kW
MR-J4-700B-RJ
7 kW
MR-J4-11KB-RJ
11 kW
MR-J4-15KB-RJ
15 kW
MR-J4-22KB-RJ
22 kW
MR-J4-10B1-RJ
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60B4-RJ
0.6 kW
MR-J4-100B4-RJ
1 kW
MR-J4-200B4-RJ
2 kW
MR-J4-350B4-RJ
400 V
MR-J4-500B4-RJ
class
MR-J4-700B4-RJ
3.5 kW
5 kW
7 kW
MR-J4-11KB4-RJ
11 kW
MR-J4-15KB4-RJ
15 kW
MR-J4-22KB4-RJ
22 kW
100 V
MR-J4-20B1-RJ
class
MR-J4-40B1-RJ
Notes:
1. One unit of converter unit is required for each drive unit.
7-1
30 kW
MR-J4-DU30KB4
200 V
MR-J4-200B-RJ
class
MR-J4-350B-RJ
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B-RJ
0.1 kW
200 V
MR-J4-200B
class
MR-J4-350B
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B
Rated output
MR-J4-10B
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit.
45 kW
Servo Amplifiers
Servo amplifiers
Item
Model
200 V MR-J4-DU30KB-RJ
class MR-J4-DU37KB-RJ
Drive unit
MR-J4-DUB-RJ (Note 1)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W3-B
30 kW
400 V MR-J4-DU37KB4-RJ
class MR-J4-DU45KB4-RJ
37 kW
MR-J4-DU55KB4-RJ
55 kW
MR-J4W2-22B
0.2 kW 2 axes
MR-J4W2-44B
0.4 kW 2 axes
MR-J4W2-77B
0.75 kW 2 axes
MR-J4W2-1010B
1 kW 2 axes
MR-J4W3-222B
0.2 kW 3 axes
MR-J4W3-444B
0.4 kW 3 axes
MR-J4-10B-RJ010
0.1 kW
MR-J4-20B-RJ010
0.2 kW
MR-J4-40B-RJ010
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60B-RJ010
0.6 kW
MR-J4-70B-RJ010
0.75 kW
MR-J4-100B-RJ010
1 kW
2 kW
3.5 kW
MR-J4-500B-RJ010
5 kW
MR-J4-700B-RJ010
7 kW
MR-J4-11KB-RJ010
11 kW
MR-J4-15KB-RJ010
15 kW
MR-J4-22KB-RJ010
22 kW
MR-J4-60B4-RJ010
0.6 kW
MR-J4-100B4-RJ010
1 kW
MR-J4-200B4-RJ010
2 kW
MR-J4-350B4-RJ010
3.5 kW
5 kW
7 kW
MR-J4-11KB4-RJ010
11 kW
MR-J4-15KB4-RJ010
15 kW
MR-J4-22KB4-RJ010
22 kW
MR-J4-10A
0.1 kW
MR-J4-20A
0.2 kW
MR-J4-40A
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60A
0.6 kW
MR-J4-70A
0.75 kW
MR-J4-100A
1 kW
2 kW
3.5 kW
MR-J4-500A
5 kW
MR-J4-700A
7 kW
MR-J4-11KA
11 kW
MR-J4-15KA
15 kW
MR-J4-22KA
22 kW
MR-J4-10A1
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60A4
0.6 kW
MR-J4-100A4
1 kW
MR-J4-200A4
2 kW
MR-J4-350A4
3.5 kW
5 kW
7 kW
MR-J4-11KA4
11 kW
MR-J4-15KA4
15 kW
MR-J4-22KA4
22 kW
LVS/Wires
Product List
400 V
MR-J4-500A4
class
MR-J4-700A4
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
100 V
MR-J4-20A1
class
MR-J4-40A1
45 kW
200 V
MR-J4-200A
class
MR-J4-350A
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit.
400 V
MR-J4-500B4-RJ010
class
MR-J4-700B4-RJ010
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-A
37 kW
MR-J4-DU30KB4-RJ
200 V
MR-J4-200B-RJ010
class
MR-J4-350B-RJ010
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B-RJ010 (Note 2)
Servo amplifier
MR-J4W2-B
Rated output
30 kW
Cautions
Notes:
1. One unit of converter unit is required for each drive unit.
2. Optional CC-Link IE Field Network interface unit (MR-J3-T10) is required.
7-2
Product List
Servo amplifiers
Item
Model
200 V MR-J4-DU30KA
class MR-J4-DU37KA
Drive unit
MR-J4-DUA (Note 1)
30 kW
37 kW
MR-J4-DU55KA4
55 kW
MR-J4-10A-RJ
0.1 kW
MR-J4-20A-RJ
0.2 kW
MR-J4-40A-RJ
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60A-RJ
0.6 kW
MR-J4-70A-RJ
0.75 kW
MR-J4-100A-RJ
1 kW
2 kW
3.5 kW
MR-J4-500A-RJ
5 kW
MR-J4-700A-RJ
7 kW
MR-J4-11KA-RJ
11 kW
MR-J4-15KA-RJ
15 kW
MR-J4-22KA-RJ
22 kW
MR-J4-10A1-RJ
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
MR-J4-60A4-RJ
0.6 kW
MR-J4-100A4-RJ
1 kW
MR-J4-200A4-RJ
2 kW
MR-J4-350A4-RJ
3.5 kW
5 kW
7 kW
MR-J4-11KA4-RJ
11 kW
MR-J4-15KA4-RJ
15 kW
MR-J4-22KA4-RJ
22 kW
400 V
MR-J4-500A4-RJ
class
MR-J4-700A4-RJ
200 V MR-J4-DU30KA-RJ
class MR-J4-DU37KA-RJ
30 kW
37 kW
30 kW
400 V MR-J4-DU37KA4-RJ
class MR-J4-DU45KA4-RJ
37 kW
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit.
45 kW
55 kW
200 V
MR-CR55K
class
55 kW
400 V
MR-CR55K4
class
55 kW
Notes:
1. One unit of converter unit is required for each drive unit.
7-3
Main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit to the drive unit.
45 kW
MR-J4-DU30KA4-RJ
MR-J4-DU55KA4-RJ
Converter unit
MR-CR
37 kW
400 V MR-J4-DU37KA4
class MR-J4-DU45KA4
100 V
MR-J4-20A1-RJ
class
MR-J4-40A1-RJ
Drive unit
MR-J4-DUA-RJ (Note 1)
MR-J4-DU30KA4
200 V
MR-J4-200A-RJ
class
MR-J4-350A-RJ
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-A-RJ
Rated output
30 kW
Servo Amplifiers
3000 r/min
200 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR43(B)
400 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR73(B)
750 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR053(B)G1
1/5
50 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR053(B)G1
1/12
50 W
3000 r/min
1/12
HG-KR053(B)G1
1/20
50 W
3000 r/min
1/20
HG-KR13(B)G1
1/5
100 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR13(B)G1
1/12
100 W
3000 r/min
1/12
HG-KR13(B)G1
1/20
100 W
3000 r/min
1/20
HG-KR23(B)G1
1/5
200 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR23(B)G1
1/12
200 W
3000 r/min
1/12
HG-KR23(B)G1
1/20
200 W
3000 r/min
1/20
HG-KR43(B)G1
1/5
400 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR43(B)G1
1/12
400 W
3000 r/min
1/12
HG-KR43(B)G1
1/20
400 W
3000 r/min
1/20
HG-KR73(B)G1
1/5
750 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR73(B)G1
1/12
750 W
3000 r/min
1/12
HG-KR73(B)G1
1/20
750 W
3000 r/min
1/20
HG-KR053(B)G5
50 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR053(B)G5
50 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR053(B)G5
1/9
50 W
3000 r/min
1/9
HG-KR053(B)G5
1/11
50 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR053(B)G5
1/21
50 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR053(B)G5
1/33
50 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR053(B)G5
1/45
50 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR13(B)G5
100 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR13(B)G5
100 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR13(B)G5
1/11
100 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR13(B)G5
1/21
100 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR13(B)G5
1/33
100 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR13(B)G5
1/45
100 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR23(B)G5
1/5
200 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR23(B)G5
1/11
200 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR23(B)G5
1/21
200 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR23(B)G5
1/33
200 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR23(B)G5
1/45
200 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR43(B)G5
1/5
400 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR43(B)G5
1/11
400 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR43(B)G5
1/21
400 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR43(B)G5
1/33
400 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR43(B)G5
1/45
400 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR73(B)G5
1/5
750 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR73(B)G5
1/11
750 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR73(B)G5
1/21
750 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR73(B)G5
1/33
750 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR73(B)G5
1/45
750 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR053(B)G7
50 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR053(B)G7
50 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR053(B)G7
1/9
50 W
3000 r/min
1/9
HG-KR053(B)G7
1/11
50 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR053(B)G7
1/21
50 W
3000 r/min
1/21
Product List
100 W
HG-KR23(B)
LVS/Wires
HG-KR series
With shaft-output type reducer
for high precision applications,
flange mounting
HG-KR13(B)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Reduction ratio
-
HG-KR series
With flange-output type reducer
for high precision applications,
flange mounting
Rated speed
3000 r/min
Rated output
50 W
HG-KR series
With reducer for general industrial
machines
Model
HG-KR053(B)
Cautions
7-4
Product List
HG-KR series
With shaft-output type reducer
for high precision applications,
flange mounting
B: With electromagnetic brake
HG-MR series
B: With electromagnetic brake
Model
1/33
50 W
HG-KR053(B)G7
1/45
HG-KR13(B)G7
HG-KR13(B)G7
Rated speed
Reduction ratio
3000 r/min
1/33
50 W
3000 r/min
1/45
100 W
3000 r/min
100 W
3000 r/min
HG-KR13(B)G7
1/11
100 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR13(B)G7
1/21
100 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR13(B)G7
1/33
100 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR13(B)G7
1/45
100 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR23(B)G7
1/5
200 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR23(B)G7
1/11
200 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR23(B)G7
1/21
200 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR23(B)G7
1/33
200 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR23(B)G7
1/45
200 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR43(B)G7
1/5
400 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR43(B)G7
1/11
400 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR43(B)G7
1/21
400 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR43(B)G7
1/33
400 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR43(B)G7
1/45
400 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-KR73(B)G7
1/5
750 W
3000 r/min
1/5
HG-KR73(B)G7
1/11
750 W
3000 r/min
1/11
HG-KR73(B)G7
1/21
750 W
3000 r/min
1/21
HG-KR73(B)G7
1/33
750 W
3000 r/min
1/33
HG-KR73(B)G7
1/45
750 W
3000 r/min
1/45
HG-MR053(B)
50 W
3000 r/min
HG-MR13(B)
100 W
3000 r/min
HG-MR23(B)
200 W
3000 r/min
HG-MR43(B)
400 W
3000 r/min
HG-MR73(B)
750 W
3000 r/min
HG-SR51(B)
0.5 kW
1000 r/min
HG-SR81(B)
0.85 kW
1000 r/min
HG-SR121(B)
1.2 kW
1000 r/min
HG-SR201(B)
2.0 kW
1000 r/min
HG-SR301(B)
3.0 kW
1000 r/min
HG-SR421(B)
4.2 kW
1000 r/min
HG-SR52(B)
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR102(B)
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR152(B)
200 V
HG-SR202(B)
class
HG-SR352(B)
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR502(B)
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR702(B)
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR524(B)
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR1024(B)
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR1524(B)
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR5024(B)
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
HG-SR7024(B)
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
400 V
HG-SR2024(B)
class
HG-SR3524(B)
7-5
Rated output
HG-KR053(B)G7
Servo Amplifiers
Rated speed
Reduction ratio
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
1/11
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
1/17
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
1/29
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
1/35
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
1/43
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
1/59
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/6
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/11
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/17
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/29
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/35
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/43
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR102(B)G1(H) 1/59
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/6
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/11
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/17
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/29
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/35
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/43
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR152(B)G1(H) 1/59
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/6
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/11
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/17
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/43
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/59
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/6
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/11
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/17
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/29
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/35
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/43
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR352(B)G1(H) 1/59
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/6
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/11
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/17
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/29
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/35
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/43
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR502(B)G1(H) 1/59
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/6
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/11
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/17
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/29
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/35
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/43
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR702(B)G1(H) 1/59
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
200 V
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/29
class
HG-SR202(B)G1(H) 1/35
LVS/Wires
1/6
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
2000 r/min
0.5 kW
Rated output
1/6
Model
HG-SR52(B)G1(H)
Product List
Cautions
7-6
Product List
7-7
Model
Rated output
Rated speed
Reduction ratio
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/6
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/11
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/17
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/29
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/35
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/43
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR524(B)G1(H) 1/59
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/6
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/11
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/17
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/29
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/35
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/43
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR1024(B)G1(H) 1/59
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/6
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/11
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/17
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/29
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/35
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/43
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR1524(B)G1(H) 1/59
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/6
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/11
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/17
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/43
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/59
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/6
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/11
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/17
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/29
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/35
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/43
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR3524(B)G1(H) 1/59
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/6
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/11
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/17
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/29
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/35
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/43
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR5024(B)G1(H) 1/59
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/6
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/6
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/11
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/17
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/17
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/29
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/29
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/35
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/35
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/43
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/43
HG-SR7024(B)G1(H) 1/59
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/59
400 V
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/29
class
HG-SR2024(B)G1(H) 1/35
Servo Amplifiers
Rated speed
Reduction ratio
1/11
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR52(B)G5
1/21
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR52(B)G5
1/33
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR52(B)G5
1/45
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR102(B)G5
1/5
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR102(B)G5
1/11
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR102(B)G5
1/21
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR102(B)G5
1/33
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR102(B)G5
1/45
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR152(B)G5
1/5
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR152(B)G5
1/11
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
200 V HG-SR152(B)G5
class HG-SR152(B)G5
1/21
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
1/33
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR152(B)G5
1/45
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR202(B)G5
1/5
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR202(B)G5
1/11
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR202(B)G5
1/21
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR202(B)G5
1/33
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR202(B)G5
1/45
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR352(B)G5
1/5
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR352(B)G5
1/11
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR352(B)G5
1/21
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR502(B)G5
1/5
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR502(B)G5
1/11
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR702(B)G5
1/5
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR524(B)G5
1/5
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR524(B)G5
1/11
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR524(B)G5
1/21
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR524(B)G5
1/33
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR524(B)G5
1/45
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR1024(B)G5
1/5
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR1024(B)G5
1/11
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR1024(B)G5
1/21
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR1024(B)G5
1/33
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR1024(B)G5
1/45
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR1524(B)G5
1/5
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR1524(B)G5
1/11
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
400 V HG-SR1524(B)G5
class HG-SR1524(B)G5
1/21
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
1/33
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR1524(B)G5
1/45
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR2024(B)G5
1/5
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR2024(B)G5
1/11
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR2024(B)G5
1/21
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR2024(B)G5
1/33
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR2024(B)G5
1/45
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR3524(B)G5
1/5
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR3524(B)G5
1/11
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR3524(B)G5
1/21
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR5024(B)G5
1/5
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR5024(B)G5
1/11
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR7024(B)G5
1/5
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
Product List
HG-SR52(B)G5
LVS/Wires
1/5
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
2000 r/min
0.5 kW
Rated output
1/5
Model
HG-SR52(B)G5
Cautions
7-8
Product List
7-9
Model
Rated output
Rated speed
Reduction ratio
HG-SR52(B)G7
1/5
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR52(B)G7
1/11
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR52(B)G7
1/21
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR52(B)G7
1/33
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR52(B)G7
1/45
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR102(B)G7
1/5
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR102(B)G7
1/11
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR102(B)G7
1/21
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR102(B)G7
1/33
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR102(B)G7
1/45
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR152(B)G7
1/5
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR152(B)G7
1/11
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
200 V HG-SR152(B)G7
class HG-SR152(B)G7
1/21
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
1/33
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR152(B)G7
1/45
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR202(B)G7
1/5
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR202(B)G7
1/11
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR202(B)G7
1/21
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR202(B)G7
1/33
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR202(B)G7
1/45
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR352(B)G7
1/5
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR352(B)G7
1/11
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR352(B)G7
1/21
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR502(B)G7
1/5
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR502(B)G7
1/11
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR702(B)G7
1/5
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR524(B)G7
1/5
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR524(B)G7
1/11
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR524(B)G7
1/21
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR524(B)G7
1/33
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR524(B)G7
1/45
0.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1/5
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1/11
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1/21
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1/33
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR1024(B)G7
1/45
1.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR1524(B)G7
1/5
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR1524(B)G7
1/11
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
400 V HG-SR1524(B)G7
class HG-SR1524(B)G7
1/21
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
1/33
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR1524(B)G7
1/45
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR2024(B)G7
1/5
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR2024(B)G7
1/11
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR2024(B)G7
1/21
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR2024(B)G7
1/33
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/33
HG-SR2024(B)G7
1/45
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/45
HG-SR3524(B)G7
1/5
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR3524(B)G7
1/11
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR3524(B)G7
1/21
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
1/21
HG-SR5024(B)G7
1/5
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
HG-SR5024(B)G7
1/11
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/11
HG-SR7024(B)G7
1/5
7.0 kW
2000 r/min
1/5
Servo Amplifiers
Model
HG-JR601(B)
HG-JR801(B)
8.0 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR12K1(B)
12 kW
1000 r/min
200 V HG-JR15K1
class HG-JR20K1
15 kW
1000 r/min
20 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR25K1
25 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR30K1
30 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR37K1
37 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR6014(B)
6.0 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR8014(B)
8.0 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR12K14(B)
12 kW
1000 r/min
400 V HG-JR15K14
class HG-JR20K14
15 kW
1000 r/min
20 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR25K14
25 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR30K14
30 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR37K14
37 kW
1000 r/min
HG-JR701M(B)
7.0 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR11K1M(B)
11 kW
1500 r/min
200 V HG-JR15K1M(B)
class HG-JR22K1M
15 kW
1500 r/min
1500 r/min
30 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR37K1M
37 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR701M4(B)
7.0 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR11K1M4(B)
11 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR15K1M4(B)
15 kW
1500 r/min
400 V HG-JR22K1M4
class HG-JR30K1M4
22 kW
1500 r/min
30 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR37K1M4
37 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR45K1M4
45 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR55K1M4
55 kW
1500 r/min
HG-JR53(B)
0.5 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR73(B)
0.75 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR103(B)
1.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR153(B)
1.5 kW
3000 r/min
2.0 kW
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
5.0 kW
3000 r/min
200 V
HG-JR203(B)
class
HG-JR353(B)
HG-JR503(B)
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
HG-JR534(B)
0.5 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR734(B)
0.75 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR1034(B)
1.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR1534(B)
1.5 kW
3000 r/min
2.0 kW
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
HG-JR5034(B)
5.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR7034(B)
7.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-JR9034(B)
9.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-RR103(B)
1.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-RR series
HG-RR153(B)
1.5 kW
3000 r/min
HG-RR203(B)
2.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-RR353(B)
3.5 kW
3000 r/min
HG-RR503(B)
5.0 kW
3000 r/min
HG-UR72(B)
0.75 kW
2000 r/min
HG-UR152(B)
1.5 kW
2000 r/min
HG-UR202(B)
2.0 kW
2000 r/min
HG-UR352(B)
3.5 kW
2000 r/min
HG-UR502(B)
5.0 kW
2000 r/min
400 V
HG-JR2034(B)
class
HG-JR3534(B)
HG-UR series
B: With electromagnetic brake
Product List
7.0 kW
9.0 kW
LVS/Wires
HG-JR703(B)
HG-JR903(B)
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
22 kW
HG-JR30K1M
Reduction ratio
-
Rated speed
1000 r/min
Rated output
6.0 kW
Cautions
7-10
Product List
LM-H3 series
Primary side (coil)
LM-H3 series
Secondary side (magnet)
LM-F series
Primary side (coil)
LM-F series
Secondary side (magnet)
LM-K2 series
Primary side (coil)
LM-K2 series
Secondary side (magnet)
7-11
Continuous thrust
Model
Length
LM-H3P2A-07P-BSS0
70 N
175 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P3A-12P-CSS0
120 N
300 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P3B-24P-CSS0
240 N
600 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P3C-36P-CSS0
360 N
900 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P3D-48P-CSS0
480 N
1200 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P7A-24P-ASS0
240 N
600 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P7B-48P-ASS0
480 N
1200 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P7C-72P-ASS0
720 N
1800 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3P7D-96P-ASS0
960 N
2400 N
3.0 m/s
LM-H3S20-288-BSS0
288 mm
LM-H3S20-384-BSS0
384 mm
LM-H3S20-480-BSS0
480 mm
LM-H3S20-768-BSS0
768 mm
LM-H3S30-288-CSS0
288 mm
LM-H3S30-384-CSS0
384 mm
LM-H3S30-480-CSS0
480 mm
LM-H3S30-768-CSS0
768 mm
LM-H3S70-288-ASS0
288 mm
LM-H3S70-384-ASS0
384 mm
LM-H3S70-480-ASS0
480 mm
LM-H3S70-768-ASS0
768 mm
LM-FP2B-06M-1SS0
1800 N
2.0 m/s
LM-FP2D-12M-1SS0
3600 N
2.0 m/s
LM-FP2F-18M-1SS0
5400 N
2.0 m/s
3600 N
2.0 m/s
2.0 m/s
LM-FP4F-36M-1SS0
2.0 m/s
LM-FP4H-48M-1SS0
2.0 m/s
400 V
LM-FP5H-60M-1SS0
class
2.0 m/s
200 V
LM-FP4B-12M-1SS0
class
LM-FP4D-24M-1SS0
LM-FS20-480-1SS0
480 mm
200 V LM-FS20-576-1SS0
class LM-FS40-480-1SS0
576 mm
480 mm
LM-FS40-576-1SS0
576 mm
400 V LM-FS50-480-1SS0
class LM-FS50-576-1SS0
480 mm
576 mm
LM-K2P1A-01M-2SS1
120 N
300 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2P1C-03M-2SS1
360 N
900 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2P2A-02M-1SS1
240 N
600 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2P2C-07M-1SS1
720 N
1800 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2P2E-12M-1SS1
1200 N
3000 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2P3C-14M-1SS1
1440 N
3600 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2P3E-24M-1SS1
2400 N
6000 N
2.0 m/s
LM-K2S10-288-2SS1
288 mm
LM-K2S10-384-2SS1
384 mm
LM-K2S10-480-2SS1
480 mm
LM-K2S10-768-2SS1
768 mm
LM-K2S20-288-1SS1
288 mm
LM-K2S20-384-1SS1
384 mm
LM-K2S20-480-1SS1
480 mm
LM-K2S20-768-1SS1
768 mm
LM-K2S30-288-1SS1
288 mm
LM-K2S30-384-1SS1
384 mm
LM-K2S30-480-1SS1
480 mm
LM-K2S30-768-1SS1
768 mm
Item
Length
150 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2PAD-10M-0SS0
100 N
300 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2PAF-15M-0SS0
150 N
450 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2PBB-07M-1SS0
75 N
225 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2PBD-15M-1SS0
150 N
450 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2PBF-22M-1SS0
225 N
675 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2P2B-40M-2SS0
400 N
1600 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2P2C-60M-2SS0
600 N
2400 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2P2D-80M-2SS0
800 N
3200 N
2.0 m/s
LM-U2SA0-240-0SS0
240 mm
LM-U2SA0-300-0SS0
300 mm
LM-U2SA0-420-0SS0
420 mm
LM-U2SB0-240-1SS0
240 mm
LM-U2SB0-300-1SS0
300 mm
LM-U2SB0-420-1SS0
420 mm
LM-U2S20-300-2SS0
300 mm
LM-U2S20-480-2SS0
480 mm
Maximum torque
Rated torque
Rated speed
2 Nm
6 Nm
TM-RFM004C20
4 Nm
12 Nm
200 r/min
TM-RFM006C20
6 Nm
18 Nm
200 r/min
TM-RFM006E20
6 Nm
18 Nm
200 r/min
TM-RFM012E20
12 Nm
36 Nm
200 r/min
200 r/min
TM-RFM018E20
18 Nm
54 Nm
200 r/min
TM-RFM012G20
12 Nm
36 Nm
200 r/min
TM-RFM048G20
48 Nm
144 Nm
200 r/min
TM-RFM072G20
72 Nm
216 Nm
200 r/min
100 r/min
40 Nm
120 Nm
120 Nm
360 Nm
100 r/min
TM-RFM240J10
240 Nm
720 Nm
100 r/min
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
TM-RFM040J10
TM-RFM120J10
TM-RFM series
Model
TM-RFM002C20
LM-U2 series
Secondary side (magnet)
50 N
LM-U2 series
Primary side (coil)
Continuous thrust
Model
LM-U2PAB-05M-0SS0
Servo Amplifiers
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
7-12
Product List
Model
Bending life
Length
IP rating
Application
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A1-H
2m
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A1-H
5m
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A1-H
10 m
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A1-L
2m
Standard
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A1-L
5m
Standard
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A1-L
10 m
Standard
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A2-H
2m
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A2-H
5m
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A2-H
10 m
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL2M-A2-L
2m
Standard
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL5M-A2-L
5m
Standard
IP65
MR-J3ENCBL10M-A2-L
10 m
Standard
IP65
Encoder cable
(load-side lead)
MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP20
Encoder cable
(opposite to load-side lead)
MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP20
MR-EKCBL20M-H
20 m
IP20
MR-EKCBL30M-H
30 m
IP20
MR-EKCBL40M-H
40 m
IP20
MR-EKCBL50M-H
50 m
IP20
MR-EKCBL20M-L
20 m
Standard
IP20
MR-EKCBL30M-L
30 m
Standard
IP20
MR-EKCBL2M-H
2m
IP20
MR-EKCBL5M-H
5m
IP20
Encoder cable
(load-side lead)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP65
Encoder cable
(opposite to load-side lead)
MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP65
MR-J3ENSCBL2M-H
2m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL5M-H
5m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL10M-H
10 m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL20M-H
20 m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL30M-H
30 m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL40M-H
40 m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL50M-H
50 m
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL2M-L
2m
Standard
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL5M-L
5m
Standard
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL10M-L
10 m
Standard
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL20M-L
20 m
Standard
IP67
MR-J3ENSCBL30M-L
30 m
Standard
IP67
MR-ENECBL2M-H-MTH
2m
IP67
MR-ENECBL5M-H-MTH
5m
IP67
MR-ENECBL10M-H-MTH
10 m
IP67
MR-ENECBL20M-H-MTH
20 m
IP67
MR-ENECBL30M-H-MTH
30 m
IP67
MR-ENECBL40M-H-MTH
40 m
IP67
MR-ENECBL50M-H-MTH
50 m
IP67
MR-J4FCCBL03M
0.3 m
MR-J4THCBL03M
0.3 m
Encoder cable
(load-side lead)
Encoder cable
(opposite to load-side lead)
Encoder cable
Encoder cable
Notes:
1. Use this in combination with MR-EKCBL_M-H (20 m to 50 m), MR-EKCBL_M-L (20 m or 30 m), or MR-ECNM.
2. Use this in combination with MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L or MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L.
3. Use this in combination with MR-J3ENSCBL_M-H, MR-J3ENSCBL_M-L, or MR-J3SCNS.
4. Use this in combination with MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L or MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L when using for HG-KR or HG-MR series.
7-13
Item
Description
Model
IP rating
Application
Straight type
Encoder connector 1,
Servo amplifier connector 1
IP67
MR-J3SCNSA
Angle type
Encoder connector 1,
Servo amplifier connector 1
IP67
MR-ENCNS2A
Angle type
Encoder connector 1,
Servo amplifier connector 1
IP67
MR-ECNM
Junction connector 1,
Servo amplifier connector 1
IP20
MR-ENECNS
Straight type
Encoder connector 1,
Servo amplifier connector 1
IP67
MR-J3CN2
MR-J3DDCNS
For TM-RFM
(connecting direct drive motor and servo
amplifier, or absolute position storage unit and
servo amplifier)
MR-J3DDSPS
Encoder connector 1,
Absolute position storage unit
connector 1
IP67
For TM-RFM
(connecting direct drive motor and absolute
position storage unit)
MR-J3THMCN2
Junction connector 2,
Servo amplifier connector 1
Connector set
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
MR-ENCNS2
IP67
(Note 2)
,
For HG-KR/HG-MR (junction type)
For HG-SR/HG-JR53(4), 73(4), 103(4), 153(4),
203(4), 353(4), 503(4), 703(4), 903(4)/
HG-RR/HG-UR (direct connection type)
MR-J3SCNS
Straight type
Junction connector or encoder
connector 1,
Servo amplifier connector 1
Servo Amplifiers
Notes:
1. Use this in combination with MR-J3JCBL03M-A1-L or MR-J3JCBL03M-A2-L.
2. Use this in combination with MR-J3JSCBL03M-A1-L or MR-J3JSCBL03M-A2-L when using for HG-KR or HG-MR series.
Model
Length
Bending life
IP rating
Application
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A1-H
5m
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A1-H
10 m
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A1-L
2m
Standard
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A1-L
5m
Standard
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A1-L
10 m
Standard
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A2-H
2m
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A2-H
5m
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A2-H
10 m
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A2-L
2m
Standard
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL5M-A2-L
5m
Standard
IP65
MR-PWS1CBL10M-A2-L
10 m
Standard
IP65
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A1-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP55
MR-PWS2CBL03M-A2-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP55
Product List
2m
LVS/Wires
MR-PWS1CBL2M-A1-H
Cautions
7-14
Product List
Description
Model
IP rating
Application
MR-PWCNF
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP67
MR-PWCNS4
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP67
MR-PWCNS5
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP67
MR-PWCNS3
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP67
MR-PWCNS1
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP67
MR-PWCNS2
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP67
Description
Model
MR-PWCNF
Straight type
Power connector 1
IP rating
IP67
Application
For HG-JR15K1(4), 20K1(4), 25K1(4), 30K1(4),
37K1(4), 22K1M(4), 30K1M(4), 37K1M(4),
45K1M4, 55K1M4
Model
Length
Bending life
IP rating
Application
IP65
5m
IP65
10 m
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A1-L
2m
Standard
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A1-L
5m
Standard
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A1-L
10 m
Standard
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A2-H
2m
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A2-H
5m
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A2-H
10 m
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A2-L
2m
Standard
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A2-L
5m
Standard
IP65
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A2-L
10 m
Standard
IP65
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A1-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP55
MR-BKS2CBL03M-A2-L
0.3 m
Standard
IP55
7-15
MR-BKS1CBL2M-A1-H
2m
MR-BKS1CBL5M-A1-H
MR-BKS1CBL10M-A1-H
Item
Description
Model
IP rating
Application
IP67
MR-BKCNS2
IP67
MR-BKCNS1A
MR-BKCNS2A
MR-BKCN
IP67
MR-BKCNS1
Application
0.15 m
Standard
MR-J3BUS03M
0.3 m
Standard
MR-J3BUS05M
0.5 m
Standard
MR-J3BUS1M
1m
Standard
MR-J3BUS3M
3m
Standard
MR-J3BUS5M-A
5m
Standard
MR-J3BUS10M-A
10 m
Standard
MR-J3BUS20M-A
20 m
Standard
MR-J3BUS30M-B
30 m
MR-J3BUS40M-B
40 m
MR-J3BUS50M-B
50 m
MR-J3BCN1
LVS/Wires
IP rating
MR-J3BUS015M
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Bending life
Length
Model
Model
Servo Amplifiers
Application
Length
MR-TB26A
For MR-J4W_-B
MR-TBNATBL05M
0.5 m
MR-TBNATBL1M
1m
MR-TB50
MR-J2M-CN1TBL05M
0.5 m
MR-J2M-CN1TBL1M
1m
Product List
Cautions
7-16
Product List
Model
Application
Length
MR-BAT6V1SET
MR-BAT6V1
MR-BAT6V1BJ
For MR-BT6VCBL03M
MR-BT6VCBL03M
0.3 m
Battery case
MR-BT6VCASE
MR-BT6V1CBL03M
0.3 m
For MR-BT6VCASE
MR-BT6V1CBL1M
1m
For MR-BT6VCASE
MR-BT6V2CBL03M
0.3 m
For MR-BT6VCASE
MR-BT6V2CBL1M
1m
For MR-BT6VCASE
Battery cable
Junction battery cable
Regenerative options
Model
Item
Regenerative option
(200 V AC/100 V AC)
Resistance value
Application
MR-RB032
30 W
40
MR-RB12
100 W
40
MR-RB30
300 W
13
MR-RB3N
300 W
MR-RB31
300 W
6.7
MR-RB32
300 W
40
MR-RB50
500 W
13
MR-RB5N
500 W
MR-RB51
500 W
6.7
MR-RB5R
500 (800) W
3.2
MR-RB9F
850 (1300) W
MR-RB9T
850 (1300) W
2.5
MR-RB14
100 W
26
MR-RB34
300 W
26
MR-RB139
1300 W
1.3
For MR-CR55K
MR-RB137 (Note 1)
3900 W
1.3
For MR-CR55K
Notes:
1. Please purchase three units of MR-RB137 for each converter unit.
7-17
Tolerable
regenerative power
Item
Tolerable
regenerative power
Resistance value
Application
82
MR-RB3M-4
300 W
120
MR-RB3G-4
300 W
47
MR-RB34-4
300 W
26
MR-RB3U-4
300 W
22
MR-RB5G-4
500 W
47
MR-RB54-4
500 W
26
MR-RB5U-4
500 W
22
MR-RB5K-4
500 (800) W
10
MR-RB6K-4
850 (1300) W
10
MR-RB137-4
1300 W
For MR-CR55K4
MR-RB13V-4 (Note 1)
3900 W
For MR-CR55K4
100 W
MR-RB1H-4
Regenerative option
(400 V AC)
Model
Servo Amplifiers
Regenerative options
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Notes:
1. Please purchase three units of MR-RB13V-4 for each converter unit.
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
7-18
Product List
Peripheral units
Item
Application
Model
MR-J3-T10
MR-D30
MR-J3-D05
MR-BTAS01
Parameter unit
MR-PRU03
MR-HDP01
DBU-11K
DBU-15K
DBU-22K-R1
DBU-37K-R1
For MR-J4-B_-RJ010
DBU-11K-4
DBU-22K-4
DBU-55K-4-R5
MR-DCL30K
MR-DCL37K
MR-DCL30K-4
MR-DCL37K-4
MR-DCL45K-4
MR-DCL55K-4
MR-J4ACN15K
MR-J3ACN
Model
Application
Length
STO cable
MR-D05UDL3M-B
3m
Monitor cable
MR-J3CN6CBL1M
1m
MR-J3USBCBL3M
3m
MR-J3CDL05M
0.5 m
MR-J3CN1
MR-CCN1
MR-J2CMP2
MR-ECN1
MR-J2CN1-A
Connector set
Application
Model
SW1DNC-MRC2-E
7-19
Servo Amplifiers
MEMO
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
Cautions
To use the products given in this catalog properly, always read the
Select a rotary servo motor or a direct drive motor which has the rated
torque equal to or higher than the continuous effective torque.
Select a linear servo motor which has the continuous thrust equal to or
higher than the continuous effective load thrust.
When the linear servo motor is used for vertical axis, it is necessary to
8-1
2. Environment
Use the servo amplifier and the servo motor in the designated
environment.
Avoid installing the servo amplifier and the servo motor in areas with oil
mist or dust. When installing in such areas, be sure to enclose the servo
amplifier in a sealed cabinet, and protect the servo motor by furnishing
a cover or by taking similar measures.
Do not use in areas where the servo motor may be constantly subject
to cutting fluid or lubricant oil, or where dew could condense because of
oil mist, overcooling or excessive humidity. Doing so may deteriorate
the insulation of the servo motor.
3. Grounding
Connect the grounding wire to the cabinet protective earth (PE) terminal
via the servo amplifier protective earth (PE) terminal for the servo motor
grounding.
Faults such as a position mismatch may occur if the grounding is
insufficient.
4. Wiring
Do not supply power to the output terminals (U, V, and W) of the servo
amplifier or the input terminals (U, V, and W) of the servo motor. Doing
so damages the servo amplifier and the servo motor.
Connect the servo motor to the output terminals (U, V, and W) of the
servo amplifier.
Match the phase of the input terminals (U, V, and W) of the servo motor
to the output terminals (U, V, and W) of the servo amplifier when
connecting them. If they do not match, the servo motor does not
operate properly.
Check the wiring and sequence program thoroughly before switching
the power on.
Carefully select the cable clamping method, and make sure that
bending stress and the stress of the cable's own weight are not applied
on the cable connection section.
In an application where the servo motor moves, determine the cable
bending radius according to the cable bending life and wire type.
5. Initial settings
Turn on FLS and RLS (Upper/Lower stroke limit), or LSP and LSN
Servo Amplifiers
Linear Servo Motors
Do not touch the servo amplifier or the servo motor with wet hands.
Do not modify the servo amplifier or the servo motor.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Do not apply excessive tension on the SSCNET III cable when cabling.
The minimum bending radius of the SSCNET III cable is 25 mm for
MR-J3BUS_M and 50 mm for MR-J3BUS_M-A/-B. If using these cables
under the minimum bending radius, performance cannot be guaranteed.
If the ends of the SSCNET III cable are dirty, the light will be obstructed,
causing malfunctions. Keep the ends clean.
Do not tighten the SSCNET III cable with cable ties, etc.
Do not look at the light directly when the SSCNET III cable is not
connected.
Do not hammer the shaft of the rotary servo motor and the rotor of the
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
8-2
Cautions
The linear servo system uses powerful magnets on the secondary side.
8-3
Even though the MR-J4 series servo amplifier, MR-D30 functional safety
unit, and MR-J3-D05 safety logic unit are certified to various safety
standards, this does not guarantee that the systems in which they are
installed will also be certified. The entire system shall observe the
following:
(1) For safety circuits, use parts and/or devices whose safety are
confirmed or which satisfy safety standards.
(2) For details regarding the use of the servo amplifiers and other
cautionary information, refer to relevant Servo Amplifier Instruction
Manual.
(3) Perform risk assessment on the entire machine/system. It is
recommended to use a Certification Body for final safety certification.
Warranty
LVS/Wires
Product List
Cautions
8-4
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
[Limitations]
(1) Y
ou are requested to conduct an initial failure diagnosis by yourself,
as a general rule. It can also be carried out by us or our service
company upon your request and the actual cost will be charged.
However, it will not be charged if we are responsible for the cause of
the failure.
(2) T
his limited warranty applies only when the condition, method,
environment, etc. of use are in compliance with the terms and
conditions and instructions that are set forth in the instruction manual
and user manual for the Product and the caution label affixed to the
Product.
(3) E
ven during the term of warranty, the repair cost will be charged on
you in the following cases;
(i) a failure caused by your improper storing or handling,
carelessness or negligence, etc., and a failure caused by your
hardware or software problem
(ii) a failure caused by any alteration, etc. to the Product made on
your side without our approval
(iii) a failure which may be regarded as avoidable, if your equipment
in which the Product is incorporated is equipped with a safety
device required by applicable laws and has any function or
structure considered to be indispensable according to a
common sense in the industry
(iv) a failure which may be regarded as avoidable if consumable
parts designated in the instruction manual, etc. are duly
maintained and replaced
(v) any replacement of consumable parts (battery, fan, smoothing
capacitor, etc.)
(vi) a failure caused by external factors such as inevitable
accidents, including without limitation fire and abnormal
fluctuation of voltage, and acts of God, including without
limitation earthquake, lightning and natural disasters
(vii) a failure generated by an unforeseeable cause with a scientific
technology that was not available at the time of the shipment of
the Product from our company
(viii) any other failures which we are not responsible for or which you
acknowledge we are not responsible for
[Term]
The term of warranty for Product is twelve (12) months after your purchase
or delivery of the Product to a place designated by you or eighteen (18)
months from the date of manufacture whichever comes first (Warranty
Period). Warranty period for repaired Product cannot exceed beyond the
original warranty period before any repair work.
Servo Amplifiers
Cautions
FA Products
PLC
PLC
MELSEC-L Series
Light & Flexiblecondensing various functions easily and flexibly.
CPU equipped as a standard with various functions including counter, positioning and CC-Link.
The base-less structure with high degree of freedom saves space in the control panel.
Easily confirm the system status and change the settings with the display unit.
Ten models are available in program capacities from 20 k steps to 260 k steps.
Product specications
Program capacity
Number of input/output points [X/Y]
Number of input/output device points [X/Y]
Basic instruction processing speed (LD instruction)
External connection interface
Function modules
Unit expansion style
Network
PLC
MELSEC-F Series
All-in-One Micro Programmable Controller equipped with all necessary functions in a compact body
Supporting small-scale control from 10 points to 384 points (using CC-Link) with an outstanding cost performance.
Wide range of options available for additional functions required by your system.
Easy to use and highly reliable. More than 12 million units have shipped worldwide. (April 2013)
Small-scale control is available in various networks such as CC-Link, Ethernet, and MODBUS.
Product specifications
Program capacity
Number of input/output points
Basic instruction processing speed
External connection interface
Built-in functions
Extended functions
Unit expansion style
Network
8-5
Servo Amplifiers
HMI
Comfortable screen operation even if high-load processing (e.g. logging, device data transfer)
is running. (Monitoring performance is twice faster than GT16)
Actual usable space without using a SD card is expanded to 128MB for more flexible screen design.
Multi-touch features, two-point press, and scroll operations for more user-friendliness.
Outline font and PNG images for clear, beautiful screen display.
Product Specications
AC Servo
Screen size
Resolution
Intensity adjustment
Touch panel type
Built-in interface
Applicable software
Input power supply voltage
High performance and easy to use servo system for all machines
Easy To Use: The advanced one-touch tuning function enables servo adjustment with
one-touch ease without a personal computer.
High Performance: Class top-level basic performance including speed frequency response of 2.0kHz.
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Global Standard: Digital input/output is compatible with both sink and source type
connections as a standard.
Product specifications
Power supply specifications
Command interface
Control mode
Speed frequency response
Tuning function
Compatible servo motor
LVS/Wires
Inverter
1-phase/3-phase 200V AC
Pulse train, analog
Position/speed/torque
2.0kHz
Advanced one-touch tuning, advanced vibration control II, robust filter, etc.
Rotary servo motor (rated output: 0.1 to 3kW)
FR-A800 Series
High-functionality, high-performance inverter
Realize even higher responsiveness during real sensor-less vector control or vector control, and achieve faster operating frequencies.
Product List
The latest automatic tuning function supports various induction motors and also sensor-less PM motors.
The standard model is compatible with EU Safety Standards STO (PLd, SIL2). Add options to support higher level safety standards.
Control and monitor inverters via CC-Link/CC-Link IE Field Network (option interface).
Product Specications
Inverter capacity
Control method
Starting torque
Cautions
8-6
Cautions
FA Products
Three-Phase Motor
SF-PR
Premium Efficiency & Compatible. New Launch of Super Line Premium Series SF-PR Model
Compared to general-purpose motor SF-JR model, generated loss is reduced by 37% on average, and it is compatible with highly efficient premium IE3.
Easy replacement is achieved as mounting dimension (frame number) is compatible with general-purpose motor SF-JR model.
One motor can accommodate different power sources of Japan and the U.S. Three ratings in Japan meet the Top Runner standards, while it corresponds to EISA in the U.S.
Can be driven by inverters as standard. Advanced magnetic-flux vector control by our FR-A800/700 achieves steady torque drive up to 0.5Hz.
Product Specifications
Number of poles
VoltageFrequency
Exterior
Protection system
Electrically-driven
power system
Rotation direction
Compatible standard
Robot
MELFAF Series
High speed, high precision and high reliability industrial robot
Compact body and slim arm design, allowing operating area to be expanded and load capacity increased.
The fastest in its class using high performance motors and unique driver control technology.
Improved flexibility for robot layout design considerations.
Optimal motor control tuning set automatically based on operating position, posture, and load conditions.
Product Specifications
Degrees of freedom
Installation
Maximum load capacity
Maximum reach radius
CNC
Vertical:6Horizontal:4
Vertical:Floor-mount, ceiling mount, wall mount (Range of motion for J1 is limited)
Horizontal:Floor-mount
Vertical:2-20Horizontal:3-20kg
Vertical:504-1503Horizontal:350-1,000mm
8-7
Servo Amplifiers
Mitsubishi WS-V Series Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers
Technologies based on long year experience realize more improved performance.
The new electronic circuit breakers can display various measurement items.
MS-T Series
Magnetic Starter
32-250A Frame
Applicable to IEC, GB, UL, CSA, JIS and etc.
New line-up of 480VAC type with high breaking performance for SCCR requirement
Reduction of internal accessory types from 3 to 1
Common use of 32/63A frame in both AC and DC circuit
Thermal adjustable and electronic circuit breakers are same size as 250AF fixed type
MDU breakers measure, display and transmit energy date to realize energy management.
Frame
Applicable standard
Expansion of UL listed product line-up
Commoditization of internal accessories
Commoditization for AC and DC circuit use
Compact size for easy to use
Measuring Display Unit (MDU) breakers
Options/Peripheral
Equipment
Be certified to the highest international levels while work is ongoing to gain other country.
Product specications
Frame
Applicable standards
Terminal cover
Improved wiring
Operation coil rating
Option units
LVS/Wires
Low-voltage switch
10 A to 32 A
Certification to various standards including IEC, JIS, CE, UL, TV, CCC.
Standard terminal cover improves safety, simplifies ordering, and reduces inventory, etc.
Wiring and operability are improved with streamlining wiring terminal BC specifications.
Wide range of operation coil ratings reduces number of coil types from 14 (N Series) to 7 types and simplifies selection.
Diverse lineup includes Auxiliary Contact Block, Operation Coil Surge Absorber Unit, Mechanical Interlock Unit.
Product List
Prevent secondary damage with Motor Circuit Breaker and Magnetic Contactor combination.
Streamlined wiring terminal BC specifications (option) contribute to improving your productivity.
Supports your overseas business with compliance to various International Standards as well as the UL Type E/F combination.
Product specifications
0.16 A to 32 A (15 types)
Standard product compliant with various International Standards including IEC, JIS, CCC, TV and UL (certified)
Bare wire, rod terminal, Y crimp and round crimp supported
Wiring and operability are improved with connection conductor unit and streamlined wiring terminal BC specifications (option)
Auxiliary/Alarm Contact Unit, Short-Circuit Indicator Unit, Line Side Terminal Adapter, Connection Conductor Unit, etc., available
Standard product mountable on rail
Standard product compliant with IP20 from front side of terminals
Type E/F combination certification acquired. Compatible up to maximum SCCR value 50 kA
Cautions
Rated current
Applicable (compliant) standards
Wiring types
Improvement of wiring
Optional units
DIN rail mounting
Finger protection support
Application in North America
8-8
Cautions
MEMO
8-9
Global FA Centers
UK FA Center
Germany FA Center
Russia FA Center
Beijing FA Center
Europe FA Center
Turkey FA Center
Czech Republic FA Center
Tianjin FA Center
Guangzhou FA Center
India Gurgaon FA Center
India Ahmedabad FA Center
India Pune FA Center
India Bangalore FA Center
India Chennai FA Center
Thailand FA Center
Korea FA Center
ASEAN FA Center
Mexico FA Center
Taipei FA Center
Hanoi FA Center
Ho Chi Minh FA Center
Indonesia FA Center
Brazil FA Center
China
Shanghai FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION
(CHINA) LTD.
No.1386 Hongqiao Road,
Mitsubishi Electric Automation Center,
Shanghai, China
Tel: 86-21-2322-3030 Fax: 86-21-2322-3000 (9611#)
Beijing FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION
(CHINA) LTD. Beijing Branch
Unit 901, 9F, Office Tower 1, Henderson Centre,
18 Jianguomennei Avenue, Dongcheng District,
Beijing, China
Tel: 86-10-6518-8830 Fax: 86-10-6518-2938
Tianjin FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION
(CHINA) LTD. Tianjin Branch
Room 2003 City Tower, No.35, Youyi Road,
Hexi District, Tianjin, China
Tel: 86-22-2813-1015 Fax: 86-22-2813-1017
Guangzhou FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION
(CHINA) LTD. Guangzhou Branch
Room 1609, North Tower, The Hub Center,
No.1068, Xingang East Road, Haizhu District,
Guangzhou, China
Tel: 86-20-8923-6730 Fax: 86-20-8923-6715
Taiwan
Taipei FA Center
SETSUYO ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.
3F, No.105, Wugong 3rd Road, Wugu District,
New Taipei City 24889, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Tel: 886-2-2299-9917 Fax: 886-2-2299-9963
Korea
Korea FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION
KOREA CO., LTD.
7F-9F, Gangseo Hangang Xi-tower A, 401,
Yangcheon-ro, Gangseo-Gu, Seoul 157-801, Korea
Tel: 82-2-3660-9630 Fax: 82-2-3663-0475
Thailand
Thailand FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FACTORY AUTOMATION
(THAILAND) CO., LTD.
12th Floor, SV.City Building, Office Tower 1,
No. 896/19 and 20 Rama 3 Road,
Kwaeng Bangpongpang, Khet Yannawa, Bangkok
10120, Thailand
Tel: 66-2682-6522 to 6531 Fax: 66-2682-6020
ASEAN
ASEAN FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD.
307, Alexandra Road, Mitsubishi Electric Building,
Singapore 159943
Tel: 65-6470-2480 Fax: 65-6476-7439
Indonesia
America
Indonesia FA Center
PT. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDONESIA
Cikarang Office
Jl. Kenari Raya Blok G2-07A Delta Silicon 5,
Lippo Cikarang - Bekasi 17550, Indonesia
Tel: 62-21-2961-7797 Fax: 62-21-2961-7794
Vietnam
Mexico FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION, INC.
Mexico Branch
Mariano Escobedo #69, Col. Zona Industrial,
Tlalnepantla Edo, C.P.54030, Mexico
Tel: 52-55-3067-7511 Fax: -
Hanoi FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VIETNAM COMPANY
LIMITED Hanoi Branch
6 - Floor, Detech Tower, 8 Ton That Thuyet Street,
My Dinh 2 Ward, Nam Tu Liem District, Hanoi,
Vietnam
Tel: 84-4-3937-8075 Fax: 84-4-3937-8076
Ho Chi Minh FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VIETNAM COMPANY
LIMITED
Unit 01-04, 10th Floor, Vincom Center, 72 Le
Thanh Ton Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City,
Vietnam
Tel: 84-8-3910-5945 Fax: 84-8-3910-5947
India
Mexico
Brazil
Brazil FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC DO BRASIL
COMRCIO E SERVIOS LTDA.
Rua Jussara, 1750- Bloco B Anexo, Jardim Santa
Cecilia, CEP 06465-070, Barueri - SP, Brasil
Tel: 55-11-4689-3000 Fax: 55-11-4689-3016
Europe
Europe FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Polish Branch
ul. Krakowska 50, 32-083 Balice, Poland
Tel: 48-12-630-47-00 Fax: 48-12-630-47-01
Germany FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
German Branch
Gothaer Strasse 8, D-40880 Ratingen, Germany
Tel: 49-2102-486-0 Fax: 49-2102-486-1120
UK FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
UK Branch
Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Hertfordshire, AL10
8XB, U.K.
Tel: 44-1707-28-8780 Fax: 44-1707-27-8695
Czech Republic FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Czech Branch
Avenir Business Park, Radlicka 751/113e,
158 00 Praha5, Czech Republic
Tel: 420-251-551-470 Fax: 420-251-551-471
Russia FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Russian Branch St. Petersburg office
Piskarevsky pr. 2, bld 2, lit Sch, BC Benua,
office 720; 195027, St. Petersburg, Russia
Tel: 7-812-633-3497 Fax: 7-812-633-3499
Turkey FA Center
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TURKEY A.
mraniye Branch
erifali Mahallesi Nutuk Sokak No:5,
TR-34775 mraniye, stanbul, Trkey
Tel: 90-216-526-3990 Fax: 90-216-526-3995
8-10
Servo Amplifier
Manual name
MR-J4-_A(-RJ)/MR-J4-_A4(-RJ)/MR-J4-_A1(-RJ) SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MR-J4-_A-RJ/MR-J4-_A4-RJ/MR-J4-_A1-RJ SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL (POSITIONING MODE)
MR-J4-_B(-RJ)/MR-J4-_B4(-RJ)/MR-J4-_B1(-RJ) SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MR-J4W2-_B/MR-J4W3-_B SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MELSERVO-J4 Servo amplifier INSTRUCTION MANUAL TROUBLE SHOOTING
MR-J4-_B-RJ010/MR-J4-_B4-RJ010/MR-J3-T10 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MR-J4-DU_(-RJ)/MR-CR55K_ INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Servo Motor
Manual name
HG-KR/HG-MR/HG-SR/HG-JR/HG-RR/HG-UR SERVO MOTOR INSTRUCTION MANUAL (Vol. 3)
LM-H3/LM-U2/LM-F/LM-K2 LINEAR SERVO MOTOR INSTRUCTION MANUAL
TM-RFM DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Option
Manual name
Functional safety unit MR-D30 INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Others
EMC Installation Guidelines
LINEAR ENCODER INSTRUCTION MANUAL
8-11
Manual name
Manual No.
SH-030107
SH-030143
SH-030106
SH-030105
SH-030109
SH-030117
SH-030153
Manual No.
SH-030113
SH-030110
SH-030112
Manual No.
SH-030132
Manual No.
IB-67310
SH-030111
Microsoft, Windows, Internet Explorer, and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
Celeron and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PCI Express is US registered trademarks and/or service marks of PCI-SIG.
All other company names and product names used in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
Safety Warning
To ensure proper use of the products listed in this catalog,
please be sure to read the instruction manual prior to use.
8-12
Tel/Fax
USA
Tel : +1-847-478-2100
Fax : +1-847-478-2253
Mexico
Tel : +52-55-3067-7500
Fax :
Brazil
Tel : +55-11-4689-3000
Fax : +55-11-4689-3016
Germany
Tel : +49-2102-486-0
Fax : +49-2102-486-1120
UK
Tel : +44-1707-28-8780
Fax : +44-1707-27-8695
Italy
Tel : +39-039-60531
Fax : +39-039-6053-312
Spain
Tel : +34-935-65-3131
Fax : +34-935-89-1579
France
Tel : +33-1-55-68-55-68
Fax : +33-1-55-68-57-57
Tel : +420-251-551-470
Fax : +420-251-551-471
Poland
Tel : +48-12-630-47-00
Fax : +48-12-630-47-01
Russia
Tel : +7-812-633-3497
Fax : +7-812-633-3499
Sweden
Tel : +46-8-625-10-00
Fax : +46-46-39-70-18
Turkey
Tel : +90-216-526-3990
Fax : +90-216-526-3995
UAE
Tel : +971-4-3724716
Fax : +971-4-3724721
South Africa
ADROIT TECHNOLOGIES
20 Waterford Office Park, 189 Witkoppen Road, Fourways, Johannesburg, South Africa
Tel : +27-11-658-8100
Fax : +27-11-658-8101
China
Tel : +86-21-2322-3030
Fax : +86-21-2322-3000
Taiwan
Tel : +886-2-2299-2499
Fax : +886-2-2299-2509
Korea
Tel : +82-2-3660-9510
Fax : +82-2-3664-8372/8335
Singapore
Tel : +65-6473-2308
Fax : +65-6476-7439
Thailand
Indonesia
Tel : +62-21-3192-6461
Fax : +62-21-3192-3942
Vietnam
Tel : +84-8-3910-5945
Fax : +84-8-3910-5947
India
Tel : +91-20-2710-2000
Fax : +91-20-2710-2100
Australia
Tel : +61-2-9684-7777
Fax : +61-2-9684-7245